10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

Form 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-34956

CONN'S, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

A Delaware corporation	06-1672840
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 4055 Technology Forest Blvd, Suite 210

The Woodlands, Texas  77381

(Address of principal executive offices)

(936) 230-5899

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o  No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of July 31, 2013, was approximately $1.6 billion based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

There were 36,131,069 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding on March 21, 2014.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain information required to be furnished pursuant to Part III of this Form 10-K is set forth in, and is hereby incorporated by reference herein from, Conn’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed by Conn’s with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after January 31, 2014.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	3
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	15
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	29
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	29
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	29
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	29
PART II
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	30
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	30
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	33
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	55
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	57
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	87
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	87
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	88
PART III
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	89
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	89
ITEM 12	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	89
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	89
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	89
PART IV
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	90
SIGNATURES		92
EXHIBIT INDEX		93

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes our trademarks such as “Conn’s,” “Conn’s HomePlus,” “YES Money,” “YE$ Money,” “SI Money” and our logos, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Conn’s, Inc.  This report also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners.  Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Report may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

2

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references to “Conn’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the consolidated business operations of Conn’s, Inc. and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, limited liability companies and limited partnerships.

Company Overview

Conn’s is a leading specialty retailer that offers a broad selection of quality, branded durable consumer goods and related services in addition to a proprietary credit solution for its core credit constrained consumers. We operate a highly integrated and scalable business through our retail stores and website. Our complementary product offerings include home appliances, furniture and mattresses, consumer electronics and home office products from leading global brands. Our credit offering provides financing solutions to a large, underserved population of credit constrained consumers who typically have credit scores between 550 and 650. We provide customers the opportunity to comparison shop across brands with confidence in our competitive prices as well as affordable monthly payment options, next day delivery and installation, and product repair service. We believe our large, attractively merchandised stores and credit solutions offer a distinctive shopping experience compared to other retailers that target our core customer demographic.

The address of our principal executive offices is 4055 Technology Forest Blvd, Suite 210, The Woodlands, Texas 77381, and our telephone number is (936) 230-5899.  We are a Delaware corporation and operate as two reportable segments: retail and credit.

Retail Segment.     We began as a small plumbing and heating business in 1890 and started selling home appliances to the retail market in 1937 through one store located in Beaumont, Texas. As of January 31, 2014, we operated 79 retail stores located in five states: Texas (58), Arizona (8), Louisiana (7), New Mexico (3) and Oklahoma (3). Our stores typically range in size from 20,000 to 50,000 square feet and are predominately located in areas densely populated by our core customer and are typically anchor stores in strip malls. We utilize a merchandising strategy that offers approximately 2,300 quality, branded products from approximately 200 manufacturers and distributors in a wide range of price points. This wide selection allows us to offer products and price points that appeal to the majority of our core consumers.

Our primary retail product categories include:

• Home appliance, including refrigerators, freezers, washers, dryers, dishwashers and ranges. We represent such brands as Dyson, Electrolux, Eureka, Friedrich, General Electric, Haier, LG and Samsung;

• Furniture and mattress, including furniture and related accessories for the living room, dining room and bedroom, as well as both traditional and specialty mattresses. We represent such brands as Bello, Elements, Franklin, Home Stretch, Jackson-Catnapper, Klaussner, Sealy, Serta, Steve Silver and Z-Line;

• Consumer electronics, including LCD, LED, 3-D, Ultra HD and plasma televisions, Blu-ray players, home theater and video game products, digital cameras and portable audio equipment. We represent such brands as Bose, Canon, Haier, Harmon/Kardon, LG, Microsoft, Monster, Nikon, Nintendo, Samsung, Sharp, Sony and Toshiba; and

• Home office, including computers, tablets, printers and accessories. We represent such brands as Acer, Asus, Dell, Hewlett-Packard, Microsoft, Samsung, Sony and Toshiba.

We offer a high level of customer service through our commissioned and trained sales force as well as next day delivery and installation, and product repair or replacement services for most items sold in our stores. Flexible payment alternatives offered through our proprietary in-house credit program and third-party financing alternatives enable our customers to finance their purchases. We believe our extensive brand and product selection, competitive pricing, financing alternatives and supporting services, combined with our customer service-focused store associates make us an attractive alternative to appliance and electronics superstores, department stores and other national, regional, local and internet retailers.

Credit Segment.     For over 45 years, we have offered consumer credit to our credit-worthy customers. We provide access to multiple financing options to address various customer needs including a proprietary in-house credit program, a third-party financing program and a third-party rent-to-own payment program. The majority of our credit customers use our in-house credit program and typically have a credit score of between 550 and 650, with an average score of applicants for the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 of 602. For customers who do not qualify for our in-house program, we provide access to rent-to-own payment plans offered by AcceptanceNow. For customers with higher credit scores, we have partnered with GE Capital to offer long-term, no interest and revolving credit plans. GE Capital and AcceptanceNow manage their respective underwriting decisions

3

and collection of their programs. For the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, we financed approximately 77.3% of our retail sales, including down payments, under our in-house financing plan.

Our retail business and credit business are operated independently from each other. The credit segment is dedicated to providing short and medium-term financing for our customers. The retail segment is not involved in credit approval decisions. Our decisions to extend consumer credit to our retail customers under our in-house program are made by our internal credit underwriting department. In addition to underwriting, we manage the collection process of our in-house consumer credit portfolio. Sales financed through our in-house credit program are secured by the products purchased, which we believe gives us a distinct advantage over other creditors when pursuing collections because the products we sell and finance are typically necessities for the home.

We believe our consumer credit program differentiates us from our competitors that do not offer similar in-house consumer credit programs, and generates strong customer loyalty and repeat business. During fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 55.8%, 69.2% and 72.6%, respectively, of our credit customers were repeat customers, based on the number of credit invoices written. As of January 31, 2014 and 2013, approximately 52.9% and 65.5%, respectively, of balances due under our in-house credit program were from customers that have had previous credit accounts with us. The percentage of new customers in our credit program has grown primarily due to increased marketing in our existing markets and the new store additions resulting from our entry into new markets.

Industry and Competitive Overview

The products we sell are often times considered home necessities, used by our customers in their everyday lives.

We believe, over time, we have and may benefit from several key industry trends and characteristics, including:

• introduction of new technologies driving consumers to upgrade existing appliances and electronics (such as large-capacity, high-efficiency laundry; internet-ready, OLED and ultra HD televisions; and tablets);

• increasing demand for large-screen (60 inches and greater) televisions, which are sold at a higher price point, typically requiring financing by our customers and are large items that cannot be easily carried out of the retail store, and therefore typically require delivery and installation;

• rationalization of several national and regional players leading to market share opportunities; and

• reductions in consumer lending, especially for lower tier credit score customers.

Home Appliance.  According to the U.S. Department of Commerce — Bureau of Economic Analysis, personal consumption expenditures for home appliances were $45.5 billion in 2013, an increase of 3.6% from $43.9 billion in 2012. Major household appliances, such as refrigerators and washer/dryers, account for approximately 86.6% of this total at $39.4 billion in 2013. For the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we generated 28.6%, 30.7% and 31.6%, respectively, of total product sales from the sale of home appliances.  The retail appliance market is large and concentrated among a few major dealers, with sales coming primarily from department stores, home improvement centers, large appliance and electronics superstores, national chains and small regional chains.

In the home appliance market, many factors impact sales, including consumer confidence, economic conditions, household formations and new product introductions. Key drivers of sales in the appliance market include product design and innovation as well as trends in the sale of homes. Products recently introduced include large-capacity, high-efficiency laundry appliances and refrigerator design innovation, and variations on these products, including new features.

Furniture and Mattress.  According to the U.S. Department of Commerce — Bureau of Economic Analysis, personal consumption expenditures for household furniture was $95.4 billion in 2013, compared to $94.0 billion in 2012. The household furniture and mattress market is highly fragmented with sales coming from manufacturer-owned stores, independent dealers, furniture centers, specialty sleep product stores, national and local chains, mass market retailers, department stores and, to a lesser extent, home improvement centers, decorator showrooms, wholesale clubs, catalog retailers and the internet. For the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we generated 26.0%, 20.4% and 16.8%, respectively, of total product sales from the sale of furniture and mattresses. The furniture and mattress category generated our highest individual product category gross margin of 49.3%versus our overall retail product margin of 34.9% for the twelve months ended January 31, 2014. Given our ability to provide customer financing and next-day delivery, we believe that we have significant growth opportunities in this market, and expect to continue to expand our offering of furniture and the floor space in our stores dedicated to this category.

In the furniture and mattress market, many factors influence sales, including consumer confidence, economic conditions, household formations and new product introductions. Product design and innovation has also been a key driver of sales in this

4

market, while reduced sales of homes has negatively impacted sales. Products recently introduced include specialty mattresses and motion furniture products, and variations on these products, including new features.

Consumer Electronics.  According to the U.S. Department of Commerce – Bureau of Economic Analysis, consumer electronics spending was $212.2 billion in 2013, a 3.5% increase from 2012. Televisions accounted for $38.3 billion of the overall personal consumption expenditures, versus $37.3 billion in the prior year. Personal computers and peripheral equipment accounted for $53.7 billion of the overall expenditures, compared to $50.9 billion in the prior year. For the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we generated 29.9%, 33.6% and 38.5%, respectively, of total product sales from the sale of consumer electronics. The consumer electronics market is highly fragmented with sales coming from large appliance and electronics superstores, national chains, small regional chains, single-store operators, consumer electronics departments of selected department and discount stores and internet retailers.

Technological advancements and the introduction of new products have largely driven demand in the consumer electronics market. Historically, industry growth has been fueled primarily by the introduction of products that incorporate digital technology, such as high definition flat-panel (including 3-D, OLED, Ultra HD, LCD, LED and internet-ready technology) televisions, Blu-ray players, home theater and video game products, tablets, touch-screen computers and digital cameras. Digital products offer significant advantages, including better clarity and quality of video and audio, durability of recording and compatibility with computers and tablets. In recent years, however, market demand for and the selling price of flat panel televisions have declined due to the slower pace of innovation in the industry.

Consumer Credit.  Based on data from the Federal Reserve System, estimated total consumer credit outstanding, which excludes primarily loans secured by real estate, was $3.11 trillion as of December 31, 2013, an increase of 6.5% from $2.92 trillion at December 31, 2012. Consumers obtain credit from banks, credit unions, finance companies and non-financial businesses that offer credit, including retailers. The credit obtained takes many forms, including revolving (e.g., credit cards) or fixed-term (e.g., automobile loans) credit, and at times is secured by the products being purchased.

Competition.  We compete primarily based on enhanced customer service and customer shopping experience through our unique sales force training and product knowledge, next day delivery capabilities, offering of financing options for most customers, including our proprietary in-house credit program, guaranteed low prices and product repair service.

Currently, we compete against a diverse group of retailers, including national mass merchants such as Sears, Wal-Mart, Target, Sam’s Club and Costco, specialized national retailers such as Best Buy, Rooms To Go and Mattress Firm, home improvement stores such as Lowe’s and Home Depot, and locally-owned regional or independent retail specialty stores that sell home appliances, consumer electronics, furniture, and mattresses similar, and often identical, to those items we sell. We also compete with retailers that market products through store catalogs and the internet. In addition, there are few barriers to entry into our current and contemplated markets, and new competitors may enter our current or future markets at any time.  These competitors; however, typically do not provide a credit offering similar to our proprietary in-house credit program for credit constrained consumers.

We also compete to some extent against companies offering credit constrained consumers products similar to those offered by us for the home under weekly or monthly rent-to-own payment options.  Competitors include Aaron’s and Rent-A-Center, as well as many smaller, independent companies.

Recent Initiatives and Accomplishments

In late fiscal year 2011, with the appointment of our current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Theodore M. Wright, as our Chairman, our management and Board of Directors began an aggressive review of our store level and credit portfolio performance. As a result, we closed a total of 11 stores during fiscal year 2012, two stores during fiscal year 2013 and three additional stores in fiscal year 2014. We continue to actively review the performance of our existing store locations, customer demographics and retail sales opportunities to determine whether additional stores should be closed or relocated or whether other operational changes should be pursued.

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, pursuant to our continuing strategic operational review, we reinstated our new store growth strategy, emphasizing an increased selection of higher margin furniture and mattresses in our stores. During fiscal year 2013, we opened five new stores. We opened an additional 14 new stores in fiscal 2014 and plan to open 15 to 20 new stores in fiscal 2015. We also implemented a store remodeling program in fiscal year 2012, pursuant to which 31 stores have been remodeled or relocated as of January 31, 2014, with five to 10 more store remodels and relocations scheduled for completion by January 31, 2015.

As of January 31, 2014, 50 of our 79 stores were operating in the Conn's HomePlus format.

5

During the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, same store sales rose 26.5% and 14.3%, respectively. Additionally, retail gross margins increased to 39.9% for the year ended January 31, 2014 from 35.2% and 28.7% in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We continue to focus on improving the profit contribution of our credit operation by modifying our underwriting standards and improving consistency of the performance of our collection operations. During fiscal 2012, we modified our practices to focus on higher value accounts that we believe are most likely to be paid. This included, among others, changing our charge-off policy to accelerate the write-off of past due accounts and limiting the re-aging of customer accounts.

Competitive Strengths

Well-defined customer base in desirable geographic region with significant room for expansion.    We have a well-defined core consumer base that is comprised of working individuals who typically earn between $25,000 to $60,000 in annual income; live in densely populated, mature neighborhoods; and typically shop our stores to replace older household goods with newer items. Our product line is comprised of durable home necessities which enables us to appeal to a diverse range of cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds and to operate stores in diverse markets.

With 58 of our 79 stores in Texas, we believe we continue to benefit from strong demographic trends. According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, Texas was the second largest state by nominal GDP in 2013. In addition, from 2000 to 2010, Texas experienced population growth of 20.6% compared to the U.S. population growth of 9.7% over the same period. Moreover, Texas’ average unemployment rate of 5.7% continues to trend below the national rate of 6.6% as of January 2014.

We believe the broad appeal of the Conn’s store to our geographically diverse core demographic, the historical unit economics and current retail real estate market conditions provide us ample room for continued expansion. We are targeting an additional 50 to 60 store openings through the fiscal year ending January 31, 2017. There are many markets in the United States with similar demographic characteristics as our current successful store base, which provides substantial opportunities for future growth.

Powerful store economics.     Our existing stores generate strong cash flow, consistent store-level financial results and favorable returns on investment. In 2011, we began increasing the selection of higher margin furniture and mattresses in our stores. We also introduced in 2011 our Conn's HomePlus store format for future expansion that ranges typically from 30,000 to 45,000 square feet of retail selling space to dedicate more floor space for the furniture and mattress categories. Our five new Conn’s HomePlus stores that were open the entire fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, generated, on average, unit revenue of approximately $15.9 million with an average net initial cash investment of approximately $1.3 million which includes $1.0 million of average build-out costs, including equipment and fixtures (net of tenant improvement allowances), and $250,000 of inventory (net of payables). Store investment excludes the working capital required to support the credit portfolio balances generated by sales made using in-house credit at the store. We expect our Conn's HomePlus stores to breakeven on a cash basis, on average, within two months and expect our full cash payback period to be, on average, within six months.

We are executing a comprehensive remodeling program to update our existing stores to provide the additional retail selling space required by the increased merchandising focus on higher margin furniture and mattresses. Remodels generally range in cost from $400,000 to $1,000,000 per store for the 23 stores completed to date. The reformatted and updated sales floor, combined with the larger selection of furniture and mattresses, has resulted in an increase in same store sales. We have also relocated eight stores to nearby locations to provide for additional retail selling space.

Affordable financing and a distinctive shopping experience drives aspirational purchases.     We strive to ensure that our customers’ shopping experience at Conn’s is equal to, or exceeds, their experience with other providers of durable consumer goods targeting our core customer demographic. We do this by combining our retail stores and supporting services with financing alternatives that provide our customers the ability to make aspirational purchases. We have built our distinctive shopping experience through a continuing focus on execution in five key areas: merchandising, customer credit, product delivery and installation, product service and training. Successful execution of our business plans relies on the following strategies:

• Offering a broad range of brand name products for the home.    We offer a wide range of the latest in leading global brand names and product lines from approximately 200 manufacturers and distributors.

• Provide affordable financing solutions to our customers.    We provide access to multiple financing options to address various customer needs including a proprietary in-house credit program, a third-party financing program and a third-party rent-to-own payment program.

• Providing a high level of customer service.    We believe our commitment to our customers drives loyalty and generates a high level of repeat purchases. Our sales associates serve as ongoing resources for our customers, which includes, but

6

is not limited to, assisting with product selection and the credit application process, scheduling delivery and installation and acting as a point of contact for service issues.

• Maintaining next-day delivery and installation capabilities.    We provide next-day delivery and installation services in all of the markets in which we operate. We believe next-day delivery of our goods is a highly valued service to our customers.

• Offering product repair or replacement services.      We believe that providing product repair and replacement services is an important differentiation and reinforces customer loyalty. We offer repair and replacement services for most of the products we sell.

Proprietary in-house credit program creates significant customer loyalty.     Our in-house consumer credit program is an integral part of our business, and we believe it is a major driver of customer loyalty. We believe our proprietary credit model is a significant competitive advantage we have developed over our 45 years of experience in providing credit. We have developed a proprietary underwriting model that provides standardized credit decisions, including down payment amounts and credit terms, based on customer risk and income level. We use our proprietary auto-approval algorithm and in-depth evaluations of creditworthiness performed by qualified in-house credit underwriters to complete all credit decisions. Based on this process, 67.7% of all credit applications that were approved during fiscal year 2014 were approved through the auto-approval process. In order to improve the speed and consistency of underwriting decisions, we continually review our auto-approval algorithm. Additionally, we are able to provide access to monthly payment options to a wider range of consumers through our relationship with AcceptanceNow and GE Capital. Our in-house credit program and access to third-party financing allows us to provide credit to a large and underserved customer base and differentiates us from our competitors that do not offer similar programs.

Growth Strategies

We seek to increase our revenues and profitability through the execution of our growth strategies, which include:

Expand our geographic footprint through new store openings and remodel existing stores.    We plan to open new stores in select new and existing geographic markets that target our well-defined, core customer base. In addition to the 19 new stores we collectively opened in fiscal years 2013 and 2014, we plan to open an additional 15 to 20 stores by January 31, 2015. All of these stores will be based on our Conn's HomePlus format and will generally range between 30,000 and 45,000 square feet. We believe, based on our new-store site selection criteria as well as changes in the competitive landscape, that there are substantial opportunities to add stores in new and existing markets with a long-term potential for more than 300 Conn’s stores in the United States.

Additionally, we will continue to remodel and relocate stores in markets that we believe can support the additional retail selling space. As of January 31, 2014, we had completed the remodel or relocation of 31 of our locations. An additional five to 10 remodels and relocations are planned for fiscal year 2015.

As of January 31, 2014, 50 of our 79 stores were operating in the Conn's HomePlus format.

Continue to improve our customers’ experience and grow revenue and profitability by adding new products and brands to our furniture and mattress categories.    In recent years, one of our key focuses has been to improve our merchandising. We have increased the floor space in new and remodeled stores dedicated to our higher margin furniture and mattress product offerings and have expanded the product selection we provide to our customers across all of our categories. Additionally, we have focused on improving the quality of products we offer and have added higher quality products to give our customers more options, while discontinuing certain lower price, lower margin items. We intend to continue to remodel or relocate our remaining stores to provide a larger and more prominent presentation for furniture and mattresses. Additionally, we have worked to increase the volume of products purchased directly from manufacturers, which has allowed us to improve the retail gross margins we realize.

Drive operating margins by increasing operating and working capital efficiencies.    We continue to make the necessary investments in our retail and credit infrastructure to support our near-term growth. We believe our disciplined approach and focus on supply chain management will allow us to continue to execute successfully in new and existing markets. We have expanded our management team during the past several years to support and oversee our growth and we believe we have a robust pipeline of future store and regional managers. We are focused on hiring well-qualified associates in new markets who we believe will be successful in our highly consultative sales process. We believe our ability to sell a balanced mix of quality products has also made us a valued partner for our vendors who are supportive of and we believe will benefit from our store growth plans.

We plan to continue to improve our operating results by leveraging our existing infrastructure and seeking to continually optimize the efficiency of our marketing, merchandising, sourcing, distribution and credit operations. As we penetrate new markets,

7

we expect to increase our purchase volumes, achieve distribution efficiencies and strengthen our relationships with our key vendors. We also expect our increased store base and higher net sales to further leverage our existing corporate and regional infrastructure.

Improve credit operation contribution.Our goal is to provide every customer that enters our stores or applies for credit on our website a monthly payment option. Currently, we make the following payment options available to our customers, based on a review of their credit worthiness:

• For customers with credit scores that are typically above 650, we offer special low or no-interest financing programs on select products, primarily through a Conn’s branded revolving credit card from GE Capital;

• For customers with credit scores that are generally between 550 and 650, we offer our proprietary in-house financing program, which is a fixed term, fixed payment installment contract; and

• For customers that do not qualify for our credit program, we offer a rent-to-own payment option through AcceptanceNow.

During the fiscal year 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 92.4%, 89.2% and 76.4%, respectively, of our sales were paid for using one of these payment options. Additionally, we continue to review alternative financing programs that may give us the ability to provide more customers with the ability to purchase the products and services we offer.

In recent years, we have modified our underwriting standards and collection practices to focus our portfolio servicing operations on the collection of higher value accounts that we believe are most likely to be paid. The primary changes made were to:

• Change our charge-off policy such that accounts will be charged off more quickly than in the past, requiring accounts more than 209 days past due at month end to be charged off;

• Limit re-aging of customer accounts so that no account can be re-aged more than a total of 12 months over the life of the account, among other requirements; and

• Raise the minimum credit scores and shorten contract terms for higher-risk products and smaller-balances originated to continue to increase the payment rate and improve credit quality.

Customers

We do not have a significant concentration of sales with any individual customer and, therefore, the loss of any one customer would not have a material impact on our business. No single customer accounts for more than 10% of our total revenues. Except for sales through the AcceptanceNow relationship, which were approximately $30.4 million, no single customer accounted for more than $175,000 during the year ended January 31, 2014.

8

Products and Merchandising

Product categories.Each of our stores sells the major categories of products shown below. The following table presents a summary of total revenues for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	Year ended January 31,
	2014				2013				2012
(in thousands, except percentages)	Amount		%		Amount		%		Amount		%
Home appliance	$	258,713	21.7	%	$	199,077	23.0	%	$	188,499	23.8	%
Furniture and mattress	235,257		19.7		132,583		15.3		93,778		11.8
Consumer electronic	269,889		22.6		218,506		25.3		233,651		29.5
Home office	102,103		8.6		65,381		7.6		54,585		6.9
Other	37,955		3.2		33,969		3.9		25,847		3.3
Total product sales	903,917		75.8		649,516		75.1		596,360		75.3
Repair service agreement commissions	75,671		6.3		51,648		6.0		42,078		5.3
Service revenues	12,252		1.0		13,103		1.5		15,246		1.9
Total net sales	991,840		83.1		714,267		82.6		653,684		82.5
Finance charges and other	201,929		16.9		150,765		17.4		138,618		17.5
Total revenues	$	1,193,769	100.0	%	$	865,032	100.0	%	$	792,302	100.0	%

Purchasing.We purchase products from over 200 manufacturers and distributors. Our agreements with these manufacturers and distributors typically cover a one-year time period, are renewable at the option of the parties and are terminable upon 30 days written notice by either party. Similar to other specialty retailers, we purchase a significant portion of our total inventory from a limited number of vendors. During fiscal 2014, 57.9% of our total inventory purchases were from six vendors, including 23.9%, 14.2% and 5.4% of our total inventory purchases from Samsung, LG, and GE, respectively. The loss of any one or more of these key vendors or our failure to establish and maintain relationships with these and other vendors could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Other than industry-wide shortages that occur from time to time, we have not experienced significant difficulty in maintaining adequate sources of merchandise, and we generally expect that adequate sources of merchandise will continue to exist for the types of products we sell.

Merchandising.We focus on providing a comprehensive selection of quality merchandise at various price points to appeal to a broad range of potential customers. We primarily sell brand name warranted merchandise. Our established relationships with home appliance, consumer electronics, furniture and mattress vendors give us purchasing power that allows us to offer custom-featured appliances and electronics at prices that compare favorably with national retailers and provides us a competitive selling advantage over other independent retailers. Additionally, we are able to purchase furniture inventory in volumes that allow us to provide next-day delivery and at competitive prices, giving us a competitive advantage over smaller furniture retailers in the marketplace today.

Pricing.We emphasize competitive pricing on all of our products and maintain a low price guarantee on advertised items that is valid in all markets for 10 to 30 days after the sale, depending on the product. We also offer promotionally priced products through specially discounted purchases from our vendors, allowing us to offer our customers unique bargains while maintaining acceptable profitability.

Credit Operations

General.We sell our products for cash or for payment through major credit cards and third-party financing, in addition to offering our customers financing through our proprietary in-house credit program. During fiscal 2014, we financed, on average, approximately 77.3% of our retail sales through our credit program. We offer our customers financing through our installment payment plan. Additionally, some customers are eligible for no-interest financing plans. We use a third-party finance company to provide a portion of our no-interest financing offerings. We also use a third-party provider to offer a rent-to-own financing option to our customers. As of January 31, 2014, we employed more than 600 individuals that focus on credit approval, collections and credit customer service. We also utilize a collection agency to service a portion of our active portfolio. Our employees in these operational areas are trained to follow our methodology in approving credit, collecting our accounts, and charging off any

9

uncollectible accounts based on pre-determined aging criteria, depending on their area of responsibility. All collection personnel are required to complete classroom training, which includes negotiation techniques and credit policy training to ensure customer retention and compliance with debt collection regulations. Post-graduation, the collection trainees undergo skill assessment training, coaching and call monitoring within their respective departments. All credit personnel are required to complete regular refresher training and testing.

The following table presents our product and repair service agreements sales, net of returns and allowances, by method of payment for the periods indicated.

	Year ended January 31,
	2014				2013				2012
(dollars in millions)	Amount		%		Amount		%		Amount		%
Cash and other credit cards	$	74,449	7.6	%	$	75,726	10.8	%	$	150,671	23.6	%
Credit offerings:
In-house financing, including down payment	757,222		77.3		497,125		70.9		385,617		60.4
Third-party promotional financing	117,551		12.0		103,772		14.8		79,805		12.5
Third-party rent-to-own option	30,366		3.1		24,541		3.5		22,345		3.5
Total from monthly payment options	905,139		92.4		625,438		89.2		487,767		76.4
Total all payment options	$	979,588	100.0	%	$	701,164	100.0	%	$	638,438	100.0	%

Our decisions to extend credit to our retail customers are made by our internal credit underwriting department - separate and distinct from our stores and retail sales personnel. In addition to an auto-approval algorithm, we employ a team of credit underwriting personnel to make credit granting decisions using our proprietary underwriting process and oversee our credit underwriting process. Our underwriting process considers one or more of the following elements: credit bureau information income and address verification; current income and debt levels and a review of the customer’s previous credit history with us. The credit risk of the particular products being purchased determines the finance term and the level of the down payment offered to the customer if they choose to make the purchase.

We have developed a proprietary standardized underwriting model that provides credit decisions, including down payment amounts and credit terms, based on customer risk, income level and product risk. We automatically approved approximately 67.7% of all credit applications that were used in purchases of products from us during fiscal 2014, and the remaining credit decisions are based on evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness by a qualified in-house credit underwriter or required additional documentation from the applicant. To improve the speed and consistency of underwriting decisions, we continually review our auto-approval algorithm. For certain credit applicants that may have past credit problems or lack credit history, we use stricter underwriting criteria. The additional requirements include verification of employment and recent work history, reference checks and minimum down payment levels.

Part of our ability to control delinquency and net charge-off is based on the level of down payments that we require, the maximum contract terms we allow and the purchase money security interest that we obtain in the product financed which reduce our credit risk and increase our customers’ ability and willingness to meet their future obligations. We require the customer to provide proof of property insurance coverage to offset potential losses relating to theft or damage of the product financed.

We currently extend credit to our customers under our in-house credit program through the use of installment accounts, which are paid over a specified period of time with set monthly payments. We no longer provide revolving charge accounts under our in-house credit program because we believe that the structure of installment credit accounts results in better credit performance with our core customer. Additionally, we offer a Conn’s-branded revolving charge program through a third-party consumer lender. Most of our installment accounts provide for payment over 12 to 32 months, with the average account remaining outstanding for approximately 16 to 20 months.

Credit monitoring and collections.  In addition to our underwriting personnel, as of January 31, 2014, we employed approximately 530 people in our collections department who service our active customer credit portfolio. We also utilize a collection agency to service a portion of our active portfolio. Our in-house, credit-financed sales are secured by the products purchased, which we believe gives us a distinct advantage over other creditors when pursuing collections, especially given that many of the products we finance are generally necessities for the home. We employ an intensive credit collection strategy that includes dialer-

10

based calls, virtual calling and messaging systems, inside collectors that contact borrowers, collection letters, a legal staff that processes claims and attends bankruptcy hearings, and voluntary repossession.

We closely monitor the credit portfolio to identify delinquent accounts early and dedicate resources to contacting customers concerning past due accounts. We believe that our unique underwriting model, secured interest in the products financed, required down payments, local presence, ability to work with customers relative to their product and service needs, and the flexible financing alternatives we offer help mitigate the loss experience on our portfolio. In addition, our customers have the opportunity to make their monthly payments in our stores, and approximately 56.6% of the payments received on credit accounts during the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 were received in one of our store locations. We believe that these factors help us maintain a relationship with the customer that keeps losses lower while encouraging repeat purchases.

Our collection activities involve a combination of efforts that take place in our Beaumont and San Antonio, Texas collection centers. We maintain a dialer system, including virtual collection systems, and letter campaigns that help us contact and speak to customers daily. We also maintain skip-tracing processes that utilize current technology to locate contact information for customers who have moved and left no contact information.

As part of our effort to work with our customers to achieve and maintain a habit of making consistent monthly payments on their credit accounts with us, we will, at times, extend their contractual payment terms, also known as re-aging, which usually results in updating the past due status of the account to reflect it as current. Typically, we will agree to re-age an account when a customer has experienced a financial hardship, such as temporary loss of employment, if, after discussing the situation with the customer, we validate that they are willing and able to resume making their regularly scheduled payments. Generally, for the re-age process to be completed, the customer is required to pay the greater of interest on the account for the number of months re-aged or a full monthly payment. An account can be re-aged multiple times over its life, but the use of the re-age program is limited and must comply with our guidelines. We believe our re-aging programs reduce our ultimate net charge-offs and enhance our ability to collect the full amounts due to us from sales under our credit programs and results in building long-term relationships with those customers that help drive future sales. During fiscal year 2012, based on analysis of the performance of re-aged receivables and considering the cost of collections, we revised our re-aging program to limit the maximum number of months an account can be re-aged, over the life of the contract, to 12 months.  This change has resulted in delinquent, highly-re-aged accounts moving through delinquency to charge-off status more quickly. Repossessions are made when it is clear that the customer is unwilling to establish a reasonable payment program and voluntarily relinquishes control of the purchased merchandise. Our legal department processes our legal collection efforts and helps handle any legal issues associated with the collection process.

Effective July 31, 2011, we changed our charge-off policy, such that we deem an account to be uncollectible and charge it off if the account is more than 209 days past due at the end of a month. Prior to July 31, 2011, our charge-off policy required an account to be charged-off if it was 120 days or more past due and we had not received a payment in the previous seven months. As with our re-age policy change, this has resulted in delinquent accounts charging off more quickly, allowing us to reduce servicing costs and focus our collection resources on accounts that we believe have a higher likelihood of paying. Over the last 36 months, we have recovered approximately 6.9% of charged-off amounts through our collection activities and the sale of previously charged off accounts. The income that we realize from the customer receivables portfolio depends on a number of factors, including credit losses. Therefore, it is to our advantage to manage the portfolio to minimize the combined servicing costs and net losses on the credit portfolio to maximize profitability, including the contribution from the retail sale.

Our credit and accounting staff consistently monitor trends in charge-offs by examining the various characteristics of the charge-offs, including store of origination, product type, customer credit and income information, down payment amounts and other identifying information. We track our charge-offs both gross, before recoveries, and net, after recoveries. We periodically adjust our credit granting, collection and charge-off policies based on this information.

11

Store Operations

Stores.  We operate retail and clearance stores in Texas, Arizona, Louisiana, Oklahoma and New Mexico and have plans to open 15 to 20 stores during fiscal year 2015. The following table summarizes the number of stores in operation at January 31, 2014 in each of our markets and the number of freestanding and strip mall stores in each market.

	Number of Locations		Retail Square Feet	Storage/Other Square Feet
Geographic Location	Stand Alone	Strip Mall
Texas-
Houston	3	19	552,018	110,524
Dallas/Fort Worth	1	11	354,546	83,719
San Antonio/Austin	3	8	328,647	62,767
Other	3	10	386,344	94,254
Arizona	—	8	280,165	42,240
Louisiana	1	6	193,130	65,930
Oklahoma	—	3	89,661	17,897
New Mexico	—	3	94,474	19,342
Store totals	11	68	2,278,985	496,673
Warehouse/Cross-dock	15	—	—	1,716,366
Corporate Offices	2	1	—	168,478
Total	28	69	2,278,985	2,381,517

Our stores have an average selling space of approximately 28,500 square feet, plus a rear storage area fast-moving or smaller products that customers prefer to carry out rather than wait for in-home delivery.

We are implementing our Conn's HomePlus design in new locations and in existing locations where the market demand supports the required design changes. As of January 31, 2014, 50 of our 79 stores were operating in the Conn's HomePlus format. We believe the Conn's HomePlus format better presents our core product categories of home appliances, furniture and mattresses and consumer electronics to our customers. Additionally, this design allocates additional floor space to furniture and mattresses to allow us to continue to expand the product selection. As we continue to add new stores or update or replace existing stores, we intend to modify our floor plan to the Conn's HomePlus format. All of our updated stores, as well as our new stores, include modern interior selling spaces featuring attractive signage and display areas specifically designed for each major product type. Our Conn's HomePlus stores will generally range in size to include 30,000 to 45,000 square feet of retail selling space. Our investment to update our existing stores to the Conn's HomePlus format generally cost $400,000 to $1,000,000 per store, and we expect these improvements to benefit sales at those stores over time. We continuously evaluate our existing and potential sites to position our stores in desirable locations and relocate stores that are not properly positioned. We typically lease rather than purchase our stores to retain the flexibility of managing our financial commitment to a location if we later decide that the store is performing below our standards or the market would be better served by relocation. After updating, expanding or relocating a store, we expect to increase same store sales at the store.

Store economics.  As of January 31, 2014,we leased all of our current open store locations, with an average monthly rent of approximately $24,700. Our five new Conn’s HomePlus stores that were open the entire fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, generated, on average, unit revenue of approximately $15.9 million with an average net initial cash investment of approximately $1.3 million which includes $1.0 million of average build-out costs, including equipment and fixtures (net of tenant improvement allowances), and $250,000 of inventory (net of payables). Store investment excludes the working capital required to support the credit portfolio balances generated by sales made using in-house credit at the store. We expect our Conn's HomePlus stores to breakeven on a cash basis, on average, within two months and expect our full cash payback period to be, on average, within six months.

During fiscal year 2014, our stores generated average total retail revenues of approximately $12.9 million each and an average operating margin of approximately 24.3%, before credit and insurance revenues and before allocation of advertising, delivery and other overhead expenses.

12

Personnel and compensation.  We staff a typical store with a store manager, an assistant manager, an average of 17 sales personnel and other support staff, including cashiers and porters based on store size and location. Managers have an average tenure with us of approximately six years and typically have prior sales floor experience. In addition to store managers, we have 15 district management personnel, including district managers and district operations managers, which generally oversee from eight to 12 stores in each market. The senior management team of retail operations has an average of approximately 28 years of experience with us.

We compensate the majority of our sales associates on a straight commission arrangement, while we generally compensate store managers on a salary basis plus incentives and cashiers at an hourly rate. In some instances, store managers receive earned commissions plus base salary. We believe that because our store compensation plans are tied to sales, they generally provide us an advantage in attracting and retaining highly motivated employees.

Training.  New sales personnel complete an intensive two-week classroom training program in the markets where they will be assigned, under the direction of sales management personnel in those markets. In addition, our employees benefit from on-site training conducted by many of our vendors.

We attempt to identify store manager candidates early in their careers with us and place them in a training program. They attend our in-house training program, which provides guidance and direction for the development of managerial and supervisory skills. After completion of the training program, manager candidates work as assistant managers for six to twelve months and are then allowed to manage one of our smaller stores, where they are supervised closely by the store’s district manager. We give new managers an opportunity to operate larger stores as they become more proficient in their management skills. Each store manager attends mandatory training sessions on a monthly basis and also attends sales training meetings where participants receive and discuss new product information.

Marketing

We design our marketing and advertising programs to increase our brand name recognition, educate consumers about our products and services and generate customer traffic in order to increase sales. We conduct our advertising programs primarily through direct mail, television stations, newspaper, radio, telephone and our website. Our promotional programs include the use of discounts, rebates, product bundling and no-interest financing plans. Our website and the information contained on our website is not incorporated in this annual report or Form 8-K or any other document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Our website provides customers the ability to apply for credit and purchase our products on-line. The website averaged approximately 23,000 credit applications per month during fiscal 2014. This compares to average monthly website applications of approximately 11,000 and 10,000 during fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. The website is linked to a call center, allowing us to better assist customers with their credit and product needs.

Distribution and Inventory Management

We currently operate six regional distribution centers located in Houston, San Antonio, Dallas, Beaumont and El Paso, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona and nine smaller cross-dock facilities. We will soon open distribution centers in Colorado and South Carolina to service those regions. This enables us to deliver products to our customers quickly, reduces inventory requirements at the individual stores and facilitates regionalized inventory and accounting controls.

In our retail stores, we maintain an inventory of certain fast-moving items and products that the customer is likely to carry out of the store. Our computer system and the use of scanning technology in our distribution centers allow us to determine, on a real-time basis, the location of any product we sell. If we do not have a product at the desired retail store at the time of sale, we can provide it through one of our distribution centers on a next day basis.

We primarily use third-party providers to move products from market to market and from distribution centers to stores to meet customer needs. We outsource the majority of our in-home deliveries to a third party. Our fleet of home delivery vehicles enables our highly-trained delivery and installation specialists, in combination with the outsourced distribution arrangements to quickly complete the sales process, enhancing customer service. We also may receive a delivery fee based on the products sold and the services needed to complete the delivery.

13

Product Support Services

Credit insurance.  Acting as agents for unaffiliated insurance companies, we offer credit property, credit life, credit disability and credit involuntary unemployment insurance, which we collectively refer to as credit insurance, at all of our stores on sales financed under our credit programs. These products cover payment of the customer’s credit account if the financed property is lost or damaged, or in the event of the customer’s death, disability or involuntary unemployment. We receive sales commissions from the unaffiliated insurance company at the time we sell the coverage, and we receive retrospective commissions, which are additional commissions paid by the insurance carrier if insurance claims are less than earned premiums. We recognize our commission on the sale of these third-party insurance contracts in revenues at the time of sale, and in the case of retrospective commissions, at the time that they are earned.

We require proof of property insurance on all installment credit purchases; however, we do not require that customers purchase this insurance from us. During fiscal 2014, a substantial portion of our credit customers purchased one or more of the credit insurance products we offer. Commission revenues from the sale of credit insurance contracts represented approximately 3.7%, 2.9% and 2.5% of total revenues for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Premiums charged on the credit products we sell are regulated and vary by state.

Repair service agreements.  We provide service for most of the products we sell and only for the products we sell. Customers purchased repair service agreements that we sell for third-party insurers on products representing approximately 60.0% of our total product sales for fiscal 2014. These agreements broaden and extend the period of covered manufacturer warranty service for up to four years from the date of purchase, depending on the product. These agreements are sold at the time the product is purchased. Customers may finance the cost of the agreements along with the purchase price of the associated product. Through a third-party, customers are contacted to provide them the opportunity to purchase an extended period of coverage, and we receive a commission on each sale.  Revenues from the sale of repair service agreements and the other product protection products that we sell represented approximately 7.6%, 7.2% and 6.4% of net sales during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We have contracts with unaffiliated third-party insurers that issue the initial repair service agreements to cover the costs of repairs performed under these agreements. The initial service agreement is between the customer and the independent third-party insurance company, and, through our agreements with the third-party insurance company, we are obligated to provide service when it is needed under each agreement sold. We receive a commission on the sale of the contract, which is recognized in revenues at the time of the sale, and we receive retrospective commissions, which are additional commissions paid by the insurance carrier over time if the cost of repair claims are less than earned premiums. Additionally, we bill the insurance company for the cost of the service work that we perform. We also offer a renewal program through an unaffiliated third-party insurer and receive a commission on the sale of the contract, which is recognized in revenues during the period the contract is sold.

Regulation

The extension of credit to consumers is a highly regulated area of our business. Numerous federal and state laws impose disclosure and other requirements on the origination, servicing and enforcement of credit accounts. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act ("Dodd-Frank Act") and Federal Trade Commission Act. State laws impose limitations on the maximum amount of finance charges that we can charge and also impose other restrictions on consumer creditors, such as us, including restrictions on collection and enforcement. We routinely review our contracts and procedures to ensure compliance with applicable consumer credit laws. Failure on our part to comply with applicable laws could expose us to substantial penalties and claims for damages and, in certain circumstances, may require us to refund finance charges already paid and to forego finance charges not yet paid under non-complying contracts. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable federal and state consumer credit and collection laws.

Our sale of credit life, credit disability, credit involuntary unemployment and credit property insurance products is also highly regulated. State laws currently impose disclosure obligations with respect to our sales of credit and other insurance products similar to those required by the Federal Truth in Lending Act, impose restrictions on the amount of premiums that we may charge and require licensing of certain of our employees and operating entities. We believe we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to our credit insurance business.

Employees

As of January 31, 2014, we had approximately 3,600 employees, of which approximately 1,300 were sales personnel. We offer a comprehensive benefits package including health, life, short - and long-term disability, and dental insurance coverage as well as a 401(k) plan, employee stock purchase plan, paid vacation and holiday pay, for eligible employees. None of our employees

14

are subject to collective bargaining agreements governing their employment with us, and we believe that our employee relations are good. We have a formal dispute resolution plan that requires mandatory arbitration for employment-related issues.

Tradenames and Trademarks

We have registered the trademarks “Conn’s”, “Conn’s HomePlus”, “YES Money”, “YE$ Money”, “SI Money” and our logos, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Conn’s, Inc.

Available Information

We are subject to reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, and its rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires us to file reports, proxy and other information statements and other information with the SEC. Copies of these reports, proxy statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the SEC Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also obtain these materials electronically by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Our board has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics for our employees, code of ethics for our chief executive officer and senior financial professionals and a code of business conduct and ethics for our board of directors. A copy of these codes are published on our website at www.conns.com under “Investor Relations — Corporate Governance.” We intend to make all required disclosures concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, these codes on our website. In addition, we make available, free of charge on our website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file this material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. You may review these documents, under the heading “Investor Relations — SEC Filings,” by accessing our website at www.conns.com.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

The following discussion of risk factors may be important information in understanding our “forward-looking statements,” which are discussed in Item 7 in this Form 10-K and elsewhere. These risk factors should also be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Form 10-K.

You should consider carefully the risks described below, as well as other information presented in this Form 10-K and in other reports, registration statements and materials that we file with the SEC and the other information incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. If any of the risks described below or elsewhere in this Form 10-K were to materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not be able to open and profitably operate new stores in existing, adjacent and new geographic markets.      In fiscal 2014, we opened 14 new stores, and have plans to open 15 to 20 new stores in fiscal 2015, continuing the new store opening program we reinstated in fiscal 2013. New stores may not be profitable on an operating basis during the first several months after they open and even after that time period may not be profitable or meet our goals which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. There are a number of factors that could affect our ability to implement our new store opening program and growth strategy, including:

• Difficulties associated with the hiring, training and retention of additional skilled personnel, including store managers;

• The availability of additional financial resources;

• The availability of favorable sites in existing, adjacent and new markets at price levels consistent with our business plan;

• Competition in existing, adjacent and new markets;

• Competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns in adjacent and new markets that are different from those in our existing markets;

• A lack of consumer demand for our products or financing programs at levels that can support new store growth;

• Inability to make customer financing programs available that allow consumers to purchase products at levels that can support new store growth;

• Limitations created by covenants and conditions under our revolving credit facility;

15

• The substantial commitment and outlay of financial resources required to open new stores and the possibility that we may recognize little or no related benefit;

• An inability or unwillingness of vendors to supply product on a timely basis at competitive prices;

• The failure to open enough stores in new markets to achieve a sufficient market presence and realize the benefits of leveraging our advertising and our distribution system;

• Unfamiliarity with local real estate markets and demographics in adjacent and new markets;

• Problems in adapting our distribution and other operational and management systems to an expanded network of stores; and

• Higher costs for mail, television print, radio or internet advertising.

These factors may also affect the ability of any newly opened stores to achieve sales and profitability levels comparable with our existing stores or to become profitable at all. As a result, we may determine that we need to close additional stores or reduce the hours of operation in some stores, which could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows, as we may incur additional expenses and non-cash write-offs related to closing a store and settling our remaining lease obligations and our initial investment in fixed assets and related store costs.

We may not successfully implement our existing store remodeling program which could negatively impact our results of operations or fail to provide a favorable return on our investment.     We have remodeled or relocated 31 of our existing stores as of January 31, 2014 and plan to remodel or relocate five to 10 additional stores by the end of fiscal year 2015. These efforts may not be successful in enhancing the operating results of the stores remodeled, which could negatively affect our results of operations or may not yield a favorable return on the investment required for such remodels. Further, store operations during the remodeling process could be disrupted or stores temporarily closed, which could negatively impact our financial performance. If we are unable to successfully operate remodeled stores in our new store format or customers for those stores are not receptive to the new store format, our operating results for such stores would be negatively affected.

If we are unable to manage the growth of our business, our revenues may not increase, our cost of operations may rise and our results of operations may decline.     As we grow our store base, we will face many business risks associated with growing companies, including the risk that our management, financial controls and information systems will be inadequate to support our expansion in the future. Our growth will require management to expend significant time and effort and additional resources to ensure the continuing adequacy of our financial controls, operating procedures, information systems, product purchasing, warehousing and distribution systems and employee training programs. We cannot predict whether we will be able to effectively manage these increased demands or respond on a timely basis to the changing demands that our expansion will impose on our management, financial controls and information systems. If we fail to successfully manage the challenges of growth, do not continue to improve our systems and controls or encounter unexpected difficulties during expansion, our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

We may expand our retail or credit offerings which may have different operating or legal requirements than our current operations.     In addition to the retail and consumer finance products we currently offer, we may offer other products and services in the future, including new financing products and services. These products and services may require additional or different operating and compliance systems or have additional or different legal or regulatory requirements than the products and services we currently offer. In the event we undertake such an expansion and do not have the proper infrastructure or personnel, do not successfully execute such an expansion, or our customers do not positively respond to such changes, our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

A decrease in our credit sales or a decline in credit quality could lead to a decrease in our product sales and profitability.    In the last three fiscal years, we financed, on average, including down payments, approximately 70.0% of our retail sales through our in-house proprietary credit programs to customers with a broad range of credit worthiness. A large portion of our credit portfolio is to customers considered by many to be subprime borrowers, have limited credit history, low income or past credit problems. Entering into credit arrangements with such customers entail a higher risk of customer default, higher delinquency rates and higher losses than extending credit to more creditworthy customers. While we believe that our pricing and the underwriting criteria and collection methods we employ enable us to manage the higher risks inherent in issuing credit with sub-prime customers, no assurance can be given that such pricing, criteria and methods will afford adequate protection against such risks. We have experienced increased delinquency and charge-off rates on our credit contracts.

Our ability to provide credit as a financing alternative for our customers depends on many factors, including the quality of our customer receivables portfolio. Payments on some of our credit accounts become delinquent from time to time, and some accounts end up in default, due to several factors, such as general and local economic conditions, including the impact of rising interest rates and unemployment rates. As we continue to expand into new markets, we will obtain new credit accounts that may present a higher risk than our existing credit accounts since new credit customers do not have an established credit history with

16

us. A general decline in the quality of our customer receivable portfolio could lead to a reduction in the advance rates used or eligible customer receivable balances included in the borrowing base calculations under our revolving credit facility and thus a reduction of available credit to fund our finance operations. As a result, if we are required to reduce the amount of credit we grant to our customers, we most likely would sell fewer products, which would adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Further, approximately 56.6% of our credit account payments received during fiscal 2014 were delivered to one of our store locations, any decrease in credit sales could reduce traffic in our stores and lower our revenues. A decline in the credit quality of our credit accounts could also cause an increase in our credit losses, which would result in an adverse effect on our earnings. A decline in credit quality could also lead to stricter underwriting criteria which would likely have a negative impact on net sales.

We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts on our customer retail installment contracts held on our balance sheet. If the allowance for uncollectible accounts is inadequate, then we would recognize the losses in excess of the allowance and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have significant future capital needs and the inability to access the capital markets may adversely affect our business and expansion plans.      As of January 31, 2014, we financed our customer receivables through an asset-based loan facility that provided $850.0 million in financing commitments and securitized notes. We had $536.3 million outstanding under our asset-based revolving credit facility, including standby letters of credit issued as of January 31, 2014. Our ability to raise additional capital through expansion of our asset-based loan facility, securitization transactions or other debt or equity transactions, and do so on economically favorable terms, depends in large part on factors that are beyond our control, including:

• Conditions in the securities and finance markets generally;

• Our credit rating or the credit rating of any securities we may issue;

• Economic conditions;

• Conditions in the markets for securitized instruments, or other debt or equity instruments;

• The credit quality and performance of our customer receivables;

• Our overall sales performance and profitability;

• Our ability to provide or obtain financial support for required credit enhancement;

• Our ability to adequately service our financial instruments;

• Our ability to meet debt covenant requirements; and

• Prevailing interest rates.

If adequate capital and funds are not available at the time we need capital, we will have to curtail future growth, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow. As we grow our business, capital expenditures during future years are likely to exceed our historical capital expenditures. The ultimate amount of capital expenditures needed will be dependent on, among other factors, the availability of capital to fund new store openings and customer receivables portfolio growth.

In addition, we historically used our customer receivables as collateral to raise funds through securitization programs. If we require amendments in the future and are unable to obtain such amendments or we are unable to arrange substitute financing facilities or other sources of capital, we may have to limit or cease offering credit through our finance programs due to our inability to draw under our revolving credit facility upon the occurrence of a default. If availability under the borrowing base calculations of our revolving credit facility is reduced, or otherwise becomes unavailable, or we are unable to arrange substitute financing facilities or other sources of capital, we may have to limit the amount of credit that we make available through our customer finance programs. A reduction in our ability to offer customer credit will adversely affect revenues and results of operations and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Further, our inability or limitations on our ability to obtain funding through securitization facilities or other sources may adversely affect our profitability under our credit programs if existing customers fail to repay outstanding credit due to our refusal to grant additional credit.

Additionally, the inability of any of the financial institutions providing our financing facilities to fund their commitment would adversely affect our ability to fund our credit programs, capital expenditures and other general corporate needs.

If we are unable to renew or replace our existing credit facilities in the future or have access to capital markets reduced, we would be required to reduce, or possibly cease, offering customers credit, which would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations in the same manner as discussed above.

We have in the past, and may again in the future, access the debt or other capital markets to refinance existing debt obligations and to obtain capital to finance growth. Access to these markets is critical to the Company's ongoing financial success; however, the Company's future access to the capital markets could become restricted due to a variety of factors, including a deterioration

17

of the Company's earnings, cash flows, balance sheet quality, regulatory restrictions or overall business or industry prospects, a significant deterioration in the state of the capital markets or a negative bias toward the Company's industry by market participants. In addition, we may elect to issue securities for which we may seek to obtain a rating from a rating agency. It is possible, however, that one or more rating agencies might independently determine to assign a rating to any of our issued debt securities. If any ratings are assigned to any of our debt or other securities with a rating, such ratings, if they are lower than market expectations or are subsequently lowered or withdrawn, whether as a result of our actions or factors which are beyond our control, could increase our future borrowing costs and impair our ability to access capital and credit markets on terms commercially acceptable to us, or at all. Inability to access the credit markets on acceptable terms, if at all, would have a materially adverse effect on the Company's financial condition.

Failure to comply with our covenants in our credit facilities could materially and adversely affect us.     Under our existing asset-based loan facility we have certain obligations, including maintaining certain financial covenants. While we are currently in compliance with all of our covenants, in the future, if we fail to maintain them and are not able to obtain relief from any covenant violation from our lenders, then an event of default could occur and the lenders could cease lending to us, accelerate the payments of our debt and foreclose on our assets that secure the asset-based loan facility. Any such action by the lenders would materially and adversely affect our financial performance and could even result in the Company’s bankruptcy.

Increased borrowing costs will negatively impact our results of operations.     Because most of our customer receivables have interest rates equal to the highest rate allowable under applicable law, we would generally not be able to pass higher borrowing costs along to our customers and our results of operations would be negatively impacted. The interest rates on our revolving credit facility fluctuate up or down based upon the LIBOR rate, the prime rate of our administrative agent or the federal funds rate. The level of interest rates in the market in general will impact the interest rate on any debt instruments issued, if any. Additionally, we may issue debt securities or enter into credit facilities under which we pay interest at a higher rate than we have historically paid which would further reduce our margins and negatively impact our results of operations.

Deterioration in the performance of our customer receivables portfolio could significantly affect our liquidity position and profitability.     Our liquidity position and profitability are heavily dependent on our ability to collect our customer receivables. If our customer receivables portfolio were to substantially deteriorate, the liquidity available to us would most likely be reduced due to the challenges of complying with the covenants and borrowing base calculations under our revolving credit facility and our earnings may decline due to higher provisions for bad debt expense, higher servicing costs, higher net charge-off rates and lower interest and fee income.

Our ability to collect from credit customers may be materially impaired by store closings and our need to rely on a replacement servicer in the event of our liquidation.     We may be unable to collect a large portion of periodic credit payments should our stores close as many of our customers remit payments in-store. During the course of fiscal year 2014, approximately 56.6% of our active credit customers made a payment in one of our stores. In the event of store closings, credit customers may not pay balances in a timely fashion, or may not pay at all, since a large number of our customers have not traditionally made payments to a central location.

In addition, we service our active credit customers through our in-house servicing operation. At this time, there is not a formalized back-up servicer plan in place for our customer receivables.

In the event of our liquidation, a servicing arrangement would have to be implemented, which could materially impact the collection of our customer receivables.

In deciding whether to extend credit to customers, we rely on the accuracy and completeness of information furnished to us by or on behalf of our credit customers. If we and our systems are unable to detect any misrepresentations in this information, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.     In deciding whether to extend credit to customers, we rely heavily on information furnished to us by or on behalf of our credit customers and our ability to validate such information through third-party services, including employment and personal financial information. If a significant percentage of our credit customers intentionally or negligently misrepresent any of this information, and we or our systems do not or did not detect such misrepresentations, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to effectively manage our credit risk, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our policy of re-aging certain delinquent borrowers affects our delinquency statistics and the timing and amount of our write-offs.     As of January 31, 2014, 11.3% of our credit portfolio consisted of “re-aged” customer receivables. Re-aging is offered to certain eligible past-due customers if they meet the conditions of our re-age policy. Our decision to offer a delinquent customer a re-age program is based on that borrower’s specific condition, our history with the borrower, the amount of the loan and various other factors. When we re-age a customer’s account, we move the account from a delinquent status to a current status. Management

18

exercises a considerable amount of discretion over the re-aging process and has the ability to re-age an account multiple times during its life. Under our current policy, the maximum number of months an account can be re-aged over the life of the account is limited to 12 months. Treating an otherwise uncollectible account as current affects our delinquency statistics, as well as impacting the timing and amount of charge-offs. If these accounts had been charged off sooner, our net loss rates might have been higher.

If we fail to timely contact delinquent borrowers, then the number of delinquent customer receivables eventually being charged off could increase.     We contact customers with delinquent credit account balances soon after the account becomes delinquent. During periods of increased delinquencies it is important that we are proactive in dealing with borrowers rather than simply allowing customer receivables to go to charge-off. Historically, when our servicing becomes involved at an earlier stage of delinquency with credit counseling and workout programs, there is a greater likelihood that the customer receivable will not be charged off.

During periods of increased delinquencies, it becomes extremely important that we are properly staffed and trained to assist borrowers in bringing the delinquent balance current and ultimately avoiding charge-off. If we do not properly staff and train our collections personnel, or if we incur any downtime or other issues with our information systems that assist us with our collection efforts, then the number of accounts in a delinquent status or charged-off could increase. In addition, managing a substantially higher volume of delinquent customer receivables typically increases our operational costs. A rise in delinquencies or charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

We rely on internal models to manage risk and to provide accounting estimates. Our results could be adversely affected if those models do not provide reliable accounting estimates or predictions of future activity.     We make significant use of business and financial models in connection with our efforts to measure and monitor our risk exposures and to manage our credit portfolio. For example, we use models as a basis for credit underwriting decisions, portfolio delinquency, charge-off and collection expectations and other market risks, based on economic factors and our experience. The information provided by these models is used in making business decisions relating to strategies, initiatives, transactions and pricing, as well as the size of our allowance for doubtful accounts, among other accounting estimates.

Models are inherently imperfect predictors of actual results because they are based on current and historical data available to us and our assumptions about factors such as credit demand, payment rates, default rates, delinquency rates and other factors that may overstate or understate future experience. Our models could produce unreliable results for a number of reasons, including the limitations of historical data to predict results due to unprecedented events or circumstances, invalid or incorrect assumptions underlying the models, the need for manual adjustments in response to rapid changes in economic conditions, changes in credit policies, incorrect coding of the models, incorrect data being used by the models or inappropriate application of a model to products or events outside of the model’s intended use. In particular, models are less dependable when the economic environment is outside of historical experience, as has been the case recently.

In addition, we continually receive new economic data. Our critical accounting estimates, such as the size of our allowance for doubtful accounts, are subject to change, often significantly, due to the nature and magnitude of changes in economic conditions. However, there is generally a lag between the availability of this economic information and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. When economic conditions change quickly and in unforeseen ways, there is a risk that the assumptions and inputs reflected in our models are not representative of current economic conditions.

Due to the factors described above and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we may be required or may deem it necessary to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts in the future. If our actual charge-offs exceed the assumption used to establish the allowance, our provision for losses would increase. Increasing our allowance for doubtful accounts would result in a decline in future revenues and earnings adversely affecting our results of operations and our financial position.

Changes in the economy, credit policies and practices, and the credit and capital markets have required frequent adjustments to our models and the application of greater management judgment in the interpretation and adjustment of the results produced by our models. This application of greater management judgment reflects the need to take into account updated information while continuing to maintain controlled processes for model updates, including model development, testing, independent validation and implementation. As a result of the time and resources, including technical and staffing resources, that are required to perform these processes effectively, it may not be possible to replace existing models quickly enough to ensure that they will always properly account for the impacts of recent information and actions.

An economic downturn or other events may affect consumer purchases from us as well as their ability to repay their credit obligations to us, which could have a prolonged negative effect on our net sales, gross margins and credit portfolio performance.     Many factors affect spending, including regional or world events, war, conditions in financial markets, general

19

business conditions, interest rates, inflation, energy and gasoline prices, consumer debt levels, the availability of consumer credit, taxation, unemployment trends and other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending. Our customers’ purchases of our products decline during periods when disposable income is lower or periods of actual or perceived unfavorable economic conditions. Recent turmoil in the national economy, including instability in financial markets and a potential combination of expiring tax cuts and mandatory federal spending reductions, decreases in consumer confidence and volatile oil prices have negatively impacted our markets and may present significant challenges to our operations in the future. If this occurs, our net sales and results of operations would decline.

We face significant competition from national, regional, local and internet retailers of home appliances, consumer electronics, furniture and mattresses.     The retail market for consumer electronics, furniture and mattresses is highly fragmented and intensely competitive and the market for home appliances is concentrated among a few major dealers. We currently compete against a diverse group of retailers, including national mass merchants such as Sears, Wal-Mart, Target, Sam’s Club and Costco, specialized national retailers such as Best Buy, Rooms ToGo and Mattress Firm, home improvement stores such as Lowe’s and Home Depot, and locally-owned regional or independent retail specialty stores that sell home appliances, consumer electronics, furniture, and mattresses similar, and often identical, to those items we sell. We also compete with retailers that market products through store catalogs and the internet. In addition, there are few barriers to entry into our current and contemplated markets, and new competitors may enter our current or future markets at any time.

Additionally, we compete to some extent against companies offering credit constrained consumers products similar to those offered by us for the home under weekly or monthly rent-to-own payment options.  Competitors include Aarons and Rent-A-Center, as well as many smaller independent finance companies.

We may not be able to compete successfully against existing and future competitors. Some of our competitors have financial resources that are substantially greater than ours and may be able to purchase inventory at lower costs and better endure economic downturns. As a result, our sales may decline if we cannot offer competitive prices to our customers or we may be required to accept lower profit margins. Our competitors may respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and may have greater resources to devote to promotion and sale of products and services. If two or more competitors consolidate their businesses or enter into strategic partnerships, they may be able to compete more effectively against us.

Our existing competitors or new entrants into our industry may use a number of different strategies to compete against us, including:

• Expansion by our existing competitors or entry by new competitors into markets where we currently operate;

• Lower pricing;

• Aggressive advertising and marketing;

• Extension of credit to customers on terms more favorable than we offer;

• Larger store size, which may result in greater operational efficiencies, or innovative store formats; and

• Adoption of improved retail sales methods.

Competition from any of these sources could cause us to lose market share, sales and customers, increase expenditures or reduce prices, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in customer demand and product mix could adversely affect our business.     Our ability to maintain and increase sales depends to a large extent on the introduction and availability of new products and technologies and our ability to respond timely to customer demands and preferences for such new products. It is possible that the introduction of new products will never achieve widespread consumer acceptance or will be supplanted by alternative products and technologies that do not offer us a similar sales opportunity or are sold at lower price points or margins. We might be unable to anticipate these buying patterns which would adversely affect our sales and operating performance. In addition, we often make commitments to purchase products from our vendors several months in advance of proposed delivery dates. Significant deviation from the projected demand for products that we sell could affect our inventory strategies which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, either from lost sales or lower margins due to the need to reduce prices to dispose of excess inventory.

Furthermore, due to our increasing emphasis on furniture and mattress offerings we are building larger new stores and investing substantial capital to expand existing stores to accommodate those offerings. If we are unable to execute on our furniture and mattress offering strategy, it would have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

Our products must appeal to a broad range of consumers whose preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and are subject to change.

20

We may experience significant price pressures over the life cycle of our products from competing technologies and our competitors and we may not be able to maintain our historical gross margin levels.     Prices for many of our products decrease over their life cycle. Such decreases often result in decreased gross profit margins for us. There is also substantial and continuing pressure from customers to reduce their total costs for products. Suppliers may also seek to reduce our margins on the sales of their products in order to increase their own profitability. The consumer electronics industry depends on new products to drive same store sales increases. Typically, these new products, such as high-definition flat-panel (including 3-D, LCD, LED and internet-ready technology) televisions, Blu-ray players and digital cameras are introduced at relatively high price points that are then gradually reduced as the product becomes mainstream. To sustain positive same store sales growth, unit sales must increase at a rate greater than the decline in product prices. The affordability of the product helps drive the unit sales growth. However, as a result of relatively short product life cycles in the consumer electronics industry, which limit the amount of time available for sales volume to increase, combined with rapid price erosion in the industry, retailers are challenged to maintain overall gross margin levels and positive same store sales. This has historically been our experience, and we continue to adjust our marketing strategies to address this challenge through the introduction of new product categories and new products within our existing categories. If we fail to accurately anticipate the introduction of new technologies, we may possess significant amounts of obsolete inventory that can only be sold at substantially lower prices and profit margins than we anticipated. In addition, we may not be able to maintain our historical margin levels in the future due to increased sales of lower margin products such as personal electronics products and declines in average selling prices of key products. If sales of lower margin items continue to increase and replace sales of higher margin items or our consumer electronics products average selling prices decreases due to the maturity of their life cycle, our gross margin and overall gross profit levels will be adversely affected.

A disruption in our relationships with, in the operations of, or the supply of product from any of our key suppliers could cause our sales to decline.     The success of our business and growth strategies depends to a significant degree on our relationships with our suppliers, particularly our brand name suppliers such as Dell, Electrolux, Franklin, Frigidaire, General Electric, Hewlett-Packard, Jackson-Catnapper, LG, Samsung, Sealy, Serta, Sharp, Steve Silver, Sony, Toshiba, and Z-Line. We do not have long-term supply agreements or exclusive arrangements with the majority of our vendors. We typically order our inventory and repair parts through the issuance of individual purchase orders to vendors. We also rely on our suppliers for cooperative advertising support. We may be subject to rationing by suppliers with respect to a number of limited distribution items. In addition, we rely heavily on a relatively small number of suppliers. Our top six suppliers represented 57.9% of our purchases for fiscal year 2014, and the top two suppliers represented approximately 38.1% of our total purchases. The loss of any one or more of these key vendors or failure to establish and maintain relationships with these and other vendors, and limitations on the availability of inventory or repair parts could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If one of our vendors were to go out of business, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition if such vendor is unable to fund amounts due to us, including payments due for returns of product and warranty claims. Catastrophic or other unforeseen events, such as the one which impacted Japan during 2011, could adversely impact the supply and delivery to us of products manufactured outside the United States and could adversely impact our results of operations. In additions, because many of the products we sell are manufactured outside of the United States, we may experience a disruption or increase in the cost of imported vendor products at any time for reasons beyond our control. If imported merchandise becomes more expensive, unavailable or difficult to obtain, we may not be able to meet the demands of our customers. Products from alternative sources may also be more expensive than those our vendors currently import.

Our ability to enter new markets successfully depends, to a significant extent, on the willingness and ability of our vendors to supply merchandise to additional warehouses or stores. If vendors are unwilling or unable to supply some or all of their products to us at acceptable prices in one or more markets, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Furthermore, we rely on credit from vendors to purchase our products. As of January 31, 2014, we had $82.9 million in accounts payable and $120.5 million in merchandise inventories. A substantial change in credit terms from vendors or vendors’ willingness to extend credit to us, including providing inventory under consignment arrangements, would reduce our ability to obtain the merchandise that we sell, which would have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

Our vendors also supply us with marketing funds and volume rebates. If our vendors fail to continue these incentives it could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

We do not have long-term supply agreements or exclusive arrangements with our major suppliers. We typically order our inventory through the issuance of individual purchase orders to vendors. We have no contractual assurance of the continued supply of merchandise we currently or would like to offer our customers by suppliers. The loss of any one or more of our key suppliers or our failure to establish and maintain relationships with these and other suppliers could materially adversely affect our supply and assortment of products, as we may not be able to find suitable replacements to supply products at competitive prices.

21

Turmoil in financial markets and economic disruptions in other parts of the world may also adversely affect our suppliers’ access to capital and liquidity with which to maintain their inventory, production levels and product quality and to operate their businesses, all of which could adversely affect our supply chain. It may cause suppliers to reduce their offerings of customer incentives and vendor allowances, cooperative marketing expenditures and product promotions. It may also cause them to change their pricing policies, which could impact demand for their products. Economic disruptions and market instability may make it difficult for us and our suppliers to accurately forecast future product demand trends, which could cause us to carry too much or too little merchandise in various product categories.

In addition, to the extent that any manufacturer utilizes labor practices that are not commonly accepted in the United States, we could be affected by any resulting negative publicity.

You should not rely on our comparable store sales as an indication of our future results of operations because they fluctuate significantly.     Our historical same store sales growth figures have fluctuated significantly from quarter to quarter. A number of factors have historically affected, and will continue to affect, our comparable store sales results, including:

• Changes in competition, such as pricing pressure, and the opening of new stores by competitors in our markets;

• General economic conditions;

• New product introductions;

• Changes in our marketing programs;

• Consumer trends;

• Changes in our merchandise mix;

• Changes in the relative sales price points of our major product categories;

• Underwriting standards for our customers purchasing merchandise on credit;

• Ability to offer credit programs attractive to our customers;

• The impact of any new stores on our existing stores, including potential decreases in existing stores’ sales as a result of opening new stores;

• Weather conditions in our markets;

• Timing of promotional events;

• Timing, location and participants of major sporting events;

• The number of new store openings;

• The percentage of our stores that are mature stores;

• The locations of our stores and the traffic drawn to those areas;

• How often we update our stores; and

• Our ability to execute our business strategy effectively.

Changes in our quarterly and annual comparable store sales results could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.

We experience seasonal fluctuations in our sales and quarterly results.      We typically experience seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results, with our fiscal quarter ending January 31. This includes the holiday selling season which generally accounts for a larger share of our net sales and net income. We also incur significant additional expenses during such fiscal quarter due to higher purchase volumes and increased staffing. Further, if we miscalculate the demand for our products generally or for our product mix during the fiscal quarter ending January 31, or if we experience adverse events, such as bad weather in our markets during our fourth fiscal quarter, our net sales could decline, resulting in excess inventory or increased sales discounts to sell excess inventory, which would harm our financial performance. A shortfall in expected net sales, combined with our significant additional expenses during this fiscal quarter, could cause a significant decline in our operating results and such sales may not be deferred to future periods.

Our business could be adversely affected by changes in consumer protection laws and regulations.      Federal and state consumer protection laws, regulations and agencies, such as the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") heavily regulate the way we conduct business and could limit the manner in which we may offer and extend credit and collect on our accounts. Because our customers finance through our credit segment a substantial portion of our sales, any change in the regulation of consumer credit could adversely affect our sales and gross margins.

For example, new laws or regulations could limit the amount of interest or fees that may be charged on consumer credit accounts, including by reducing the maximum interest rate that can be charged in the states in which we operate, or impose limitations on our ability to collect on account balances, which would have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and results of operations. Compliance with existing and future laws or regulations, including regulations that may be applicable to us under the Dodd-Frank Act could require us to make material expenditures, in particular personnel training costs, or otherwise adversely

22

affect our business or financial results. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations, even if inadvertent, could result in negative publicity, fines or additional licensing expenses, any of which could have an adverse effect on our cash flow and results of operations.

We have procedures and controls in place to monitor compliance with the numerous federal and state laws and regulations and believe we are in compliance with such laws and regulations. However, these laws and regulations are complex, differ between jurisdictions and are often subject to interpretation. As we expand into additional jurisdictions, the complexities grow. Compliance with these laws and regulations is expensive and requires the time and attention of management. These costs divert capital and focus away from efforts intended to grow our business. If we do not successfully comply with laws, regulations, or policies, we could incur fines or penalties, lose existing or new customers, or suffer damage to our reputation. Changes in these laws and regulations can significantly alter our business environment, limit business operations, and increase costs of doing business, and we cannot predict the impact such changes would have on our profitability.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau is a new agency and there continues to be uncertainty as to how the agency's actions will impact our business. The agency's actions have and may continue to have an impact on our business.      The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States, and established the CFPB. It has authority to write regulations under federal consumer financial protection laws, and enforce those laws. The CFPB is authorized to prevent “unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices” through its supervisory enforcement and regulatory authority. It is authorized to collect fines and provide consumer restitution in the event of violations, engage in consumer financial education, request data, and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. In addition, the CFPB maintains an online complaint system that allows consumers to log complaints with respect to the products we offer. The system could inform future agency decisions with respect to regulatory, enforcement, or examination focus. There continues to be uncertainty as to how, or if, the CFPB and its strategies and priorities will impact our businesses and our results of operations going forward and could result in new regulatory requirements and regulatory costs for us.

In November 2013, the CFPB issued an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking guidance from the public on a wide array of issues relating to debt collection, including debt buying and third party collectors. From time to time, we sell charged-off accounts to third parties to attempt to minimize the losses incurred on those accounts. We also, from time to time, engage or may engage persons, who may be deemed to be debt collectors, to collect accounts on our behalf. Although we have committed resources to enhancing our compliance programs, changes in regulatory expectations, interpretations or practices could increase the risk of enforcement actions, fines and penalties. Actions by the CFPB could result in requirements to alter our products and services that would make our products less attractive to consumers and impair our ability to offer them profitably. Future actions by regulators that discourage the use of products we offer or steer consumers to other products or services could result in reputational harm and a loss of customers. Should the CFPB change regulations adopted in the past by other regulators, or modify past regulatory guidance, our compliance costs and litigation exposure could increase. Our litigation exposure could also increase if the CFPB exercises its authority to limit or ban pre-dispute arbitration clauses. This additional focus and regulatory oversight would most likely increase operating costs and could limit revenue opportunities.

We are required to comply with laws and regulations regulating credit extensions and other dealings with customers and our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or any adverse change in those laws or regulations, could have a negative impact on our business.      Our customers finance through our credit segment a substantial portion of our sales. We also sell our customers gift cards for redemption against future purchases. Providing credit and other financial products and otherwise dealing with consumers and information provided by consumers does or could subject us to the jurisdiction of various federal, state and local government authorities, including the CFPB, which was created by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Trade Commission, the SEC, state regulators having jurisdiction over persons engaged in consumer sales, consumer credit and other financial products and consumer debt collection, and state attorneys general. Our business practices, including the terms of our marketing and advertising, our procedures and practices for credit applications and underwriting, the terms of our credit extensions and gift cards and related disclosures, our data privacy and protection practices, and our collection practices, may be subject to periodic or special reviews by these regulatory and enforcement authorities. These reviews could range from investigations of specific consumer complaints or concerns to broader inquiries into our practices generally. If as part of these reviews the regulatory authorities conclude that we are not complying with applicable law or regulations, they could request or impose a wide range of sanctions and remedies including requiring changes in advertising and collection practices, changes in our credit application and underwriting practices, changes in our data privacy or protection practices, changes in the terms of our credit or other financial products (such as decreases in interest rates or fees), the imposition of fines or penalties, or the paying of restitution or the taking of other remedial action with respect to affected customers. They also could require us to stop offering some of our credit or other financial products within one or more states, or nationwide.

Negative publicity relating to any specific inquiry or investigation, regardless of whether we have violated any applicable law or regulation or the extent of any such violation, could negatively affect our reputation and our brand as well as our stock price, which would adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital and would raise our costs of doing business. If any

23

deficiencies or violations of law or regulations are identified by us or asserted by any regulator or other person, or if any regulatory or enforcement authority or court requires us to change any of our practices, the correction of such deficiencies or violations, or the making of such changes, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or business. We face the risk that restrictions or limitations resulting from the enactment, change, or interpretation of federal or state laws and regulations, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, could negatively affect our business activities, require us to make material expenditures or effectively eliminate credit products or other financial products currently offered to customers.

In addition, whether or not we modify our practices when a regulatory or enforcement authority or court requests or requires that we do so, we or other industry participants may be named as defendants in individual or class action litigation involving alleged violations of federal and state laws and regulations, including securities law and consumer protection laws and regulations. Any failure on our part to comply with legal requirements in connection with credit or other financial products, or in connection with servicing our accounts or collecting debts or otherwise dealing with consumers, could significantly impair our ability to collect the full amount of the account balances and could subject us to substantial liability for damages or penalties. The institution of any litigation of this nature, or the rendering of any judgment, against us or any other industry participant in any litigation of this nature, could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We may also expand into additional jurisdictions. We must comply with the laws of each state we operate in, which are not uniform. The difference of the laws from the jurisdictions where we currently operate, or even changes to the laws in those jurisdictions, could negatively impact our operations.

We are subject to securities class action lawsuits. Potential similar or related litigation could result in substantial damages and may divert management's time and attention from our business. In March 2014, two securities class action lawsuits were filed against us and certain of our executive officers alleging the defendants made false and misleading statements and/or failed to disclose material adverse facts about the Company’s business, operations and prospects.  Please refer to Item 3. - Legal Proceedings of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details.

There can be no assurance that any litigation to which we are a party will be resolved in our favor. Any claim that is successfully decided against us may cause us to pay substantial damages, including punitive damages, and other related fees or prevent us from selling or importing certain of our products. Regardless of whether lawsuits are resolved in our favor or if we are the plaintiff or the defendant in the litigation, any lawsuits to which we are a party will likely be expensive and time consuming to defend or resolve. Such lawsuits could result in the diversion of management's time and attention away from business operations, which could harm our business and also harm our relationships with existing customers. Costs of defense and any damages resulting from litigation, a ruling against us, or a settlement of the litigation could adversely affect our cash flow and financial results.

Pending litigation relating to the sale of credit insurance and the sale of repair service agreements in the retail industry could adversely affect our business.     State attorney generals and private plaintiffs have filed lawsuits against other retailers relating to improper practices conducted in connection with the sale of credit insurance in several jurisdictions around the country. We offer credit insurance in our stores on sales financed under our credit programs and require the customer to purchase property insurance from us or provide evidence from a third-party insurance provider, at their election, in connection with sales of merchandise on installment credit; therefore, similar litigation could be brought against us. While we believe we are in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations, if we are found liable in any future lawsuit regarding credit insurance or repair service agreements, we could be required to pay substantial damages or incur substantial costs as part of an out-of-court settlement or require us to modify or suspend certain operations any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. An adverse judgment or any negative publicity associated with our repair service agreements or any potential credit insurance litigation could also affect our reputation, which could have a negative impact on our cash flow and results of operations.

Pending and potential litigation regarding alleged patent infringements could result in significant costs to us to defend what we consider to be spurious claims.     Recently the manufacturing, retail and software industries have been the targets of patent litigation claimants filing claims or demands based upon alleged patent ownership infringement through the manufacturing and selling, either in merchandise or through software and internet websites, of product or merely providing access through website portals. We, in conjunction with multiple other parties, have been the targets of such claims. While we believe that we have not violated or infringed any alleged patent ownership rights, and intend to defend vigorously any such claims, the cost to defend, settle or pay any such claims could be substantial, and could have an adverse effect on our cash flow and results of operations.

Our corporate actions may be substantially controlled by our principal shareholders and affiliated entities.     As of January 31, 2014, Stephens Inc., The Stephens Group, LLC, and their respective affiliates beneficially owned a significant portion of our common stock. On October 31, 2013, the voting trust that previously held the shares of common stock of Stephens, Inc. and certain affiliates of Stephens, Inc. expired and was not renewed or extended. All of the shares that had previously been part of the voting trust have now been distributed to each respective beneficial holder. Accordingly, Stephens Inc. and the beneficial owners of the

24

shares that were previously held in the voting trust and The Stephens Group, LLC could exert substantial influence over determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to the stockholders for approval, including election of directors, mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other significant corporate actions. The concentration of ownership of the shares by Stephens Inc. and The Stephens Group, LLC, and their respective affiliates, may: (i) delay or deter a change of control of the Company; (ii) deprive stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of the Company; and (iii) affect the market price and liquidity of the shares. The interests of Stephens Inc. and The Stephens Group, LLC, and their respective affiliates, may differ from or be adverse to the interests of our other stockholders. The effect of these rights may impact the price that investors are willing to pay for securities. If Stephens Inc. or The Stephens Group, LLC, or any of their affiliates, sells a substantial number of shares in the public market, the market price of the shares could fall. The perception among the public that these sales will occur could also contribute to a decline in the market price of the shares.

If we lose key management or are unable to attract and retain the qualified sales and credit granting and collection personnel required for our business, our operating results could suffer.     Our success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and continued service of our key executives or the identification of suitable successors for them. If we lose the services of any of these individuals, or if one or more of them or other key personnel decide to join a competitor or otherwise compete directly or indirectly with us, and we are unable to identify a suitable successor, our business and operations could be harmed, and we could have difficulty in implementing our strategy. In addition, our sales and credit operations are largely dependent upon our labor force. As our business grows, and as we incur turnover in current positions, we will need to locate, hire and retain additional qualified sales personnel in a timely manner and develop, train and manage an increasing number of management level sales associates and other employees. Additionally, if we are unable to attract and retain qualified credit granting and collection personnel, our ability to perform quality underwriting of new credit transactions and maintain workloads for our collections personnel at a manageable level, our operation could be adversely impacted and result in higher delinquency and net charge-offs on our credit portfolio. Competition for qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages to attract a sufficient number of employees, and increases in the federal minimum wage or other employee benefits costs could increase our operating expenses. If we are unable to attract and retain personnel as needed in the future, our net sales and operating results could suffer.

Our costs of doing business could increase as a result of changes in federal, state or local regulations.     Changes in the federal, state or local minimum wage requirements or changes in other wage or workplace regulations could increase our cost of doing business. In addition, changes in federal, state or local regulations governing the sale of some of our products or tax regulations could increase our cost of doing business. Also, passage of the Employer Free Choice Act or similar laws in Congress could lead to higher labor costs by encouraging unionization efforts among our associates and disruption of store operations.

Because our stores are located in Texas, Arizona, Louisiana, Oklahoma and New Mexico, and our distribution centers are located in Texas, we are subject to regional risks.      Our stores are concentrated in certain regions of the United States, including Texas, Arizona, Louisiana, Oklahoma and New Mexico which subjects us to regional risks, such as the economy, weather conditions, hurricanes and other natural or man-made disasters. If the region suffers a continued or another economic downturn or any other adverse regional event, such as the unusually cold and inclement weather experienced in many of our markets during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and the first quarter of fiscal 2015, there could be an adverse impact on our same store sales, net sales and results of operations and our ability to implement our planned expansion program. Several of our competitors operate stores across the United States and thus are not as vulnerable to the risks of operating in one region. Additionally, these states in general, and the local economies where many of our stores are located in particular, are dependent, to a degree, on the oil and gas industries, which can be very volatile. Additionally, because of fears of climate change and adverse effects of drilling explosions and oil spills in the Gulf of Mexico, legislation has been considered, and governmental regulations and orders have been issued, which, combined with the local economic and employment conditions caused by both, could materially and adversely impact the oil and gas industries and the areas in which a majority of our stores are located in Texas and Louisiana. To the extent the oil and gas industries are negatively impacted by declining commodity prices, climate change or other legislation and other factors, we could be negatively impacted by reduced employment, or other negative economic factors that impact the local economies where we have our stores.

In addition, recent turmoil in the national economy, including instability in the financial markets, has impacted our local markets. A downturn in the general economy, or in the region where we have our stores, could have a negative impact on our net sales and results of operations.

Our information technology infrastructure is vulnerable to damage that could harm our business.     Our ability to operate our business from day to day, in particular our ability to manage our credit operations and inventory levels, largely depends on the efficient operation of our computer hardware and software systems. We use management information systems to track inventory information at the store level, communicate customer information, aggregate daily sales information and manage our credit portfolio, including processing of credit applications and management of collections. These systems and our operations are subject to damage or interruption from:

25

• Power loss, computer systems failures and internet, telecommunications or data network failures;

• Operator negligence or improper operation by, or supervision of, employees;

• Physical and electronic loss of data or security breaches, misappropriation and similar events;

• Computer viruses;

• Intentional acts of vandalism and similar events; and

• Hurricanes, fires, floods and other natural disasters.

In addition, the software that we have developed internally to use in our daily operations may contain undetected errors that could cause our network to fail or our expenses to increase. Any failure of our systems due to any of these causes, if it is not supported by our disaster recovery plan, could cause an interruption in our operations and result in reduced net sales and results of operations. Though we have implemented contingency and disaster recovery processes in the event of one or several technology failures, any unforeseen failure, interruption or compromise of our systems or our security measures could affect our flow of business and, if prolonged, could harm our reputation. The risk of possible failures or interruptions may not be adequately addressed by us or the third parties on which we rely, and such failures or interruptions could occur. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Our management information systems may not be adequate to meet our evolving business and emerging regulatory needs and the failure to successfully implement new could negatively impact the business and its financial results.      We are investing significant capital in new information technology systems and implementing modifications and upgrades to existing systems to support our growth plan. These investments include replacing legacy systems, making changes to existing systems, building redundancies, and acquiring new systems and hardware with updated functionality. The Company is taking appropriate actions to ensure the successful implementation of these initiatives, including the testing of new systems and the transfer of existing data, with minimal disruptions to the business. These efforts may take longer and may require greater financial and other resources than anticipated, may cause distraction of key personnel, may cause disruptions to our existing systems and our business, and may not provide the anticipated benefits. The disruption in our information technology systems, or our inability to improve, upgrade, integrate or expand our systems to meet our evolving business and emerging regulatory requirements, could impair our ability to achieve critical strategic initiatives and could adversely impact our sales, collections efforts, cash flows and financial condition.

If we are unable to maintain our insurance licenses in the states we operate, our results of operations would suffer.      We derive a significant portion of our revenues and operating income from the commissions we earn from the sale of various insurance products of third-party insurers to our customers. These products include credit insurance, repair service agreements and product replacement policies. We also are the direct obligor on certain extended repair service agreements we offer to our customers. If for any reason we were unable to maintain our insurance licenses in the states we operate or if there are material claims or future material litigation involving our repair service agreements or product replacement policies, our results of operations would suffer.

If we are unable to continue to offer third-party repair service agreements to our customers who purchase, or have purchased our products, we could incur additional costs or repair expenses, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.     There are a limited number of insurance carriers that provide repair service agreement programs. If insurance becomes unavailable from our current providers for any reason, we may be unable to provide repair service agreements to our customers on the same terms, if at all. Even if we are able to obtain a substitute provider, higher premiums may be required, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability if we are unable to pass along the increased cost of such coverage to our customers. Inability to maintain the repair service agreement program could cause fluctuations in our repair expenses and greater volatility of earnings and could require us to become the obligor under new contracts sold.

If we are unable to maintain group credit insurance policies from insurance carriers, which allow us to offer their credit insurance products to our customers purchasing our merchandise on credit, our revenues would be reduced and the provision for bad debts might increase.     There are a limited number of insurance carriers that provide credit insurance coverage for sale to our customers. If credit insurance becomes unavailable for any reason we may be unable to offer substitute coverage on the same terms, if at all. Even if we are able to obtain substitute coverage, it may be at higher rates or reduced coverage, which could affect the customer acceptance of these products, reduce our revenues or increase our credit losses.

Changes in premium and commission rates allowed by regulators on the credit insurance, repair service agreements or product replacement agreements we sell as allowed by the laws and regulations in the states in which we operate could affect our revenues.     We derive a significant portion of our revenues and operating income from the sale of various third-party insurance products to our customers. These products include credit insurance, repair service agreements and product replacement agreements. If the commission we retain from sales of those products declines, our operating results would suffer.

26

Changes in trade regulations, currency exchange rate fluctuations and other factors beyond our control could affect our business.     A significant portion of our inventory is manufactured and/or assembled overseas and in Mexico. Changes in trade regulations, currency fluctuations or other factors beyond our control may increase the cost of items we purchase or create shortages of these items, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Conversely, significant reductions in the cost of these items in U.S. dollars may cause a significant reduction in the retail prices of those products, resulting in a material adverse effect on our sales, margins or competitive position. In addition, commissions earned on our credit insurance, repair service agreement or product replacement agreement products could be adversely affected by changes in statutory premium rates, commission rates, adverse claims experience and other factors.

Our costs to protect our intellectual property rights, infringement of which could impair our name and reputation, could be significant.     We believe that our success and ability to compete depends in part on consumer identification of the name “Conn’s” and rely on certain trademark registrations and common law rights to protect the distinctiveness of our brand. We intend to protect vigorously our trademarks against infringement, misappropriation or dilution by others. A third party, however, could attempt to misappropriate our intellectual property or claim that our intellectual property infringes or otherwise violates third party trademarks in the future. Any litigation or claims brought by or against us, whether with or without merit, or whether successful or not, could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Failure to protect the security of our customer’s information or failure to comply with data privacy and protection laws could expose us to litigation, compromise the integrity of our products, damage our reputation and adversely affect our financial results.      Our business relies on the secure operation of our website, the internet and our and third-party systems generally. We capture, transmit, handle and store sensitive consumer information, including financial records, credit and business information, and certain other personally identifiable or sensitive personal information, that our customers provide to apply for credit and/or purchase products. There has been much recent publicity regarding the number of retailers who have suffered security breaches, some of which have involved intentional attacks. To date, all incidents we have experienced have been insignificant. In addition, we depend in part on the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Our information systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches including credit card information breaches, vandalism, catastrophic events and human error. A compromise of our information security controls or of those businesses with whom we interact, which results in confidential information being accessed, obtained, damaged, or used by unauthorized or improper persons, could harm our reputation and expose us to regulatory actions and claims from customers and clients, financial institutions, payment card associations and other persons, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial position, and results of operations. Moreover, a data security breach could require that we expend significant resources related to our information systems and infrastructure, and could distract management and other key personnel from performing their primary operational duties. If our information systems are damaged, fail to work properly or otherwise become unavailable, we may incur substantial costs to repair or replace them, and may experience loss of critical information, customer disruption and interruptions or delays in our ability to perform essential functions and implement new and innovative services. In addition, compliance with changes in privacy and information security laws and standards may result in considerable expense due to increased investment in technology and the development of new operational processes. Although we maintain data breach and network security liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all. We may need to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches, diverting resources from the growth and expansion of our business.

Any changes in the tax laws of the states in which we operate could affect our state tax liabilities. Additionally, beginning operations in new states could also affect our state tax liabilities.    As we experienced in fiscal year 2008 with the change in the Texas tax law, legislation could be introduced at any time that changes our state tax liabilities in a way that has an adverse impact on our results of operations. The Texas margin tax, which is based on gross profit rather than earnings, can create significant volatility in our effective tax rate. The potential to enter new states in the future could adversely affect our results of operations, dependent upon the tax laws in place in those states.

Significant volatility in oil and gasoline prices could affect our customers’ determination to drive to our store and our third-party delivery service.     Significant volatility in oil and gasoline prices could adversely affect our customers’ shopping decisions and patterns. We rely heavily on our distribution system and our next day delivery policy to satisfy our customers’ needs and desires, and increases in oil and gasoline prices could result in increased distribution costs and delivery charges. If we are unable to effectively pass increased transportation costs on to the consumer, either by increased delivery costs or higher prices, such costs have materially affect our results of operations. Such increases may not significantly affect our competitors.

Failure to successfully utilize and manage e-commerce could adversely affect our business and prospects.     Our website provides new and existing customers with the ability to review our product offerings and prices, apply for credit, and access and

27

make payments on their credit accounts. Customers may also purchase products on our website using a credit card. Our website is a significant component of our advertising strategy. We believe our website represents a possible source for future sales and growth in our credit collections. In order to promote our products and services, allow our customers to complete credit applications in the privacy of their homes and on their mobile devices, make payments on their account and drive traffic to our stores, we must effectively create, design, publish and distribute content over the internet. There can be no assurance that we will be able to design and publish web content with a high level of effectiveness or grow our e-commerce business in a profitable manner.

If we fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity, our business could be adversely impacted.      Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities such as paper instrument counterfeiting, fraudulent payment or refund schemes and identity theft. As we make more of our services available over the internet and other media, and as we expand into new geographies without an established customer base, we subject ourselves to consumer fraud risk. Certain former retail agents have also engaged in fraud against consumers or us, and existing agents could engage in fraud against consumers or us. While we believe past incidents of fraudulent activity have been relatively isolated, we cannot be certain that our systems and processes will always be adequate in the face of increasingly sophisticated and ever-changing fraud schemes. We use a variety of tools to protect against fraud; however, these tools may not always be successful. Allegations of fraud may result in fines, settlements and litigation expenses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space, including future increases in occupancy costs.      We lease most of our store locations, our corporate headquarters and our distribution centers. Our continued growth and success depends in part on our ability to locate property for new stores and renew leases for existing locations. There is no assurance that we will be able located real estate for new store, or re-negotiate leases for existing locations at similar or favorable terms at the end of the lease and we could be forced to move or exit a market if another favorable arrangement cannot be made. Furthermore, a significant rise in real estate prices or real property taxes could result in an increase in store lease expense as we open new locations and renew leases for existing locations, thereby negatively impacting the Company's results of operations. The inability of the Company to renew, extend or replace expiring store leases could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease expenses. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to fund these expenses, we may not be able to service our lease expenses, which could materially harm our business.

If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Moreover, even if a lease has an early cancellation clause, we may not satisfy the contractual requirements for early cancellation under that lease. Our inability to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us or be released from our obligations under leases for stores that we close could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows.

Failure to maintain positive brand perception and recognition could have a negative impact on the business.      Maintaining a good reputation is critical to the business. The considerable expansion of technological outreach, including through the use of social media, has increased the risk that the Company’s reputation could be negatively impacted in a short amount of time. If the Company is unable to quickly and effectively respond to such incidents, it may suffer declines in customer loyalty and traffic, vendor relationship issues, and other factors, all of which could negatively impact the Company’s financial results and its reputation.

If our third-party delivery services are unable to meet our promised delivery schedule, our net sales may decline due to a decline in customer satisfaction.     We offer next day delivery to our customers which we outsource to third-party delivery services. These third parties are subject to risks that are beyond our control and, if they fail to timely deliver our products we may lose business from these customers in the future and it could damage our reputation. The loss of customers and/or damage to our reputation could have a material adverse impact on our results of operation.

Our failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls could result in inaccurate reporting of financial results and harm our business.      We are required to comply with a variety of reporting, accounting and other rules and regulations. As such, we maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting, but there are limitations inherent in internal control systems. A control system can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be appropriate relative to their costs. Furthermore, compliance with existing requirements is expensive and we may need to implement additional finance and accounting and other systems, procedures and controls to satisfy our reporting requirements. If our internal control over financial reporting is determined to be ineffective, such failure could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported

28

financial information, negatively affect the market price of our common stock, subject us to regulatory investigations and penalties, and adversely impact our business and financial condition

Stock market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.      The Company’s common stock price has been and is likely to continue to be subject to significant volatility. A variety of factors could cause the price of the common stock to fluctuate, perhaps substantially, including: general market fluctuations resulting from factors not directly related to the Company’s operations or the inherent value of its common stock; state or federal legislative or regulatory proposals, initiatives, actions or changes that are, or are perceived to be, adverse to our operations; announcements of developments related to our business or our competitors; fluctuations in our operating results and the provision for bad debts; low trading volume in our common stock; general conditions in the consumer financial service industry, the domestic or global economy or the domestic or global credit or capital markets; changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; our failure to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors; negative commentary regarding our Company and corresponding short-selling market behavior; adverse developments in our relationships with our customers; legal proceedings brought against the Company or its officers; or significant changes in our senior management team. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. Due to changes in the volatility of our stock price, we are and may be in the future the target of securities litigation. Such lawsuits generally result in the diversion of management's time and attention away from business operations, which could harm our business. In addition, the costs of defense and any damages resulting from litigation, a ruling against us, or a settlement of the litigation could adversely our financial results.

We face risks with respect to product liability claims and product recalls, which could adversely affect our reputation, our business, and our consolidated results of operations.      We purchase merchandise from third parties and offer this merchandise to customers for sale. This merchandise could be subject to recalls and other actions by regulatory authorities. Changes in laws and regulations could also impact the type of merchandise we offer to customers. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, issues that result in recalls of merchandise. In addition, individuals may in the future assert claims, that they have sustained injuries from third-party merchandise offered by us, and we may be subject to future lawsuits relating to these claims. There is a risk that these claims or liabilities may exceed, or fall outside the scope of, our insurance coverage. Any of the issues mentioned above could result in damage to our reputation, diversion of development and management resources, or reduced sales and increased costs, any of which could harm our business.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

The number of stores, warehouse and distribution centers, and corporate offices we operate, together with location and square footage information, are disclosed as of January 31, 2014 in this Form 10-K within the caption “Store Operations” under “Item 1. Business” and is incorporated herein by reference.  We currently lease substantially all of our facilities pursuant to operating lease arrangements.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The information set forth under the heading "Contingencies" in Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II Item 8 of this annual report is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

On March 5, 2014, the Company and three of its current executive officers were sued in a purported securities class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas captioned Milton S. Linder, Individually and on Behalf of All Other Similarly Situated v. Conn’s, Inc., Theodore M. Wright, Brian E. Taylor, and Michael J. Poppe, Case No. 4:14-cv-00548.  On March 7, 2014, a similar suit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas captioned Peter Holman, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Conn’s, Inc., Theodore M. Wright, Brian E. Taylor, and Michael J. Poppe, Case No. 4:14-cv-00570.  The complaints allege that the defendants made false and misleading statements and/or failed to disclose material adverse facts about the Company’s business, operations, and prospects.  The complaints allege violations of sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.  The complaints do not specify the amount of damages sought.  The defendants intend to vigorously defend against these claims. It is not possible at this time to predict the timing or outcome of the class action lawsuits that have or may be filed.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR CONN'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

As of March 22, 2014, we had approximately 100 common stockholders of record and an estimated 20,900 beneficial owners of our common stock.  The principal market for our common stock is the NASDAQ Global Select Market ("NASDAQ"), where it is traded under the symbol "CONN."

Information regarding the high and low sales prices for our common stock for each quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years as reported by the NASDAQ is summarized as follows:

	Price Range
	High		Low
Fiscal 2013 -
Quarter ended April 30, 2012	$	19.83	$	11.00
Quarter ended July 31, 2012	18.35		14.40
Quarter ended October 31, 2012	26.98		17.47
Quarter ended January 31, 2013	31.35		24.51
Fiscal 2014 -
Quarter ended April 30, 2013	$	45.18	$	28.22
Quarter ended July 31, 2013	65.02		40.81
Quarter ended October 31, 2013	69.32		47.65
Quarter ended January 31, 2014	80.34		54.78

Dividends Declared

No cash dividends were declared or paid in fiscal 2014 or 2013. We do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.  Any future payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors, including the terms of our indebtedness. Provisions in agreements governing our long-term indebtedness restrict the amount of dividends that we may pay to our stockholders. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Unregistered  Sale of Equity Securities

None.

Share Repurchases

We have not, and no one on our behalf and no affiliated purchasers has, purchased any of our securities during the past fiscal quarter.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected historical financial information as of and for the periods indicated. We have provided the following selected historical financial information for your reference. We have derived the selected statement of operations and balance sheet data as of January 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements. Balance sheet data as of January 31, 2010 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

30

	Year Ended January 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
	(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statement Operations:
Revenues:
Product sales	$	903,917		$	649,516		$	596,360		$	608,443		$	666,381
Repair service agreement commissions (1)	75,671			51,648			42,078			37,795			40,673
Service revenues (2)	12,252			13,103			15,246			16,487			22,115
Total net sales	991,840			714,267			653,684			662,725			729,169
Finance charges and other (3)	201,929			150,765			138,618			146,050			157,920
Total revenues	1,193,769			865,032			792,302			808,775			887,089
Costs and expenses:
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	588,721			454,682			455,493			474,696			529,227
Cost of parts sold, including warehousing  and occupancy costs	5,327			5,965			6,527			7,779			10,401
Selling, general and administrative expense	339,528			253,189			237,098			239,806			258,579
Provision for bad debts	96,224			47,659			53,555			51,404			48,779
Charges and credits (4)	2,117			3,025			9,928			2,321			9,617
Total costs and expenses	1,031,917			764,520			762,601			776,006			856,603
Operating income	161,852			100,512			29,701			32,769			30,486
Interest expense, net	15,323			17,047			22,457			28,081			21,986
Loss from early extinguishment of debt (5)	—			897			11,056			—			—
Cost related to financing facilities terminated and transactions not completed (6)	—			—			—			4,283			—
Other (income) expense	10			(153		)	70			339			(123		)
Income (loss) before income taxes	146,519			82,721			(3,882		)	66			8,623
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	53,070			30,109			(159		)	1,138			4,319
Net income (loss)	$	93,449		$	52,612		$	(3,723	)	$	(1,072	)	$	4,304
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	—		$	1.60		$	(0.12	)	$	(0.04	)	$	0.17
Diluted	$	—		$	1.56		$	(0.12	)	$	(0.04	)	$	0.17
Average common shares outstanding:
Basic	35,779,000			32,862			31,860			26,091			24,910
Diluted	36,861,000			33,768			31,860			26,091			25,081
Operating Data:
Stores open at end of period	79			68			65			76			76
Same stores sales growth (7)	26.5		%	14.3		%	2.8		%	(9.6		)%	(13.8		)%
Retail gross margin (8)	39.9		%	35.2		%	28.7		%	26.5		%	25.2		%
Gross margin (9)	50.7		%	46.7		%	41.7		%	40.3		%	39.2		%
Operating margin (10)	13.6		%	11.6		%	3.7		%	4.1		%	3.4		%
Return on average equity (11)	17.6		%	12.7		%	(1.1		)%	(0.3		)%	1.3		%
Capital expenditures, net (12)	$	52,083		$	9,471		$	4,386		$	2,319		$	10,103
Rent expense (13)	$	30,405		$	21,537		$	22,132		$	23,334		$	23,703
Percent of retail sales financed in-house, including down payment	77.3		%	70.9		%	60.4		%	61.2		%	62.5		%
Provision for bad debts as a percentage of average outstanding balance (14)	11.0		%	7.0		%	8.5		%	7.2		%	6.5		%
Net charge-offs as a percent of average outstanding balance (15)	8.0		%	8.0		%	7.5		%	7.3		%	5.0		%
Weighted average monthly payment rate (16)	5.3		%	5.4		%	5.6		%	5.4		%	5.2		%

31

	January 31,
	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital	$	592,988	$	377,081	$	357,884	$	389,022	$	329,325
Inventories	120,530		73,685		62,540		82,354		63,499
Total customer accounts receivable	1,068,270		741,544		643,301		675,766		736,041
Total assets	1,297,986		909,857		783,298		842,060		889,509
Total debt, including current maturities	536,051		295,057		321,704		373,736		452,304
Total stockholders' equity	589,290		474,450		353,371		352,897		328,366

(1) Includes commissions from sales of third-party repair service agreements and replacement product programs, and income from company-obligor repair service agreements.

(2) Includes revenues derived from parts sales and labor sales on products serviced for customers, both covered under manufacturer’s warranty and outside manufacturer’s warranty coverage.

(3) Includes primarily interest income and fees earned on credit accounts and commissions earned from the sale of third-party credit insurance products.

(4) Includes the following charges and credits:

	Year ended January 31,
	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Store and facility closure and relocation costs	$	2,117	$	869	$	7,096	$	—	$	—
Impairment of long-lived assets	—		—		2,019		2,321		—
Costs related to office relocation	—		1,202		—		—		—
Employee severance	—		628		813		—		—
Vehicle lease terminations	—		326		—		—		—
Goodwill impairment	—		—		—		—		9,617
	$	2,117	$	3,025	$	9,928	$	2,321	$	9,617

(5) Includes the write-off of unamortized financing fees associated primarily with amendment and restatement of the asset-based loan facility in fiscal 2013 and the termination of the securitization program in fiscal 2012.

(6) Includes costs incurred related to financing alternatives considered, but not completed.

(7) Same store sales is calculated by comparing the reported sales for all stores that were open during the entirety of a period and the entirety of the same period during the prior fiscal year. Sales from closed stores, if any, are removed from each period. Sales from relocated stores have been included in each period because each such store was relocated within the same general geographic market. Sales from expanded stores have been included in each period.

(8) Retail gross margin percentage is defined as the sum of product sales and repair service agreement commissions less cost of goods sold, divided by the sum of product sales and repair service agreement commissions.

(9) Gross margin percentage is defined as total revenues less cost of goods and parts sold, including warehousing and occupancy cost, divided by total revenues.

(10) Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by total revenues.

(11) Return on average equity is calculated as current period net income (loss) divided by the average of the beginning and ending equity.

(12) Represents the amount of property and equipment purchased net of proceeds from the sales of any property and equipment.

(13) Rent expense includes rent expense incurred on our properties, equipment and vehicles, and is net of any rental income received.

(14) Amount does not include retail segment provision for bad debts.

32

(15) Represents net charge-offs for the fiscal year divided by the average balance of the credit portfolio for the fiscal year.

(16) Represents the weighted average of monthly gross cash collections received on the credit portfolio as a percentage of the average monthly beginning portfolio balance for each period.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements include information concerning our future financial performance, business strategy, plans, goals and objectives. Statements containing the words "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "project," "should," or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts. Although we believe that the expectations, opinions, projections, and comments reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such statements will prove to be correct. A wide variety of potential risks, uncertainties, and other factors could materially affect our ability to achieve the results either expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements including, but not limited to: general economic conditions impacting our customers or potential customers; our ability to continue existing or offer new customer financing programs; changes in the delinquency status of our credit portfolio; higher than anticipated net charge-offs in the credit portfolio; the success of our planned opening of new stores and the updating of existing stores; technological and market developments and sales trends for our major product offerings; our ability to protect against cyber-attacks or data security breaches and protect the integrity and security of individually identifiable data of our customers and our employees; our ability to fund our operations, capital expenditures, debt repayment and expansion from cash flows from operations, borrowings from our revolving credit facility, and proceeds from accessing debt or equity markets.

Additional risks and uncertainties detailed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Form 10-K and other filings that we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize (or the consequences of such a development changes), or should our underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual outcomes may vary materially from those reflected in our forward-looking statements.

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. We disclaim any intention or obligation to update publicly or revise such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

All forward-looking statements attributable to us, or to persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements.

Our Company

We are a leading specialty retailer that offers a broad selection of quality, branded durable consumer goods and related services together with a proprietary credit solution for its core credit constrained consumers. We operate an integrated and scalable business through our retail stores and website. Our complementary product offerings include home appliances, furniture and mattresses, consumer electronics and home office products from leading global brands across various price points. Our credit offering provides financing solutions to a large, underserved population of credit constrained consumers who typically are unbanked and have credit scores between 550 and 650. We provide customers the opportunity to comparison shop across brands with confidence in our competitive prices as well as affordable monthly payment options, next day delivery and installation, and product repair service. We believe our large, attractively merchandised stores and credit solutions offer a distinctive shopping experience compared to other retailers that target our core customer demographic.

As of January 31, 2013, we operated 79 retail stores located in five states: Texas (58), Arizona (8), Louisiana (7), Oklahoma (3) and New Mexico (3). Our stores typically range in size from 20,000 to 50,000 square feet and are predominately located in areas densely populated by our core customer and are typically anchor stores in strip malls. We utilize a merchandising strategy that offers approximately 2,300 quality, branded products from approximately 200 manufacturers and distributors at various price points. Our commissioned sales, consumer credit and service personnel are well-trained and knowledgeable to assist our customers with product selection and the credit application process. We also provide additional services including next day delivery and installation capabilities, and product repair or replacement services for most items sold in our stores.

33

We provide multiple financing options to address various customer needs including a proprietary in-house credit program, a third-party financing program and a third-party rent-to-own payment program. The majority of our credit customers use our in-house credit program and typically have a credit score of between 550 and 650, with the average score of new applicants for the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 of 602. For customers who do not qualify for our in-house program, we offer rent-to-own payment plans through AcceptanceNow. For customers with qualifying higher credit scores, we have partnered with GE Capital to offer long-term, no interest and revolving credit plans. AcceptanceNow and GE Capital manage their respective underwriting decisions, management and collection of their credit programs. For the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, we financed approximately 77.3% of our retail sales, including down payments, under our in-house financing program.

We believe our extensive brand and product selection, competitive pricing, financing alternatives and supporting services combined with our customer service-focused store associates make us an attractive alternative to appliance and electronics superstores, department stores, rent-to-own stores, and other national, regional, local and internet retailers.

Seasonality

Our business is moderately seasonal, with a greater share of our revenues, operating and net income historically earned during the quarter ending January 31, due primarily to the holiday selling season. Collections of customer accounts receivables are typically higher during the quarter ending April 30. Our business can also be temporarily impacted by seasonal significant weather events. For example, hurricanes can disrupt our stores and other operations located near the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

Application of critical accounting policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. The following accounting policies involve “critical accounting estimates” because they are particularly dependent on estimates and assumptions made by us about matters that are inherently uncertain. We could reasonably use different accounting estimates and changes in our accounting estimates could occur from period to period, with the result in each case being a material change in the financial statement presentation of our financial condition or results of operations. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting estimates. A summary of all of the Company’s significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Customer accounts receivable.  Customer accounts receivable are originated at the time of sale and delivery of the various products and services. We include the amount of principal and accrued interest on those receivables that are expected to be collected within the next twelve months, based on contractual terms, in current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Those amounts expected to be collected after twelve months, based on contractual terms, are included in long-term assets. Typically, customer receivables are considered delinquent if a payment has not been received on the scheduled due date. Accounts that are delinquent more than 209 days as of the end of a month are charged-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts and interest accrued subsequent to the last payment is reversed and charged against the allowance for uncollectible interest.

As part of our efforts to mitigate losses on accounts receivable, we may make loan modifications to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty that are intended to maximize the net cash flow after expenses, and avoid the need for litigation or repossession of collateral. The Company may re-age, refinance or otherwise extend the term of an account.

We offer re-age programs to customers with past due balances that have experienced a financial hardship, if they meet the conditions of our re-age policy. Re-aging a customer’s account can result in updating it from a delinquent status to a current status. During fiscal 2012, we implemented a policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 12 months. As of July 31, 2011, we modified our charge-off policy so that an account that is delinquent more than 209 days at each month end is charged-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts and interest accrued is charged to the allowance for uncollectible interest. Prior to July 31, 2011, we charged off all accounts that were delinquent more than 120 days and for which no payment had been received in the past seven months. We have a secured interest in the merchandise financed by these receivables and therefore have the opportunity to recover a portion of any charged-off amount. As part of our customer retention and expansion efforts, we may modify loans for certain borrowers.

Restructured customer accounts receivable.  Effective April 5, 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, A Creditor's Determination of Whether Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”), which clarifies when a loan modification or restructuring is considered a TDR. This guidance clarifies what constitutes a concession and whether the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, even if not currently in default. The amendments in ASU 2011-02 are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, or for the third quarter of fiscal 2012 for us, and should be applied retrospectively to

34

restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the annual period of adoption with early adoption permitted. Loan modifications in which an economic concession has been granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are accounted for and reported as TDRs. In the quarter ended October 31, 2011, we adopted new accounting guidance that provides clarification on whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties and whether a concession has been granted to the debtor for purposes of determining if a loan modification constitutes a TDR. The adoption applies retrospectively to our loan restructurings after January 31, 2011. The Company defines TDR accounts that originated subsequent to January 31, 2011, as accounts that have been re-aged in excess of three months or refinanced. For accounts originating prior to January 31, 2011, if the cumulative re-aging exceeds three months and the accounts were re-aged subsequent to January 31, 2011, the account is considered TDR. We recorded a pre-tax charge of $14.1 million, net of previously provided reserves, related to the required adoption of the accounting guidance related to TDR accounts.

Allowance for doubtful accounts.  We monitor the aging of our past due accounts closely and focus our collection efforts on preventing accounts from becoming 60 days past due or greater, which is a leading indicator of potential charge-off. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts, including estimated uncollectible interest, for our customer and other accounts receivable, based on our historical cash collection and net loss experience using a projection of monthly delinquency performance, cash collections and losses. In addition to pre-charge-off cash collections and charge-off information, estimates of post-charge-off recoveries, including cash payments, amounts realized from the repossession of the products financed and, at times, payments received under credit insurance policies are also considered.

We determine reserves for those accounts that are TDRs based on the discounted present value of cash flows expected to be collected over the life of those accounts. The excess of the carrying amount over the discounted cash flow amount is recorded as a reserve for loss on those accounts.

As a result of our practice of re-aging customer accounts, if the account is not ultimately collected, the timing and amount of the charge-off could be impacted. If these accounts had been charged-off sooner the historical net loss rates might have been higher. As further discussed above, during fiscal 2012, we implemented a new policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a cumulative maximum of 12 months. This change in the re-age policy had the impact of increasing delinquencies and accelerating charge-offs since fiscal 2012. The balance in the allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables was $71.8 million and $43.9 million, at January 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The amount included in the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with principal and interest on TDR accounts was $17.4 million and $16.2 million as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. TDR accounts are segregated for reporting and measurement purposes. If the loss rate used to calculate the allowance for doubtful accounts on non-TDR loan principal and interest reserves was increased by 10% at January 31, 2014, we would have increased our provision for bad debts by approximately $7.2 million for fiscal 2014. The impact of a 10% unfavorable change in the net present value calculation on TDR accounts would increase our provision for bad debts by approximately $1.7 million as of January 31, 2014.

Interest income on customer accounts receivable.  Interest income is accrued using the interest method for installment contracts and is reflected in finance charges and other. Typically, interest income is accrued until the contract or account is paid off or charged-off and we provide an allowance for estimated uncollectible interest. We typically only place accounts in non-accrual status when legally required to do so. Interest accrual is resumed on those accounts once a legally-mandated settlement arrangement is reached or other payment arrangements are made with the customer. Interest income is recognized on our short-term, interest-free accounts based on our historical experience related to customers who fail to satisfy the requirements of the interest-free programs. We recognize interest income on TDR accounts using the interest income method, which requires reporting interest income equal to the increase in the net carrying amount of the loan attributable to the passage of time. Cash proceeds and other adjustments are applied to the net carrying amount such that it always equals the present value of expected future cash flows.

Inventories.Inventories consist of finished goods or parts and are valued at the lower of cost (moving weighted average cost method) or fair market value through the establishment of inventory reserves. Our inventory reserve represents the excess of the carrying amount, typically weighted average cost, over the amount we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposition of the inventory. The inventory reserve contains uncertainties because the calculation requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding inventory aging, projected consumer demand and market availability and obsolescence of products on hand. If estimates regarding consumer demand or the net realizable value that can be obtained for certain products is affected in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% difference in our actual inventory reserve at January 31, 2014, would have affected our cost of goods sold by approximately $0.1 million.

Property and equipment impairment.Property and equipment are evaluated for impairment at the retail store level. The Company performs a periodic assessment of assets for impairment. Additionally, an impairment evaluation is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. The most likely condition that would necessitate an assessment would be an adverse change in historical and estimated future results of a retail

35

store’s performance. For property and equipment to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Fair value is determined by discounting the anticipated cash flows over the remaining term of the lease utilizing certain unobservable inputs. Impairment charges of $2.0 million and $2.3 million were recorded for the years ended January 31, 2012 and 2011, related to stores being closed.

Revenue recognition. Revenues from the sale of retail products are recognized at the time the customer takes possession of the product. Such revenues are recognized net of any adjustments for sales incentive offers such as discounts, coupons, rebates, or other free products or services and discounts of advertised credit sales that extend beyond one year. We sell repair service agreements and credit insurance contracts on behalf of unrelated third parties. For contracts where the third-parties are the obligors on the contract, commissions are recognized in revenues at the time of sale, and in the case of retrospective commissions, at the time that they are earned.

Vendor allowances. We receive funds from vendors for price protection, product rebates (earned upon purchase or sale of product), marketing, training and promotion programs which are recorded on the accrual basis as a reduction to the related product cost. We accrue rebates based on the satisfaction of terms of the program and sales of qualifying products even though funds may not be received until the end of a quarter or year. If the programs are related to product purchases, the allowances, credits or payments are recorded as a reduction of product cost and if the programs are related to product sales, the allowances, credits or payments are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. We received $90.3 million, $64.3 million and $62.7 million in vendor allowances during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Over the past three years we have received funds from approximately 50 vendors, with the terms of the programs ranging between one month and one year.

Accounting for leases. We analyze each lease, at its inception and any subsequent renewal, to determine whether it should be accounted for as an operating lease or a capital lease. Additionally, monthly lease expense for each operating lease is calculated as the average of all payments required under the minimum lease term, including rent escalations. Generally, the minimum lease term begins with the date we take possession of the property and ends on the last day of the minimum lease term, and includes all rent holidays, but excludes renewal terms that are at our option. Any tenant improvement allowances received are deferred and amortized into income as a reduction of lease expense on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. The amortization of leasehold improvements is computed on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. For transactions that qualify for treatment as a sale-leaseback, any gain or loss is deferred and amortized as rent expense on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. Any deferred gain would be included in deferred gain on sale of property and any deferred loss would be included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. For locations that have ceased operation with remaining lease obligations, we record an accrual for the present value of the remaining lease obligations and anticipated ancillary occupancy costs, net of estimated sublease income. The estimate is based on our best projection of the sublease rates we believe can be obtained for those properties and our best estimate of the marketing time it will take to find tenants to sublet those stores. Revisions to these projections of the estimated buyout terms or sublease rates are made to the obligation as further information related to the actual terms and costs becomes available.

Operational Changes and Operating Environment

We have implemented, continued to focus on, or modified operating initiatives that we believe should positively impact future results, including:

• Opening expanded Conn’s HomePlus stores in new markets. We opened 14 new stores in fiscal year 2014 and plan to open 15 to 20 additional stores in fiscal year 2015;

• Remodeling and relocating existing stores utilizing the Conn’s HomePlus format to increase retail square footage and improve our customers shopping experience. We have remodeled or relocated 31 of our locations as of January 31, 2014. An additional five to 10 remodels or relocations are planned for fiscal year 2015;

• Expanding and enhancing our product offering of higher-margin furniture and mattresses;

• Focusing on quality, branded products to improve operating performance;

• Reviewing our existing store locations to ensure the customer demographics and retail sales opportunity are sufficient to achieve our store performance expectations, and selectively closing or relocating stores to achieve those goals. In this regard, we have closed 16 retail locations since fiscal year 2012 that did not perform at the level we expect for mature store locations;

• Increased use of interest-free credit programs, with terms of 12 months or less, over recent years with the intent to accelerate cash collections, while modestly reducing portfolio interest and fee yield; and

36

• Focusing on improving the execution within our collection operations to reduce delinquency rates and future charge-offs.

Results of Operations

The presentation of our gross margins may not be comparable to other retailers since we include the cost of our in-home delivery service as part of selling, general and administrative expense. Similarly, we include the cost of merchandising our products, including amounts related to purchasing the product in selling, general and administrative expense. It is our understanding that other retailers may include such costs as part of cost of goods sold.

The following tables present certain financial and other information, on a consolidated and segment basis, for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

Consolidated:

(in thousands)	Year ended January 31,								Change
	2014		2013			2012			2014 vs. 2013			2013 vs. 2012
Revenues
Product sales	$	903,917	$	649,516		$	596,360		$	254,401		$	53,156
Repair service agreement commissions	75,671		51,648			42,078			24,023			$	9,570
Service revenues	12,252		13,103			15,246			(851		)	$	(2,143	)
Total net sales	991,840		714,267			653,684			277,573			$	60,583
Finance charges and other	201,929		150,765			138,618			51,164			$	12,147
Total revenues	1,193,769		865,032			792,302			328,737			72,730
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	588,721		454,682			455,493			134,039			$	(811	)
Cost of parts sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,327		5,965			6,527			(638		)	$	(562	)
Selling, general and administrative expense	339,528		253,189			237,098			86,339			$	16,091
Provision for bad debts	96,224		47,659			53,555			48,565			$	(5,896	)
Charges and credits	2,117		3,025			9,928			(908		)	$	(6,903	)
Operating income	161,852		100,512			29,701			61,340			$	70,811
Interest expense	15,323		17,047			22,457			(1,724		)	$	(5,410	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	—		897			11,056			(897		)	$	(10,159	)
Other (income) expense	10		(153		)	70			163			(223		)
Income (loss) before income taxes	146,519		82,721			(3,882		)	63,798			86,603
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	53,070		30,109			(159		)	22,961			$	30,268
Net income (loss)	$	93,449	$	52,612		$	(3,723	)	$	40,837		$	56,335

37

Retail Segment:

(in thousands)	Year ended January 31,									Change
	2014			2013			2012			2014 vs. 2013			2013 vs. 2012
Revenues
Product sales	$	903,917		$	649,516		$	596,360		$	254,401		$	53,156
Repair service agreement  commissions	75,671			51,648			42,078			24,023			9,570
Service revenues	12,252			13,103			15,246			(851		)	(2,143		)
Total net sales	991,840			714,267			653,684			277,573			60,583
Finance charges and other	1,522			1,236			1,335			286			(99		)
Total revenues	993,362			715,503			655,019			277,859			60,484
Costs and Expenses
Cost of goods, including warehousing and occupancy costs	588,721			454,682			455,493			134,039			(811		)
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,327			5,965			6,527			(638		)	(562		)
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	262,702			197,498			180,234			65,204			17,264
Provision for bad debts	468			758			590			(290		)	168
Charges and credits	2,117			2,498			9,522			(381		)	(7,024		)
Operating income	134,027			54,102			2,653			79,925			51,449
Other (income) expense	10			(153		)	70			163			(223		)
Income before income taxes	$	134,017		$	54,255		$	2,583		$	79,762		$	51,672
Number of stores
Beginning of period	68			65			76
Opened	14			5			—
Closed	(3		)	(2		)	(11		)
End of period	79			68			65

Credit Segment:

(in thousands)	Year ended January 31,							Change
	2014		2013		2012			2014 vs. 2013			2013 vs. 2012
Revenues
Finance charges and other	$	200,407	$	149,529	$	137,283		$	50,878		$	12,246
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	76,826		55,691		56,864			21,135			(1,173		)
Provision for bad debts	95,756		46,901		52,965			48,855			(6,064		)
Charges and credits	—		527		406			(527		)	121
Operating income	27,825		46,410		27,048			(18,585		)	19,362
Interest expense	15,323		17,047		22,457			(1,724		)	(5,410		)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	—		897		11,056			(897		)	(10,159		)
Income (loss)  before income taxes	$	12,502	$	28,466	$	(6,465	)	$	(15,964	)	$	34,931

(a) Selling, general and administrative expenses include the direct expenses of the retail and credit operations, allocated overhead expenses and a charge to the credit segment to reimburse the retail segment for expenses it incurs related to occupancy, personnel, advertising and other direct costs of the retail segment which benefit the credit operations by sourcing credit customers and collecting payments. The reimbursement received by the retail segment from the credit segment is estimated using an annual rate of 2.5% times the average portfolio balance for each applicable period. The amount of overhead

38

allocated to each segment was approximately $11.4 million, $9.0 million and $8.2 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amount of reimbursement made to the retail segment by the credit segment was approximately $21.7 million, $16.7 million and $15.6 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Year ended January 31, 2014 compared to the year ended January 31, 2013.

Segment Overview.    The following provides an overview of our retail and credit segment operations for the year ended January 31, 2014. A detailed explanation of the changes in our operations for the comparative periods is included below.

Retail Segment

• Revenues were $993.4 million for the year ended January 31, 2014, an increase of $277.9 million, or 38.8%, from the prior-year period. The increase in revenues during the period was primarily driven by a 26.5% increase in same store sales over the prior-year period. Reported revenues for the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, also reflects the benefit of the net addition of 11 stores since January 31, 2013.

• Retail gross margin was 39.9% for the year ended January 31, 2014, an increase of 470 basis points over the 35.2% reported last year. This increase was driven by continued margin improvement across all major product categories due primarily to the continued focus on higher quality, higher margin products and realization of sourcing opportunities.

• Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense was $262.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2014, an increase of $65.2 million, or 33.0%, over the year ended January 31, 2013. The SG&A expense increase was primarily due to higher sales-driven compensation, advertising costs, facility-related costs and delivery expenses. As a percent of segment revenues, SG&A expense decreased 120 basis points to 26.4% in the year ended January 31, 2014 from 27.6% in the prior-year period, reflecting the leveraging benefit of a 38.8% revenue increase on fixed costs.

Credit Segment

• Revenues were $200.4 million for the year ended January 31, 2014, an increase of $50.9 million, or 34.0%, from the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by 30.0% year-over-year growth in the average balance of the customer receivable portfolio and increased origination volumes. The impact of portfolio growth was tempered by a 70 basis point year-over-year decline in interest and portfolio yield as a result of increased short-term, no-interest financing and higher provision for uncollectible interest.

• SG&A expense for the credit segment was $76.8 million for the year ended January 31, 2014, an increase of $21.1 million, or 38.0%, from the prior year primarily due to portfolio growth resulting in increased compensation and related expenses. SG&A expense as a percent of revenues was 38.3% in the current year, which compares to 37.2% in the prior year.

• Provision for bad debts was $95.8 million for the year ended January 31, 2014, an increase of $48.9 million from the prior-year period. This additional provision was driven primarily by a $326.7 million, or 44.1%, increase in the outstanding receivable portfolio balance. Additionally, the provision for bad debts rose due to higher than anticipated charge-offs during fiscal 2014 and a year-over-year deterioration in portfolio delinquency rates. The percentage of the customer portfolio balance greater than 60 days past due was 8.8% as of January 31, 2014, which compares to 7.1% a year ago.

• Net interest expense for the year ended January 31, 2014 was $15.3 million, a decrease of $1.7 million from the prior-year period, which was attributable to the decline in the overall effective interest rate. The decline in our effective interest rate reflects the redemption of outstanding asset-backed notes over the twelve month period ended April 2013. Additionally, the Company recorded approximately $0.4 million of accelerated amortization of deferred financing costs related to the early repayment of asset-backed notes during the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

Refer to the above analysis of consolidated statements of operations while reading the operations review on a year-by-year basis.

39

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		Change
Net sales	$	991,840	$	714,267	$	277,573
Finance charges and other	201,929		150,765		51,164
Revenues	$	1,193,769	$	865,032	$	328,737

The following table provides an analysis of net sales by product category in each period, including repair service agreement (“RSA”) commissions and service revenues, expressed both in dollar amounts and as a percent of total net sales. Classification of sales has been adjusted from prior filings to ensure comparability between the categories.

	Year Ended January 31,											%		Same Store
	2014		% of Total		2013		% of Total		Change			Change		% Change
(dollars in thousands)
Home appliance	$	258,713	26.1	%	$	199,077	27.9	%	$	59,636		30.0	%	19.4	%
Furniture and mattress	235,257		23.7		132,583		18.6		102,674			77.4		51.0
Consumer electronic	269,889		27.2		218,506		30.6		51,383			23.5		11.9
Home office	102,103		10.3		65,381		9.1		36,722			56.2		42.4
Other	37,955		3.8		33,969		4.8		3,986			11.7		3.2
Total product sales	903,917		91.1		649,516		91.0		254,401			39.2		24.8
RSA commissions	75,671		7.6		51,648		7.2		24,023			46.5		33.2
Service revenues	12,252		1.3		13,103		1.8		(851		)	(6.5	)
Total net sales	$	991,840	100.0	%	$	714,267	100.0	%	$	277,573		38.9	%	26.5	%

The following provides a summary of items impacting our product categories during the year ended January 31, 2014, compared to the prior fiscal year:

• Home appliance sales increased during the period due to a 17.1% increase in unit sales and a 9.5% increase in the average selling price. Laundry sales were up 34.7%, refrigeration sales were up 27.8% and cooking sales were up 28.2%. This increase was partially offset by a 12.1% decrease in room air conditioner sales as a result of milder temperatures in the region where our stores are located;

• Furniture and mattress sales growth was driven by a 67.6% increase in unit sales and a 5.2% increase in the average sales price. Furniture sales climbed 82.9% on a 76.7% increase in unit volume with a modest increase in average selling price. Mattress unit sales grew by 35.1% with a 16.9% increase in average selling price reflecting a shift to higher price-point merchandise;

• Consumer electronic sales were up 21.3% and average selling price increased 5.7% on a same store basis. Television sales increased 18.2%, home theater sales rose 55.2% and camera sales climbed 28.8%, partially offset by a reduction in gaming hardware sales;

• Home office sales rose primarily as a result of expansion in both computer and tablet sales with a 10.8% increase in the average selling price of computers;

• The increase in repair service agreement commissions was driven primarily by increased retail sales; and

• Service revenue decreased by 6.5% as a result of the outsourcing of certain warranty repair services.

40

The following table provides key portfolio performance information for the year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		Change
Interest income and fees	$	155,703	$	124,484	$	31,219
Insurance commissions	44,704		25,045		19,659
Other income	1,522		1,236		286
Finance charges and other	$	201,929	$	150,765	$	51,164

Interest income and fees and insurance commissions are included in finance charges and other for the credit segment, while other income is included in finance charges and other for the retail segment.

Interest income and fees of the credit segment increased over the prior year level primarily driven by a 30.0% increase in the average balance of the portfolio. Portfolio interest and fee yield declined 70 basis points year-over-year as a result of increased short-term, no-interest financing. Short-term, no interest option receivables averaged 32.2% of the total portfolio balance for the year ended January 31, 2014, which compares to 21.0% in the prior year. Insurance commissions were favorably impacted by increased front-end commissions due to higher retail sales and increased retrospective commissions due to lower claims experience.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2014			2013
Interest income and fees (a)	$	155,703		$	124,484
Net charge-offs	(69,430		)	(53,276		)
Borrowing costs (b)	(15,323		)	(17,047		)
Net portfolio yield	$	70,950		$	54,161
Average portfolio balance	$	869,561		$	669,029
Interest income and fee yield %	17.9		%	18.6		%
Net charge-off %	8.0		%	8.0		%

(a) Included in finance charges and other.

(b) Total interest expense.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2014			2013			Change
Cost of goods sold	$	588,721		$	454,682		$	134,039
Product gross margin percentage	34.9		%	30.0		%

Product gross margin increased 490 basis points as a percent of product sales from the twelve months ended January 31, 2013. Margin improvement was reported in each of the product categories reflecting the benefit of the sale of higher quality, higher margin goods and the realization of sourcing opportunities. Product gross margin was also influenced by a favorable shift in product mix. For example, furniture and mattress sales which generate higher product margins accounted for 26.0% of total product sales for the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to 20.4% in the prior year.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2014			2013			Change
Cost of service parts sold	$	5,327		$	5,965		$	(638	)
As a percent of service revenues	43.5		%	45.5		%

The decrease in cost of service parts sold was due primarily to a 6.5% decrease in service revenues.

41

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2014			2013			Change
Selling, general and administrative expense - Retail	$	262,702		$	197,498		$	65,204
Selling, general and administrative expense - Credit	76,826			55,691			21,135
Selling, general and administrative expense - Total	$	339,528		$	253,189		$	86,339
As a percent of total revenues	28.4		%	29.3		%

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, the SG&A increase was driven primarily by higher compensation, occupancy costs, advertising expenses and delivery costs.

The SG&A expense increase in the retail segment was primarily due to higher sales-related compensation and delivery costs, occupancy costs and advertising expenses. As a percent of segment revenues, SG&A expense in the current period declined 120 basis points as compared to the prior-year period due to the leveraging effect of increased revenues partially offset by costs associated with new store openings.

The increase in SG&A expense for the credit segment was driven by customer receivable portfolio growth resulting in higher compensation costs related to collections personnel.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2014			2013			Change
Provision for bad debts - Retail	$	468		$	758		$	(290	)
Provision for bad debts - Credit	95,756			46,901			48,855
Provision for bad debts - Total	$	96,224		$	47,659		$	48,565
Provision for bad debts - Credit as a percent of average portfolio balance	11.0		%	7.0		%

The provision for bad debts is primarily related to the operations of our credit segment, with approximately $0.5 million and $0.8 million for the periods ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, included in the results of operations for the retail segment.

The provision for bad debts of the credit segment increased by $48.9 million from the prior year. This additional provision was driven by a $326.7 million, or 44.1% growth in the outstanding receivable portfolio balance. Additionally, the provision for bad debts rose due to higher than anticipated charge-offs during fiscal year 2014 and deterioration in the delinquency rate for accounts greater than 60 days past due from 7.1% as of January 31, 2013 to 8.8% as of January 31, 2014.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except number of stores)	2014		2013		Change
Store and facility closure and relocation costs	$	2,117	$	869	$	1,248
Costs related to office relocation	—		1,202		(1,202		)
Employee severance	—		628		(628		)
Vehicle lease terminations	—		326		(326		)
Charges and credits	$	2,117	$	3,025	$	(908	)
Stores closed	3		2

We have closed, and in some cases relocated, a number of underperforming retail locations during fiscal 2014 and 2013. In connection with these closures and relocations, we provided reserves for future lease obligations and adjust such obligations as more information becomes available. During the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred charges of $2.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

We relocated certain of our corporate operations from Beaumont to The Woodlands, Texas in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. We incurred $1.2 million in pre-tax costs in connection with the relocation during the year ended January 31, 2013.

42

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		Change
Interest expense	$	15,323	$	17,047	$	(1,724	)

Net interest expense for the year ended January 31, 2014 declined by $1.7 million primarily due to the repayment of outstanding asset-backed notes, which carried a higher effective interest rate, in April 2013. The entirety of our interest expense is included in the results of operations of the credit segment.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		Change
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	$	—	$	897	$	(897	)

During the prior year, we amended and restated our asset-based loan facility with a syndicate of banks. In connection with the transaction, we expensed $0.8 million in previously deferred transaction costs associated with lenders which are no longer in the current syndicate of banks. This amount is included in the results of operations of the credit segment.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2014			2013			Change
Provision for income taxes	$	53,070		$	30,109		$	22,961
As a percent of income before taxes	36.2		%	36.4		%

The provision for income taxes increased due primarily to the year-over-year improvement in profitability.

Year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012.

Segment Overview.    The following provides an overview of our retail and credit segment operations for the year ended January 31, 2013. A detailed explanation of the changes in our operations for the comparative periods is included below.

Retail Segment

• Revenues were $715.5 million for the year ended January 31, 2013, an increase of $60.5 million, or 9.2%, from the prior-year. The increase in revenues during the period was primarily driven by higher demand for furniture and mattresses, home appliances, tablets and lawn equipment. On a same store basis, revenues for the year ended January 31, 2013 rose 14.3% over the prior year. Reported revenues for the twelve months ended January 31, 2013, also reflects the benefit of the completion of 20 store remodels, the opening of a Conn’s HomePlus store in Waco, Texas in June of 2012 and four additional stores opened during the fourth quarter. This growth in sales was partially offset by store closures.

• Retail gross margin was 35.2% for the year ended January 31, 2013, an increase of 650 basis points over the 28.7% reported in the prior year. The prior year included an inventory reserve adjustment, which increased cost of goods sold by $4.7 million and decreased reported retail gross margin by 70 basis points. Excluding this adjustment, retail gross margin rose 580 basis points year-over-year driven by margin expansion within each of the major product categories. Additionally, results were favorably influenced by sales mix, with the 41.4% increase in higher-margin furniture and mattress sales outpacing the overall growth realized in the other product categories. The broad margin improvement across all categories was driven by the continued focus on higher price-point, higher margin products and sourcing opportunities.

• Selling, general and administrative expense was $197.5 million for the year ended January 31, 2013, an increase of $17.3 million, or 9.6%, over the year ended January 31, 2012. The SG&A expense increase was primarily due to higher sales-driven compensation costs and advertising expenses, partially offset by a reduction in depreciation and facility-related expenses. As a percent of segment revenues, SG&A expense increased 10 basis points to 27.6% in the year ended January 31, 2013 from 27.5% in the prior year.

43

Credit Segment

• Revenues were $149.5 million for the year ended January 31, 2013, an increase of $12.2 million, or 8.9%, from the prior year. The increase reflects the impact of year-over-year growth of 6.8% in the average balance of the customer receivable portfolio and increased insurance commissions driven by higher retail sales and increased penetration on the sale of insurance.

• SG&A expense for the credit segment for the year ended January 31, 2013 was $55.7 million, or 37.2% of revenues, versus $56.9 million, or 41.4% of revenues in the prior year. On a dollar basis, SG&A decreased by $1.2 million in the year ended January 31, 2013 due to reduced compensation and related expenses.

• Provision for bad debts was $46.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2013, a decrease of $6.1 million from the prior year. The year-over-year decrease is attributable to the $13.1 million impact in the prior year of required adoption of accounting guidance related to Troubled Debt Restructuring and our implementation of stricter re-aging and charge-off policies in the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2012.

• Net interest expense for the year ended January 31, 2013 was $17.0 million, a decrease of $5.4 million from the prior year, which was attributable to the decline in the overall effective interest rate.

Refer to the above analysis of consolidated statements of operations while reading the operations review on a year-by-year basis.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2013		2012		Change
Net sales	$	714,267	$	653,684	$	60,583
Finance charges and other	150,765		138,618		12,147
Revenues	$	865,032	$	792,302	$	72,730

The following table provides an analysis of net sales by product category in each period, including repair service agreement commissions and service revenues, expressed both in dollar amounts and as a percent of total net sales. Classification of sales has been adjusted from prior filings to ensure comparability between the categories.

	Year ended January 31,											%		Same store
(dollars in thousands)	2013		% of Total		2012		% of Total		Change			Change		% change
Category
Home appliance	$	199,077	27.9	%	$	188,499	28.8	%	$	10,578		5.6	%	10.4	%
Furniture and mattress	132,583		18.5		93,778		14.4		38,805			41.4		43.2
Consumer electronic	218,506		30.6		233,651		35.7		(15,145		)	(6.5	)	(3.3	)
Home office	65,381		9.2		54,585		8.4		10,796			19.8		23.3
Other	33,969		4.8		25,847		4.0		8,122			31.4		37.8
Total product sales	649,516		91.0		596,360		91.3		53,156			8.9		12.9
RSA commissions	51,648		7.2		42,078		6.4		9,570			22.7		27.4
Service revenues	13,103		1.8		15,246		2.3		(2,143		)	(14.1	)
Total net sales	$	714,267	100.0	%	$	653,684	100.0	%	$	60,583		9.3	%	14.3	%

The following provides a summary of items impacting our product categories during the year ended January 31, 2013, compared to the prior fiscal year:

• Home appliance sales increased during the period with a 26.5% increase in the average selling price, partially offset by a 16.2% decrease in unit sales. Over one-third of the unit sales decline was attributable to previous store closures. On a same store basis, laundry sales were up 14.6%, refrigeration sales were up 10.6% and cooking sales were up 22.7%. Milder temperatures drove a 21.6% decrease in room air conditioner sales;

44

• The growth in furniture and mattress sales was driven by enhanced displays, product selection and increased promotional activity. The reported increase was moderated by the impact of store closures. Furniture same store sales growth was driven by a 20.2% increase in the average sales price and an 20.5% increase in unit sales. Mattress same store sales also increased reflecting a favorable shift in product mix with our decision to discontinue offering low price-point products. The average mattress selling price was up 53.9%, while unit volume declined 9.7% on a same store basis;

• Consumer electronic sales decreased due primarily to previous store closures. On a same store basis, sales decreased 3.3% with growth in home theater and audio sales offset by a reduction in television, gaming hardware and accessory item sales. With our decision not to compete for low-priced, low-margin television sales during the current year, the same store average selling price for televisions increased 23.8%, while unit sales declined 21.3%; and

• Home office sales rose primarily as a result of the expansion of tablet sales and a 19.2% increase in the average selling price of computers, partially offset by the impact of store closures, a decline in computer unit volume and lower sales of accessory items.

• The increase in repair service agreement commissions was driven by increased retail sales and higher penetration as a percentage of product sales.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2013		2012		Change
Interest income and fees	$	124,484	$	117,084	$	7,400
Insurance commissions	25,045		20,199		$	4,846
Other income	1,236		1,335		$	(99	)
Finance charges and other	$	150,765	$	138,618	$	12,147

Interest income and fees and insurance commissions are included in the finance charges and other for the credit segment, while other income is included in finance charges and other for the retail segment.

The increase in interest income and fees of the credit segment was driven primarily by growth in the average portfolio balance and the effect of a $1.0 million increase in reserves for uncollectible interest for the three months ended October 31, 2011 resulting from the prior-year adoption of TDR accounting guidance. The increase in insurance commissions was primarily related to the increase in retail sales and finance penetration.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2013			2012
Interest income and fees (a)	$	124,484		$	117,084
Net charge-offs	(53,276		)	(46,939		)
Borrowing costs (b)	(17,047		)	(22,457		)
Net portfolio yield	$	54,161		$	47,688
Average portfolio balance	$	669,029		$	626,438
Interest income and fee yield %	18.6		%	18.7		%
Net charge-off %	8.0		%	7.5		%

(a) Included in finance charges and other.

(b) Total interest expense.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2013			2012			Change
Cost of goods sold	$	454,682		$	455,493		$	(811	)
Product gross margin percentage	30.0		%	23.6		%

45

Product gross margin increased 640 basis points as a percent of product sales from the twelve months ended January 31, 2012 primarily due to expanded margins in all categories and a favorable shift in our relative product mix. The year-over-year comparison was also influenced by an increase in the inventory valuation reserve of $4.7 million recorded during fiscal 2012.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2013			2012			Change
Cost of service parts sold	$	5,965		$	6,527		$	(562	)
As a percent of service revenues	45.5		%	42.8		%

This decrease was due primarily to a 13.8% decrease in service revenues.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2013			2012			Change
Selling, general and administrative expense - Retail	$	197,498		$	180,234		$	17,264
Selling, general and administrative expense - Credit	55,691			56,864			(1,173		)
Selling, general and administrative expense - Total	$	253,189		$	237,098		$	16,091
As a percent of total revenues	29.3		%	29.9		%

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, the SG&A increase was driven by the higher retail sales. These increases were partially offset by reductions in depreciation and occupancy expense, credit personnel costs and reduced credit card fees. The improvement in SG&A expense as a percentage of total revenues was largely attributable to the leveraging effect of higher total revenues.

The SG&A expense in the retail segment increased primarily due to an increase in sales-driven compensation expense and advertising, partially offset by reduction in costs related to the reduced store count. SG&A expense as a percent of segment revenues increased 10 basis points to 27.6% as the increased compensation expense was partially offset by the leveraging effect of higher total revenues.

The SG&A expense in the credit segment declined primarily due to reduced compensation and related expenses. SG&A expense as a percent of segment revenues was 37.2% of revenue in the current year period compared to 41.4% in the prior year.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2013			2012			Change
Provision for bad debts - Retail	$	758		$	590		$	168
Provision for bad debts - Credit	46,901			52,965			(6,064		)
Provision for bad debts - Total	$	47,659		$	53,555		$	(5,896	)
Provision for bad debts - Credit as a percent of average portfolio balance	7.0		%	8.5		%

The provision for bad debts is primarily related to the operations of our credit segment, with approximately $0.8 million and $0.6 million for the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, included in the results of operations for the retail segment.

The year-over-year comparison is influenced by the impact of a fiscal 2012 pre-tax charge to provision for bad debts of $13.1 million, net of previously provided reserves, in connection with the required adoption of new accounting guidance related to Troubled Debt Restructuring. Excluding this charge, the provision increased by $7.2 million driven by growth in the overall portfolio balance.

46

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except number of stores)	2013		2012		Change
Costs related to office relocation	$	1,202	$	—	$	1,202
Costs related to store closings	869		7,096		(6,227		)
Impairment of long-lived assets	—		2,019		(2,019		)
Employee severance	628		813		(185		)
Vehicle lease terminations	326		—		326
Charges and credits	$	3,025	$	9,928	$	(6,903	)
Stores closed	2		11

We relocated certain of our corporate operations from Beaumont to The Woodlands, Texas in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. We incurred $1.2 million in pre-tax costs in connection with the relocation during the year ended January 31, 2013.

We have closed a number of underperforming retail locations during fiscal 2013 and 2012. In connection with these closures, we provided reserves for future lease obligations and adjust such obligations as more information becomes available. During the twelve months ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, we incurred charges of $0.9 million and $7.1 million, respectively. Additionally, we recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $2.0 million related to certain assets associated with non-performing stores during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2012.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2013		2012		Change
Interest expense	$	17,047	$	22,457	$	(5,410	)

Interest expense for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 decreased from the prior year primarily due to the refinancing of higher interest borrowings in the prior year and a lower average balance of debt outstanding during fiscal year 2013. The entirety of our interest expense is included in the results of operations of the credit segment.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2013		2012		Change
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	$	897	$	11,056	$	(10,159	)

We amended and restated our asset-based loan facility with a syndicate of banks on September 26, 2012. In connection with the transaction, we expensed $0.8 million in previously deferred transaction costs associated with lenders which are no longer in the current syndicate of banks. This amount is included in the results of operations of the credit segment.

During the prior year, we completed the repayment of our term loan with proceeds from a new real estate loan and borrowings under our expanded revolving credit facility. We recorded a charge of approximately $11.1 million during fiscal 2012, including the prepayment premium of $4.8 million, write-off of the unamortized original issue discount of $5.4 million and term loan deferred financing costs of $0.9 million.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2013			2012			Change
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	30,109		$	(159	)	$	30,268
As a percent of income before taxes	36.4		%	4.1		%

The provision for income taxes increased due to the year-over-year improvement in profitability. The improvement in profitability also drove the change in the effective tax rate in the current year due to the impact of the Texas margin tax, which is based on gross margin and is not affected by changes in income before income taxes.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

47

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our net sales or results of operations. However, price deflation, primarily in consumer electronics has impacted our net sales and results of operations. A significant increase in oil and gasoline prices could adversely affect our customers’ shopping decisions and patterns. We rely heavily on our distribution system and our next-day delivery policy to satisfy our customers’ needs and desires, and any such significant increases could result in increased distribution charges. Such increases may not affect our competitors in the same manner as it affects us.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results of Operations

Our business is moderately seasonal, with a higher portion of sales and operating profit realized during the quarter that ends January 31, due primarily to the holiday selling season. In addition, historically our results of operations and portfolio performance for our first fiscal quarter are stronger than for our second fiscal quarter.  Our quarterly results may fluctuate materially depending on factors such as the following:

• timing of new product introductions, new store openings and store relocations;

• sales contributed by new stores;

• changes in our merchandise mix;

• increases or decreases in comparable store sales;

• changes in delinquency rates with respect to customer accounts receivable;

• the pace of growth or decline in the customer accounts receivable balance;

• adverse weather conditions;

• shifts in the timing of certain holidays or promotions; and

• charges incurred in connection with store closures or other non-routine events.

Results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for a full fiscal year.

Customer Receivable Portfolio

We provide in-house financing to individual consumers on a short-term basis (maximum initial contractual term is 32 months) for the purchase of durable products for the home. A significant portion of our customer credit portfolio is due from customers that are considered higher-risk, subprime borrowers. Our financing is executed using an installment contract, which requires a fixed monthly payment over a fixed term. We maintain a secured interest in the product financed. If a payment is delayed, missed or paid only in part, the account becomes delinquent. Our collection personnel attempt to contact a customer once their account becomes delinquent. Our loan contracts generally provide for interest at the maximum rate allowed by the respective state regulations in which we operate, except for Arizona and New Mexico where we charge 26% and state regulations do not generally limit the interest rate charged.

We promote the sale of many of our products through advertised short-term, no-interest programs. The majority of these accounts have a 12-month term, with the balance carrying a term of six or three months. Minimum monthly customer payments are required under our short-term, no interest program addendum to our standard retail installment loan contract. If the customer is delinquent in making a scheduled monthly payment or does not repay the principal in full by the end of the stated term (grace periods are provided), the account no longer qualifies for the no interest provision and the account reverts back to the terms of the executed retail installment loan contract. A significant number of customers who purchase through our promotional programs meet the terms of the program, resulting in the payoff of those accounts and thus and increase in the velocity of portfolio turnover.

We regularly extend or “re-age” a portion of our delinquent customer accounts as a part of our normal collection procedures to protect our investment. Generally, extensions are granted to customers who have experienced a financial difficulty (such as the temporary loss of employment), which was subsequently resolved and the customer indicates a willingness and ability to resume making monthly payments. Re-ages are not granted to debtors who demonstrate a lack of intent or ability to service the obligation. These re-ages involve modifying the payment terms to defer a portion of the cash payments currently required of the debtor to help the debtor improve his or her financial condition and eventually be able to pay us. Our re-aging of customer accounts does not reduce the contractual principal or interest due from the customer. Typically, we also charge the customer an extension fee, which approximates the interest owed for the time period the contract was past due. To a much lesser extent, we may provide the

48

customer the ability to re-age their obligation by refinancing the account or making two consecutive payments. Under these options, as with extensions, the customer must resolve the reason for delinquency and show a willingness and ability to resume making contractual monthly payments.

As of January 31, 2014, we had approximately 621 thousand active customer accounts with an average balance of $1,720 outstanding per account. This compares to approximately 483 thousand active customer accounts with an average balance of $1,535 outstanding per account as of January 31, 2013. The 29% increase in the number of customer accounts outstanding reflects the impact of marketing driven, same store sales growth as well as new store openings. Year-over-year, the majority of the growth in the average balance is due to our increase in product sales and the entry in o more recent installment contracts with our customers. As a result, we have experienced a continued decline in the average number of months since origination our customer accounts within the portfolio have been outstanding - down from 9.3 months last year end to 8.4 months as of January 31, 2014.

49

The following tables present, for comparison purposes, information about our credit portfolio (dollars in thousands, except average income of credit customer and average outstanding customer balance):

	As of January 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Total outstanding balance	$	1,068,270		$	741,544		$	643,301
Weighted average credit score of outstanding balances	594			600			602
Average income of credit customer	$	39,700		$	37,500		$	37,000
Number of active accounts	621,229			483,219			484,169
Weighted average months since origination of outstanding balance	8.4			9.3			10.7
Average outstanding customer balance	$	1,720		$	1,535		$	1,329
Account balances 60+ days past due (1)	$	94,403		$	52,839		$	55,190
Percent of balances 60+ days past due to total outstanding balance	8.8		%	7.1		%	8.6		%
Total account balances re-aged (1)	$	120,770		$	86,428		$	88,863
Percent of re-aged balances to total outstanding balance	11.3		%	11.7		%	13.8		%
Account balances re-aged more than six months	$	21,168		$	19,071		$	38,182
Percent of total allowance for bad debts to total outstanding customer receivable balance	6.7		%	5.9		%	7.8		%
Percent of total outstanding balance represented by short-term, no interest option receivables (2)	35.6		%	27.3		%	14.8		%
	Year ended January 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Total applications processed	989,862			750,439			734,748
Weighted average origination credit score of sales financed	602			614			621
Percent of total applications approved (3)	50.3		%	48.6		%	46.4		%
Average down payment	3.5		%	3.2		%	5.3		%
Average total outstanding balance	$	869,561		$	669,029		$	626,438
Bad debt charge-offs (net of recoveries)	$	69,430		$	53,276		$	46,939
Percent of bad debt charge-offs (net of recoveries) to average outstanding balance	8.0		%	8.0		%	7.5		%
Weighted average monthly payment rate (4)	5.3		%	5.4		%	5.6		%
Provision for bad debts (5)	$	95,756		$	46,901		$	52,965
Provision for bad debts as a percentage of average outstanding balance	11.0		%	7.0		%	8.5		%
Percent of retail sales paid for by:
In-house financing, including down payment received	77.3		%	70.9		%	60.4		%
Third-party financing	12.0		%	14.8		%	12.5		%
Third-party rent-to-own option	3.1		%	3.5		%	3.5		%
	92.4		%	89.2		%	76.4		%

(1) Accounts that become delinquent after being re-aged are included in both the delinquency and re-aged amounts.

(2) Short-term, no interest option receivables are financed under a standard retail installment loan contract. Minimum monthly payments are required and the maximum term is 12 months. If the customer account becomes delinquent or the remaining account principal balance is not paid in full prior to the end of the no-interest period, interest is earned over the term of the installment contract and the required minimum monthly payment remains unchanged.

(3) Total applications approved data for year ended January 31, 2012 revised to conform calculation of approval status.

(4) 12-month average of gross cash payments as a percentage of gross principal balances outstanding at the beginning of each month in the period.

(5) Amount does not include retail segment provision for bad debts.

50

Our customer accounts receivable and related allowance for uncollectible accounts are segregated between customer accounts receivable and restructured accounts. Customer accounts receivable include all accounts for which payment term has not been cumulatively extended over 90 days or refinanced. Restructured accounts includes all accounts for which payment term has been cumulatively extended over 90 days and accounts refinanced.

The following tables present quantitative information about our receivables portfolio, segregated by segment:

	Total Outstanding Balance
	Customer Accounts Receivable						60 Days Past Due (1)				Re-aged (1)
	As of January 31,						As of January 31,				As of January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	1,022,914		$	702,737		$	82,486	$	41,704	$	75,414	$	47,757
Restructured accounts	45,356			38,807			11,917		11,135		45,356		38,671
Total receivables managed	1,068,270			741,544			94,403		52,839		120,770		86,428
Allowance for uncollectible accounts related to the credit portfolio	(71,801		)	(43,911		)
Allowances for short-term, no-interest credit programs	(11,789		)	(6,572		)
Short-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	(527,267		)	(378,050		)
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	$	457,413		$	313,011

(1) Amounts are based on end of period balances. Due to the fact that an account can become past due after having been re-aged, accounts could be represented in both the 60 days past due and re-aged columns shown above. The amounts included within both the 60 days past due and re-aged columns shown above as of January 31, 2014 and 2013 was $27.4 million and $20.7 million, respectively. The total amount of customer receivables past due one day or greater was $249.3 million and $172.4 million as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts include the 60 days past due totals shown above.

					Net Credit
	Average Balances				Charge-offs (1)
	Year ended January 31,				Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	828,172	$	629,423	$	53,256	$	34,132
Restructured accounts	41,389		39,606		16,174		19,144
Total receivables managed	$	869,561	$	669,029	$	69,430	$	53,276

(1) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest) net of recoveries which include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances.

51

Following is the activity within our the allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables for the year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31, 2014									Year ended January 31, 2013
(in thousands)	Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total			Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total
Allowance at beginning of period	$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911		$	24,518		$	25,386		$	49,904
Provision(1)	89,960			20,342			$	110,302		42,772			13,027			$	55,799
Principal charge-offs(2)	(57,433		)	(17,443		)	$	(74,876	)	(36,647		)	(20,555		)	$	(57,202	)
Interest charge-offs	(9,958		)	(3,024		)	$	(12,982	)	(5,456		)	(3,060		)	$	(8,516	)
Recoveries(2)	4,177			1,269			$	5,446		2,515			1,411			$	3,926
Allowance at end of period	$	54,448		$	17,353		$	71,801		$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911

(1) Includes provision for uncollectible interest, which is included in finance charges and other.

(2) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest), and recoveries include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances. Net charge-offs are calculated as the net of principal charge-offs and recoveries.

Our overall allowance for uncollectible accounts as a percentage of the total portfolio balance increased to 6.7% as of January 31, 2014 from 5.9% as of January 31, 2013. The year-over-year increase was primarily driven by a 220 basis point increase in 60+ day delinquency for non-restructured customer accounts receivables. The impact of this increase was partially offset by a 100 basis point decline in the relative proportion of the total restructured account balance to the total customer receivable portfolio balance from January 31, 2013.

For non-restructured accounts, the allowance for uncollectible accounts as a percentage of the outstanding balance rose from 3.9% as of January 31, 2013 to 5.1% as of January 31, 2014, due primarily to execution issues we encountered in our collection operations during December and January of fiscal 2014 and inclement weather conditions experienced during that same period. This resulted in an elevation in delinquency rates and higher than anticipated charge-offs during the period. The estimated effect of this matter and delinquency changes were reflected in our projection model, driving an increase in the losses we expected to realize over the next 12-month period. We adjusted our allowance for uncollectible accounts based on this analysis.

For restructured accounts, the allowance for uncollectible accounts as a percentage of the portfolio balance was 41.8% as of January 31, 2013 as compared to 38.3% as of January 31, 2014. This 350 basis point reduction reflects the impact of improved delinquency and continued improvement in the performance of restructured accounts under stricter restructuring policies.

The percent of bad debt charge-offs (net of recoveries) to average outstanding balance was 8.0% for the year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013. Bad debt charge-offs in the second half of fiscal 2014 were influenced by unexpected execution issues experienced in the second quarter in connection with the implementation of a new collections system and deterioration in collection performance in the fourth quarter.

Included within customer accounts receivable as of January 31, 2014 and 2013 were balances totaling $380.5 million and $202.6 million, respectively, of balances originated under short-term, no-interest programs. Amounts financed under these programs increased to 35.6% of the total portfolio balance as of January 31, 2014 from 27.3% as of January 31, 2013 with more products eligible for purchase using this installment contract option. Use of these programs accelerates cash collections. As the proportion of accounts financed under short-term, no-interest programs increases, the overall yield recognized on the average customer receivable balance will decline. Conversely, a decline in the proportion of accounts financed under short-term, no-interest programs will generally result in an increase in the overall yield recognized. The allowance for short-term, no-interest programs represents the portion of the balance reported within customer accounts receivable at the end of each period which is not expected to be realized due to customers satisfying the requirements of the interest-free programs and is based on historical experience. The allowance for no-interest credit programs declined from 3.2% of the balance outstanding as of January 31, 2013 to 3.1% as of January 31, 2014 based on realized changes over the past 12 months in customer satisfaction of the interest-free program requirements.

52

Historical Static Loss Table

The following static loss analysis presents the cumulative percentage of balances charged off, based on the year the credit account was originated and the period the balance was charged off. The percentage computed below is calculated by dividing the cumulative net amount charged off since origination by the total balance of accounts originated during the applicable fiscal year. The net charge-off was determined by estimating, on a pro rata basis, the amount of the recoveries received during a period that was allocable to the applicable origination period (dollars in millions).

	As of January 31, 2014 (a)
		% of balance	Cumulative loss rate as a % of balance originated (b)
Fiscal year	Balance	originated	Years from origination
of origination	outstanding	outstanding	—	1	2	3	Terminal (c)
2005			0.3%	1.8%	3.5%	4.4%	5.1%
2006			0.3%	1.9%	3.6%	4.8%	5.8%
2007			0.2%	1.7%	3.5%	4.8%	5.7%
2008			0.2%	1.8%	3.6%	5.1%	5.9%
2009			0.2%	2.1%	4.6%	6.1%	6.6%
2010	$0.8	0.1%	0.2%	2.4%	4.6%	6.0%	6.0%
2011	$3.7	0.6%	0.4%	2.6%	5.2%	5.8%
2012	$43.1	7.2%	0.2%	3.1%	5.5%
2013	$190.7	25.9%	0.4%	5.2%
2014	$828.0	77.0%	0.8%

(a) As of January 31, 2014, balances originated prior to fiscal 2010 and outstanding were insignificant.

(b) The loss rates for the balances originated in fiscal years in 2012, 2013 and 2014 may not be comparable to those for balances originated in earlier years as changes made to our collections policies during fiscal year 2012 resulted in accounts charging off earlier than in prior periods.

(c) The terminal loss percentage presented represents the point at which that pool of loans has reached its maximum loss rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flow

Operating activities.During the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, net cash used by operating activities was $210.3 million. This compares to $22.8 million during the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by a $403.9 million increase in customer accounts receivable during the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 partially offset by the increase in operating performance.

Investing activities.  Net cash used in investing activities increased to $52.1 million in the twelve months ended January 31, 2014. This compares to $9.5 million in the twelve months ended January 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to greater capital expenditures related to the construction of new stores, as well as store remodels and relocations. Additionally, we received net proceeds of approximately $22.4 million from the sale and long-term lease back of four owned properties in the prior year. We expect during the next twelve months to invest between $30 million and $35 million, net of tenant improvement allowances, in capital expenditures for new stores, remodels and other projects. We expect to fund these estimated capital expenditures with cash from operations, borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit facility and tenant improvement allowances from landlords.

Financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $264.2 million for the twelve months ended January 31, 2014. This compares to $29.9 million during the twelve months ended January 31, 2013. The increase is primarily due to additional credit facility borrowings used to finance the $403.9 milliongrowth in customer receivables.

53

Liquidity.   We require capital to finance our growth as we add new stores and markets to our operations, which in turn requires additional working capital for increased customer receivables and inventory. We have historically financed our operations through a combination of cash flow generated from earnings and external borrowings, including bank debt, issuance of debt securities or other capital market transactions, extended terms provided by our vendors for inventory purchases and acquisition of inventory under consignment arrangements.

We have an asset-based revolving credit facility with capacity of $850 million as of January 31, 2014. Capacity under the facility was increased to $880 million in March, 2014. The facility matures in November 2017 and provides funding based on a borrowing base calculation that includes customer accounts receivable and inventory. The credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 250 basis points to 325 basis points, based on a leverage ratio (defined as total liabilities to tangible net worth). In addition to the leverage ratio, the revolving credit facility includes a fixed charge coverage requirement, a minimum customer receivables cash recovery percentage requirement and a net capital expenditures limit. The leverage ratio covenant requirement is a required maximum of 2.00 to 1.00. The fixed charge coverage ratio requirement is a minimum of 1.10 to 1.00. We expect, based on current facts and circumstances, that we will be in compliance with the above covenants for the next 12 months. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the asset-based revolving credit facility was 3.0% at January 31, 2014.

On April 30, 2012, our VIE issued $103.7 million of notes which bear interest at 4.0% and were sold at a discount to deliver a 5.21% yield, before considering transaction costs. The principal balance of the notes, which was secured by certain customer receivables, was reduced on a monthly basis by collections on the underlying customer receivables after the payment of interest and other expenses of the VIE. While the final maturity for the notes was April 2016, we repaid the then outstanding note balance in April 2013 and the remaining receivables were transferred back to the Company.

In January 2013, we repaid a real estate loan, which was collateralized by three of our owned store locations.

During the quarter ended October 31, 2011 we entered into interest rate cap option transactions with a notional amount of $100 million. These cap options are held for the purpose of hedging against variable interest rate risk related to the variability of cash flows in the interest payments on a portion of its variable-rate debt, based on the benchmark one-month LIBOR interest rate exceeding 1.0%. These cap options have monthly caplets extending through August 2014.

The weighted average effective interest rate on borrowings outstanding under all our credit facilities for the year ended January 31, 2014 was 4.2%, including the interest expense associated with our interest rate caps and amortization of deferred financing costs.

A summary of the significant financial covenants that govern our asset-based revolving credit facility, as amended, compared to our actual compliance status at January 31, 2014 is presented below: 

	Actual	Required Minimum/ Maximum
Fixed charge coverage ratio must exceed required minimum	1.75 to 1.00	1.10 to 1.00
Total liabilities to tangible net worth ratio must be lower than required maximum	1.20 to 1.00	2.00 to 1.00
Cash recovery percentage must exceed stated amount	4.82%	4.49%
Capital expenditures, net must be lower than required maximum	$42.0 million	$75.0 million

Note: All terms in the above table are defined by the asset-based revolving credit facility, as amended, and may or may not agree directly to the financial statement captions in this document. The covenants are calculated quarterly on a trailing 12-month basis, except for the Cash recovery percentage, which is calculated monthly on a trailing three-month basis.

As of January 31, 2014, we had total available borrowing capacity of $313.7 million under our asset-based revolving credit facility, net of standby letters of credit issued, available to us for general corporate purposes. Of this amount, $157.9 million was immediately available under the revolving credit facility as of January 31, 2014 and an additional $155.8 million may become available if we grow the balance of eligible customer receivables and total eligible inventory balances. Payments received on customer receivables averaged approximately $53.8 million per month during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, and are available each month to fund new customer receivables generated. During fiscal 2015, we expect to grow the balance of the credit portfolio.

54

We will continue to finance our operations and future growth through a combination of cash flow generated from operations, external borrowings from our revolving credit facility and proceeds from accessing debt or equity markets.Based on our current operating plans, we believe that cash generated from operations, available borrowings under our revolving credit facility, extended vendor terms for purchases of inventory, acquisition of inventory under consignment arrangements and transfers of customer receivables to asset-based securitization facilities will be sufficient to fund our operations, store expansion and updating activities and capital programs for the next 12 months, subject to continued compliance with the covenants in our debt and other credit arrangements. We may also, from time-to-time, access the debt or other capital markets to finance growth. If the repayment of amounts owed under our debt and other credit arrangements is accelerated for any reason, we may not have sufficient cash and liquid assets at such time to be able to immediately repay all the amounts owed under our facility.

The revolving credit facility is a significant factor relative to our ongoing liquidity and our ability to meet the cash needs associated with the growth of our business. Our inability to use this program because of a failure to comply with its covenants would adversely affect our business operations. Funding of current and future customer receivables under the borrowing facilities can be adversely affected if we exceed certain predetermined levels of re-aged customer receivables, write-offs, bankruptcies or other ineligible customer receivable amounts.

Capital expenditures.  We lease all of our stores, and our plans for future store locations include primarily leases, but do not exclude store ownership. Our capital expenditures for future new store projects should primarily be for our tenant improvements to the property leased (including any new distribution centers and warehouses), the cost of which is estimated to be between $1.0 million and $1.5 million per store (before tenant improvement allowances), and for our existing store remodels, estimated to range between $500,000 and $1,000,000 per store remodel, depending on store size. In the event we purchase existing properties, our capital expenditures will depend on the particular property and whether it is improved when purchased. We are continuously reviewing new relationship and funding sources and alternatives for new stores, which may include “sale-leaseback” or direct “purchase-lease” programs, as well as other funding sources for our purchase and construction of those projects. If we are successful in these relationship developments, our direct cash needs should include only our capital expenditures for tenant improvements to leased properties and our remodel programs for existing stores, but could include full ownership. In addition to remodeling existing stores, we reinstated our store opening strategy during the first quarter of fiscal 2013.  During fiscal 2014, we opened 14 new stores and plan to open 15 to 20 new stores during fiscal year 2015. Our anticipated capital expenditures for fiscal year 2015 is $30 million to $35 million, net of tenant improvement allowances.

Contractual obligations.  The following table presents a summary of our known contractual obligations as of January 31, 2014, with respect to the specified categories, classified by payments due per period.

			Payments due by period
(in thousands)	Total		Less Than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More Than 5Years
Long-term debt:
Revolving credit facility (1)	$	534,956	$	—	$	—	$	534,956	$	—
Other debt	1,095		420		542		133		—
Operating leases:
Real estate	251,875		32,161		61,527		51,567		106,620
Equipment	5,566		1,847		2,492		1,227		—
Purchase obligations	6,955		4,055		2,860		40		—
Total contractual cash obligations	$	800,447	$	38,483	$	67,421	$	587,923	$	106,620

(1) If the outstanding balance as of January 31, 2014 and the interest rate in effect at that time were to remain the same over the remaining life of the facility, interest payments on the facility would be approximately $16.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and $13.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, respectively.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Interest rates under our amended credit facility are variable and bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 250 basis points to 325 basis points, based on a leverage ratio (defined as total liabilities to tangible net worth). Accordingly, changes in LIBOR will affect the interest rate on, and therefore our costs under, these credit facilities.

55

The balance outstanding under our asset-based revolving credit facility has increased from $262.4 million at January 31, 2013 to $535.0 million at January 31, 2014. The notional balance of interest caps used to fix the rate on a portion of asset-based revolving credit facility balance was $100 million at January 31, 2014. These interest rate caps will offset any interest rate increases once the LIBOR rate exceeds 1.0%. Accordingly, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates on the asset-based revolving credit facility would increase our borrowing costs by $5.2 million over a 12-month period, based on the balance outstanding at January 31, 2014, after considering the impact of the interest rate caps.

Interest rate risk management.We did not enter into any risk management trading activities during the year ended January 31, 2014. Our market risk sensitive instruments and positions have been determined to be “other than trading.”

Our risk management activities primarily attempt to mitigate price risks related tofluctuations in interest payments on LIBOR-based floating rate debt instruments through the use of financial derivative instruments.

Our risk management strategy involves capping floating interest rates through the use of a series of purchased swaps and/or purchased put option caps. These caps seek to mitigate the impact of upward floating interest rates on future cash flows when the LIBOR rate exceeds 1.0%. These financial derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges.

Our risk management activities include the use of financial derivative instruments including, but not limited to, price swaps and options to seek protection from adverse price movements and to minimize potential increases to interest expenses. We enter into these financial derivative instruments directly with third parties in the over-the-counter market.

Market risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates are monitored by senior management.We have prepared a sensitivity analysis to estimate the exposure to market risk related to floating rate debt. Any swaps and options outstanding as of January 31, 2014 and 2013 that were used in our risk management activities were analyzed using a hypothetical 100 basis point adverse change in LIBOR rates for all forward months within the terms of the risk management derivatives. There was no potential loss in future earnings from these positions due to a 100 basis point adverse movement in LIBOR interest rates as of January 31, 2014. The transactions being hedged are subject to increased interest payments on increasing interest rates up to the hedging cap rate of a LIBOR rate of 1.0%. The preceding hypothetical analysis is limited because changes in prices may or may not equal 100 basis points, thus actual results may differ.

Our sensitivity analysis includes designated hedging and the anticipated transactions associated with these hedging transactions. These hedging transactions are anticipated to be very close to 100% effective once the hedged cap level is reached; therefore, there is essentially no effect on our sensitivity analysis from these hedging positions. To the extent option contracts are used as hedging instruments for anticipated transactions we have included the offsetting effect of the anticipated transactions, only to the extent the option contracts are in the money, or would become in the money as a result of the 100 basis point hypothetical movements in prices.

Credit Risk.We maintain credit policies with regard to our counterparties for financial hedging derivative instruments that we believe significantly minimize overall credit risk. These policies include an evaluation of counterparties’ financial condition (including credit ratings), and entering into agreements with counterparties that govern credit guidelines. These counterparties consist of major financial institutions. The overall impact due to certain changes in economic, regulatory and other events may impact our overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively in that counterparties may similarly be impacted. Based on our policies, exposures, credit and other reserves, management does not anticipate a material adverse effect on financial position or results of operations as a result of counterparty performance.

56

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	58
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	59
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	60
Consolidated Balance Sheets	61
Consolidated Statements of Operations	62
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)	63
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity	64
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	65
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	66

57

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or Rule 15(d)-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Our management (with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer) assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that, as of January 31, 2014, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014, has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included elsewhere herein.

Conn’s, Inc.

The Woodlands, Texas

March 27, 2014

/s/ Brian E. Taylor

Brian E. Taylor

Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Theodore M. Wright

Theodore M. Wright

Chief Executive Officer

58

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Conn’s, Inc.

We have audited Conn’s, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Conn’s, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Conn’s, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014, based onthe COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Conn’s, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2014 of Conn’s, Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated March 27, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

March 27, 2014

59

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Conn’s, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Conn’s, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Conn’s, Inc. and subsidiaries at January 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in the third quarter of the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company changed its method of accounting for customer receivables as a result of the adoption of the amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification resulting from Accounting Standards Update No 2011-02, A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Conn’s, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control –– Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated March 27, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

March 27, 2014

60

CONN’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

	January 31,
Assets	2014			2013
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,727		$	3,849
Customer accounts receivable, net of allowance of $38,447 and $24,022, respectively (includes balance of VIE of $28,553 at January 31, 2013)	527,267			378,050
Other accounts receivable	51,480			45,759
Inventories	120,530			73,685
Deferred income taxes	20,284			15,302
Prepaid expenses and other assets (includes balance of VIE of $4,717 at January 31, 2013)	10,307			11,599
Total current assets	735,595			528,244
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net of allowance of $33,354 and $19,889, respectively (includes balance of VIE of $23,641 at January 31, 2013)	457,413			313,011
Property and equipment, net	86,842			46,994
Deferred income taxes	7,721			11,579
Other assets	10,415			10,029
Total assets	$	1,297,986		$	909,857
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current Liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt (includes balance of VIE of $32,307 at January 31, 2013)	$	420		$	32,526
Accounts payable	82,861			69,608
Accrued compensation and related expenses	11,390			8,780
Accrued expenses	27,944			20,716
Income taxes payable	2,924			4,618
Deferred revenues and credits	17,068			14,915
Total current liabilities	142,607			151,163
Long-term debt	535,631			262,531
Other long-term liabilities	30,458			21,713
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock ($0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding)	—			—
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 36,127,569 and 35,192,070 shares issued at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)	361			352
Additional paid-in capital	225,631			204,372
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(100		)	(223		)
Retained earnings	363,398			269,949
Total stockholders’ equity	589,290			474,450
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	1,297,986		$	909,857

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

61

CONN’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended January 31,
	2014		2013			2012
Revenues
Product sales	$	903,917	$	649,516		$	596,360
Repair service agreement commissions	75,671		51,648			42,078
Service revenues	12,252		13,103			15,246
Total net sales	991,840		714,267			653,684
Finance charges and other	201,929		150,765			138,618
Total revenues	1,193,769		865,032			792,302
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	588,721		454,682			455,493
Cost of service parts sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,327		5,965			6,527
Selling, general and administrative expense	339,528		253,189			237,098
Provision for bad debts	96,224		47,659			53,555
Charges and credits	2,117		3,025			9,928
Total cost and expenses	1,031,917		764,520			762,601
Operating income	161,852		100,512			29,701
Interest expense	15,323		17,047			22,457
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	—		897			11,056
Other (income) expense, net	10		(153		)	70
Income (loss) before income taxes	146,519		82,721			(3,882		)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	53,070		30,109			(159		)
Net income (loss)	$	93,449	$	52,612		$	(3,723	)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic	$	2.61	$	1.60		$	(0.12	)
Diluted	$	2.54	$	1.56		$	(0.12	)
Average common shares outstanding
Basic	35,779		32,862			31,860
Diluted	36,861		33,768			31,860

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

62

CONN’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

	Year Ended January 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Net income (loss)	$	93,449		$	52,612		$	(3,723	)
Change in fair value of hedges	190			107			(342		)
Impact of provision for income taxes on comprehensive income	(67		)	(37		)	120
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	93,572		$	52,682		$	(3,945	)

See notes to consolidated financial statements

63

CONN’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

									Accumulated
									Other
	Common Stock					Paid-in			Comprehensive			Retained			Treasury Stock
	Shares		Amount			Capital			Loss			Earnings			Shares		Amount			Total
Balance January 31, 2011	33,488		$	335		$	131,590		$	(71	)	$	258,114		(1,723	)	$	(37,071	)	$	352,897
Common stock issuance expenses	—		—			(70		)	—			—			—		—			(70		)
Exercise of options, net of tax	303		3			1,997			—			—			—		—			2,000
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	28		—			135			—			—			—		—			135
Cancellation of treasury stock	(1,723	)	(17		)	—			—			(37,054		)	1,723		37,071			—
Vesting of restricted stock	43		—			—			—			—			—		—			—
Stock-based compensation	—		—			2,354			—			—			—		—			2,354
Net loss	—		—			—			—			(3,723		)	—		—			(3,723		)
Adjustment of fair value of interest rate hedge, net of tax of $120	—		—			—			(222		)	—			—		—			(222		)
Balance January 31, 2012	32,139		321			136,006			(293		)	217,337			—		—			353,371
Issuance of common stock	2,233		22			55,973			—			—			—		—			55,995
Exercise of options, net of tax	654		8			9,056			—			—			—		—			9,064
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	29		—			393			—			—			—		—			393
Vesting of restricted stock	136		1			—			—			—			—		—			1
Stock-based compensation	—		—			2,944			—			—			—		—			2,944
Net income	—		—			—			—			52,612			—		—			52,612
Adjustment of fair value of interest rate hedge, net of tax of $37	—		—			—			70			—			—		—			70
Balance January 31, 2013	35,191		352			204,372			(223		)	269,949			—		—			474,450
Exercise of options, net of tax	817		8			16,323			—			—			—		—			16,331
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	28		—			987			—			—			—		—			987
Vesting of restricted stock	91		1			—			—			—			—		—			1
Stock-based compensation	—		—			3,949			—			—			—		—			3,949
Net income	—		—			—			—			93,449			—		—			93,449
Adjustment of fair value of interest rate hedge, net of tax of $67	—		—			—			123			—			—		—			123
Balance January 31, 2014	36,127		$	361		$	225,631		$	(100	)	$	363,398		—		$	—		$	589,290

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

64

CONN’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year ended January 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	93,449		$	52,612		$	(3,723	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	16,817			13,891			12,869
Provision for bad debts and uncollectible interest	110,302			55,799			62,597
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			897			11,056
Costs and impairment charges related to store and facility closure and relocation	2,117			869			9,115
Stock-based compensation expense	3,949			2,945			2,354
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	(5,706		)	(1,359		)	(50		)
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes	(1,187		)	(16		)	741
(Gain) loss from sale of property and equipment	10			(153		)	53
Discounts and accretion on short-term, no interest option credit	—			(202		)	(1,246		)
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Customer accounts receivable	(403,921		)	(157,335		)	(26,744		)
Inventories	(46,846		)	(11,145		)	19,814
Other assets	(7,133		)	(7,851		)	(8,070		)
Accounts payable	13,252			24,897			(13,029		)
Accrued expenses	17,311			(2,918		)	2,030
Income taxes payable	(3,761		)	7,916			(1,612		)
Deferred revenues and credits	1,085			(1,650		)	(1,638		)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(210,262		)	(22,803		)	64,517
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment	(52,127		)	(32,353		)	(4,386		)
Proceeds from sales of property	44			22,882			—
Net cash used in investing activities	(52,083		)	(9,471		)	(4,386		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings under lines of credit	451,593			237,896			224,383
Payments on lines of credit	(179,038		)	(288,744		)	(190,608		)
Proceeds from issuance of asset-backed notes	—			103,025			—
Payments on asset-backed notes	(32,513		)	(71,167		)	—
Changes in restricted cash balances	4,717			(4,717		)	—
(Payments) borrowings of real estate note	—			(8,000		)	8,000
Payment of term note	—			—			(100,000		)
Payment of prepayment premium	—			—			(4,830		)
Proceeds from (cost related to) issuance of common stock	—			55,995			(70		)
Proceeds from stock issued under employee benefit plans	17,318			9,457			2,135
Other	2,146			(3,887		)	(3,853		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	264,223			29,858			(64,843		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	1,878			(2,416		)	(4,712		)
Cash and cash equivalents
Beginning of the year	3,849			6,265			10,977
End of the year	$	5,727		$	3,849		$	6,265
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash interest paid	$	11,689		$	13,639		$	20,523
Cash income taxes paid (recovered), net	52,405			21,653			(3,108		)
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity
Purchases of property and equipment with debt financing	797			—			639

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

65

CONN’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Conn’s, Inc. and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Conn’s, Inc. is a holding company with no independent assets or operations other than its investments in its subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

In April of 2012, the Company transferred certain customer receivables to a bankruptcy-remote, variable-interest entity (“VIE”) in connection with a securitization. The VIE, which was consolidated within the accompanying financial statements, issued debt secured by the customer receivables that were transferred to it, which were included in customer accounts receivable and long-term portion of customer accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2013 and 2012. On April 15, 2013, the VIE redeemed the then outstanding asset-backed notes and the remaining customer receivables were transferred back to the Company.

The Company determined that the VIE should be consolidated within its financial statements due to the fact that it qualified as the primary beneficiary of the VIE based on the following considerations:

• The Company directed the activities that generated the customer receivables that were transferred to the VIE;

• The Company directed the servicing activities related to the collection of the customer receivables transferred to the VIE;

• The Company absorbed losses incurred by the VIE to the extent of its interest in the VIE before any other investors incurred losses; and

• The Company had the right to receive benefits generated by the VIE after paying the contractual amounts due to the other investors.

Business Activities. The Company, through its retail stores, provides products and services to its customer base in Texas, Arizona, Louisiana, Oklahoma and New Mexico. Products and services offered through retail sales outlets include home appliances, furniture and mattresses, consumer electronics, home office equipment, lawn and garden products, repair service agreements, installment credit programs and various credit insurance products. These activities are supported through an extensive service, warehouse and distribution system. The Company’s business is somewhat seasonal, with a higher portion of sales and operating profit realized during the quarter that ends January 31, due primarily to the holiday selling season. For the reasons discussed below, the Company has aggregated its results into two operating segments: credit and retail. The Company’s retail stores bear the “Conn’s” or “Conn’s HomePlus” name and deliver the same products and services to a common customer group. The Company’s customers are primarily individuals rather than commercial accounts. All of the retail stores follow the same procedures and methods in managing their operations. The Company’s management evaluates performance and allocates resources based on the operating results of its retail and credit segments. The separate financial information is disclosed in Note 16 - “Segment Information.”

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year fiscal year amounts and balances to conform to the presentation in the current fiscal year.  These reclassifications did not impact consolidated operating income or net income.

Vendor Programs. The Company receives funds from vendors for price protection, product rebates (earned upon purchase or sale of product), marketing, training and promotional programs which are recorded on the accrual basis, as a reduction of the related product cost. The Company accrues rebates based on the satisfaction of terms of the program and sales of qualifying products even though funds may not be received until subsequent to the end of a quarter or year. If the programs are related to product purchases, the allowances, credits, or payments are recorded as a reduction of product cost and if the programs are related to product sales, the allowances, credits or payments are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. Vendor rebates earned and recorded as a reduction of product cost and cost of goods sold totaled $90.3 million, $64.3 million and $62.7 million for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Over the past three years the Company has received funds from approximately 50 vendors, with the terms of the programs ranging between one month and one year.

Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effects of any stock options and restricted stock units granted,

66

to the extent not anti-dilutive, which is calculated using the treasury-stock method. The following table sets forth the shares outstanding for the earnings (loss) per share calculations:

	Year Ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014	2013	2012
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic	35,779	32,862	31,860
Assumed exercise of stock options	866	763	—
Unvested restricted stock units	216	143	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Diluted	36,861	33,768	31,860

The weighted average number of stock options and restricted stock units not included in the calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect was 35,000 for the year ended January 31, 2014. The weighted average number of stock options and restricted stock units not included in the calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect was 0.6 million and 2.3 million for each of the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Credit card deposits in-transit of $2.4 million and $0.8 million, as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in cash and cash equivalents.

Inventories. Inventories consist of finished goods or parts and are valued at the lower of cost (moving weighted average cost method) or fair market value through the establishment of inventory loss reserves. The Company’s inventory reserve represents the excess of the carrying amount, typically weighted average cost, over the amount it expects to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposition of the inventory. The inventory reserve contains uncertainties because the calculation requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding inventory aging, projected consumer demand and market availability and obsolescence of products on hand.

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Costs associated with major additions and betterments that increase the value or extend the lives of assets are capitalized and depreciated. Normal repairs and maintenance that do not materially improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Depreciation, which includes amortization of capitalized leases, is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective leases.

Property and Equipment Impairment. Property and equipment are evaluated for impairment at the retail store level. The Company performs a periodic assessment of assets for impairment. Additionally, an impairment evaluation is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. The most likely condition that would necessitate an assessment would be an adverse change in historical and estimated future results of a retail store’s performance. For property and equipment to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Fair value is determined by discounting the anticipated cash flows over the remaining term of the lease utilizing certain unobservable inputs (Level 3). An impairment charge of $2.0 million was recorded for the year ended January 31, 2012, related to store closures.

Customer Accounts Receivable.Customer accounts receivable are originated at the time of sale and delivery of the various products and services. The Company records the amount of principal and accrued interest on customer receivables that is expected to be collected within the next twelve months, based on contractual terms, in current assets on its consolidated balance sheet. Those amounts expected to be collected after twelve months, based on contractual terms, are included in long-term assets. Typically, customer receivables are considered delinquent if a payment has not been received on the scheduled due date. Additionally, the Company offers re-age programs to customers with past due balances that have experienced a financial hardship, if they meet the conditions of the Company’s re-age policy. Re-aging a customer’s account can result in updating an account from a delinquent status to a current status. During the quarter ended July 31, 2011, the Company implemented a new policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 18 months. During the quarter ended October 31, 2011, the Company further modified the policy to reduce the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 12 months. As of July 31, 2011, the Company changed its charge-off policy so that any account that is delinquent more than 209 days as of the end of a month is charged-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts and interest accrued is charged against the allowance for uncollectible interest. Prior to July 31, 2011, the Company charged off all accounts that were delinquent more than 120 days and

67

for which no payment had been received in the past seven months. The Company has a secured interest in the merchandise financed by these receivables and therefore has the opportunity to recover a portion of the charged-off amount.

Restructured Customer Accounts Receivable. Effective April 5, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update  No. 2011-02 (“ASU No. 2011-02”), A Creditor's Determination of Whether Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.  The guidance provided clarification on whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties and whether a concession has been granted to the debtor for purposes of determining if a loan modification constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), even if not currently in default. The amendments in ASU 2011-02 were effective for the Company in the third quarter of fiscal 2012, and were applied retrospectively to loan restructurings after January 31, 2011. The Company defines TDR accounts that originated subsequent to January 31, 2011 as accounts that have been re-aged cumulatively in excess of three months or refinanced. For accounts originating prior to January 31, 2011, if the cumulative re-aging exceeds three months and the accounts were re-aged subsequent to January 31, 2011, the account is considered a TDR. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge during fiscal year 2012 of $14.1 million, net of previously provided reserves, related to the required adoption of the accounting guidance related to TDR accounts.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company monitors the aging of its past due accounts closely and focuses its collection efforts on preventing accounts from becoming 60 days past due or greater, which is a leading indicator of potential charge-offs. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts, including estimated uncollectible interest, for its customer and other accounts receivable, based on its historical cash collections and net loss experience using a projection of monthly delinquency performance, cash collections and losses. In addition to pre-charge-off cash collections and charge-off information, estimates of post-charge-off recoveries, including cash payments, amounts realized from the repossession of the products financed and, at times, payments received under credit insurance policies are also considered.

The Company determines reserves for those accounts that are TDRs based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected over the life of those accounts. The excess of the carrying amount over the discounted cash flow amount is recorded as a reserve for loss on those accounts.

As a result of the Company’s practice of re-aging customer accounts, if the account is not ultimately collected, the timing and amount of the charge-off could be impacted. If these accounts had been charged-off sooner the historical net loss rates might have been higher. As further discussed above, during fiscal 2012, the Company implemented a new policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a cumulative maximum of 12 months. This change in the re-age policy had the impact of increasing delinquencies and accelerating charge-offs during fiscal 2012 and 2013.

Interest Income on Customer Accounts Receivable. Interest income is accrued using the interest method for installment contracts and is reflected in finance charges and other. Typically, interest income is accrued until the contract or account is paid off or charged-off. The Company provides an allowance for estimated uncollectible interest. Interest income on the Company’s installment contracts with its customers is calculated using the rule of 78s. In order to convert its interest income recognized to the interest method, the Company has recorded the excess earnings of rule of 78s over the interest method as deferred revenue on its balance sheet. This deferred interest will ultimately be brought into income as the accounts pay off or accounts amortize to the point that interest income under the interest method exceeds that which is being earned under rule of 78s. At January 31, 2014 and 2013, there was approximately $5.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively, of deferred interest included in deferred revenues and other. Additionally, there was $11.3 million and $7.8 million of deferred interest included in other long-term liabilities as January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company typically only places accounts in non-accrual status when legally required to do so. Payment received on non-accrual loans will be applied to principal and reduce the amount of the loan. Interest accrual is resumed on those accounts once a legally-mandated settlement arrangement is reached or other payment arrangements are made with the customer. Interest income is recognized on short-term, interest-free credit programs based on the Company’s historical experience related to customers that fail to satisfy the requirements of the interest-free programs. Additionally, for sales on deferred interest and “same as cash” programs, under the Company’s in-house finance program, that exceed one year in duration, the Company discounts the sales to present value, resulting in a reduction in sales and customer receivables, and amortizes the discount amount to finance charges and other over the term of the program. The amount of customer receivables carried on the Company’s balance sheet that were in non-accrual status was $12.2 million and $9.0 million at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The amount of customer receivables carried on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet that were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest was $63.3 million and $36.6 million at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company recognizes interest income on TDR accounts using the interest income method, which requires reporting interest income equal to the increase in the net carrying amount of the loan attributable to the passage of time. Cash proceeds and other adjustments are applied to the net carrying amount such that it always equals the present value of expected future cash flows.

Revenue Recognition. Revenues from the sale of retail products are recognized at the time the customer takes possession of the product. Such revenues are recognized net of any adjustments for sales incentive offers such as discounts, coupons, rebates or

68

other free products or services and discounts of sales on advertised credit that extend beyond one year. The Company sells repair service agreements and credit insurance contracts on behalf of unrelated third parties. For contracts where third parties are the obligor on the contract, commissions are recognized in revenues at the time of sale, and in the case of retrospective commissions, at the time that they are earned.

Sales financed by the Company under short-term, interest free credit programs are recognized at the time the customer takes possession of the product, consistent with the above stated policy. Considering the short-term nature of interest-free programs for terms less than one year, sales are recorded at full value and are not discounted. Sales, if any, financed by the Company under longer term, interest-free programs are recorded at their net present value. There were no financed sales that required discounting in the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Sales on short-term, interest free programs under third-party programs typically require the Company to pay the third-party a fee on each completed sale. The fee is recorded as a reduction of net sales.

The Company classifies amounts billed to customers relating to shipping and handling as revenues. Costs of $36.2 million, $22.7 million and $18.8 million associated with shipping and handling revenues are included in selling, general and administrative expense for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation. For stock option grants, the Company uses the Black-Scholes model to determine fair value. For grants of restricted stock units, the fair value of the grant is the market value of the Company’s stock at the date of issuance. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the applicable grant.

Self-insurance. The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to group health, workers’ compensation, automobile, general and product liability claims. The Company has stop-loss coverage to limit the exposure arising from these claims. Self-insurance losses for claims filed and claims incurred, but not reported, are accrued based upon the Company’s estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred using development factors based on historical experience.

Expense Classifications. The Company records as cost of goods sold, the direct cost of products sold, any related out-bound freight costs, and receiving costs, inspection costs, internal transfer costs, and other costs associated with the operations of its distribution system, including occupancy related to its warehousing operations. In addition, the Company records as cost of service parts sold, the direct cost of parts used in its service operation and the related inbound freight costs, purchasing and receiving costs, inspection costs, internal transfer costs, and other costs associated with the parts distribution operation.

The costs associated with the Company’s merchandising function, including product purchasing, advertising, sales commissions, and all store occupancy costs, are included in selling, general and administrative expense.

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $50.7 million, $34.7 million and $29.7 million, respectively.

Income Taxes. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. To the extent penalties and interest are incurred, the Company records these charges as a component of its provision for income taxes. Tax returns for the fiscal years subsequent to January 31, 2009, remain open for examination by the Company’s major taxing jurisdictions.

Sales Taxes. The Company records and reports all sales taxes collected on a net basis in the financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The Company determines the fair value of its assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement by using the highest possible “Level” as defined within the ASC 815 GAAP hierarchy. The three levels defined by the ASC 815 hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1 – Quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

• Level 2 – Pricing inputs not quoted in active markets but either directly or indirectly observable

• Level 3 – Significant inputs to pricing that have little or no transparency with inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation.

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts because of the short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of customer accounts receivables, determined using a discounted cash flow analysis,

69

approximates their carrying amount. The discounted cash flow analysis was prepared using historical portfolio performance and a discount rate determined based on 50% debt funding of the receivables and a 15% equity return requirement. The fair value of the Company’s debt approximates the carrying value of $536.1 million as of January 31, 2014 due to the fact the Company's asset based revolving credit facility was amended in November 2013. The Company’s interest rate cap options are presented within the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

2.     Charges and Credits

The Company recorded the following significant charges and credits during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Store and facility closure and relocation costs	$	2,117	$	869	$	7,096
Impairment of long-lived assets	—		—		2,019
Costs related to office relocation	—		1,202		—
Employee severance	—		628		813
Vehicle lease terminations	—		326		—
Charges and credits	$	2,117	$	3,025	$	9,928

Fiscal year 2014:

• The Company closed one store, realizing a benefit of $1.0 million on the termination of the lease. Additionally, the Company closed two stores, revised its estimate of future obligations related to other closed stores and relocated certain other facilities in the third quarter of fiscal year 2014. This resulted in a net pre-tax charge of $2.1 million ($1.4 million after-tax). This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

Fiscal year 2013:

• The Company relocated certain of its corporate operations from Beaumont to The Woodlands, Texas in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. The Company incurred $1.2 million in pre-tax costs ($0.8 million after-tax) in connection with the relocation. This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company accrued the lease buyout costs related to one of its store closures and revised its estimate of future obligations related to its other closed stores. This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $0.9 million ($0.6 million after-tax). This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $0.6 million ($0.4 million after-tax) associated with employee severance costs in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. On a pre-tax basis, $0.5 million is reported within the credit segment and the balance is reported in the retail segment and is classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• As further discussed in Note 7, the Company amended and restated its asset-based loan facility with a syndicate of banks on September 26, 2012. In connection with the transaction, the Company expensed $0.8 million ($0.5 million after-tax) of previously deferred transaction costs associated with lenders that are no longer in the current syndicate of banks. This amount is reported within the credit segment and classified in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations.

Fiscal year 2012:

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $14.1 million ($9.7 million after-tax), net of previously provided reserves, in connection with the required adoption of accounting guidance related to Troubled Debt Restructuring further discussed in Note 1. This amount is reported within the credit segment and classified in provision for bad debts and finance charges and other in the consolidated statement of operations.

70

• The Company re-evaluated its inventory valuation reserve based on recent experience selling aged items, both through store locations and external sources.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $4.7 million ($3.2 million after-tax). This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company closed multiple underperforming retail locations and recorded pre-tax charges of $7.1 million ($4.6 million after-tax) related primarily to future lease obligations. This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• Property and equipment are evaluated for impairment at the retail store level. The Company performs a periodic assessment of assets for impairment. Related to stores that were to be closed, a pre-tax impairment charge of $2.0 million ($1.3 million after-tax) was recorded during the year. This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $11.1 million ($6.6 million after-tax) in connection with the prepayment of an existing term loan. This amount is reported within the credit segment and classified in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $0.8 million ($0.5 million after-tax) associated with employee severance costs. On a pre-tax basis, $0.4 million is reported within the retail segment and the balance is reported in the credit segment and is classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

3. Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue

The following is a summary of the classification of the amounts included as finance charges and other for the year ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Interest income and fees on customer receivables	$	155,703	$	124,484	$	117,084
Insurance commissions	44,704		25,045		20,199
Other	1,522		1,236		1,335
	$	201,929	$	150,765	$	138,618

Interest income and fees on customer receivables is reduced by provisions for uncollectible interest of $14.9 million, $8.1 million and $9.0 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The amount included in interest income and fees on customer receivables related to TDR accounts for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 is $4.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The Company recognizes interest income on TDR accounts using the interest income method, which requires reporting interest income equal to the increase in the net carrying amount of the loan attributable to the passage of time. Cash proceeds and other adjustments are applied to the net carrying amount such that it always equals the present value of expected future cash flows.

4. Supplemental Disclosure of Customer Receivables

As part of the Company’s collection efforts, it may modify loans for certain borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are intended to maximize the net cash flow from the account, after expenses, and avoid the need for repossession of collateral. The Company may extend the loan term, refinance or otherwise re-age an account. These modifications may result in receiving the full amount due, or certain installments due, under the loan over a period of time that is longer than originally provided under the terms of the loan. Loan modifications in which an economic concession has been granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are accounted for and reported as TDRs. Effective during the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company limited the accumulated number of months an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 12 months.

For the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company was required to adopt new accounting guidance that provides clarification on whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties and whether a concession has been granted to the debtor for purposes of determining if a loan modification constitutes a TDR. The adoption was applied retrospectively to its loan restructurings after January 31, 2011. The related increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with principal and interest on these accounts was $14.1 million as of October 31, 2011, the date of adoption.

71

The Company uses risk-rating criteria to differentiate underwriting requirements, potentially requiring differing down payment and initial application and documentation criteria. The following tables present quantitative information about the receivables portfolio managed by the Company, segregated by segment:

	Total Outstanding Balance
	Customer Accounts Receivable						60 Days Past Due (1)				Re-aged (1)
	As of January 31,						As of January 31,				As of January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	1,022,914		$	702,737		$	82,486	$	41,704	$	75,414	$	47,757
Restructured accounts (2)	45,356			38,807			11,917		11,135		45,356		38,671
Total receivables managed	1,068,270			741,544			94,403		52,839		120,770		86,428
Allowance for uncollectible accounts related to the credit portfolio	(71,801		)	(43,911		)
Allowances for short-term, no-interest credit programs	(11,789		)	(6,572		)
Short-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	(527,267		)	(378,050		)
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	$	457,413		$	313,011

(1) Amounts are based on end of period balances. Due to the fact that an account can become past due after having been re-aged, accounts could be represented in both the past due and re-aged columns shown above. The amounts included within both the past due and re-aged columns shown above as of January 31, 2014 and 2013 was $27.4 million and $20.7 million, respectively. The total amount of customer receivables past due one day or greater was $249.3 million and $172.4 million as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts include the 60 days past due totals shown above.

(2) In addition to the amounts included in restructured accounts, there were $1.3 million and $1.9 million of accounts re-aged four or more months, included in the re-aged balance above, which did not qualify as TDRs at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, because they were not re-aged subsequent to January 31, 2011.

					Net Credit
	Average Balances				Charge-offs (1)
	Year ended January 31,				Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	828,172	$	629,423	$	53,256	$	34,132
Restructured accounts	41,389		39,606		16,174		19,144
Total receivables managed	$	869,561	$	669,029	$	69,430	$	53,276

(1) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest) net of recoveries which include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances.

72

Following is the activity in the Company’s balance in the allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables for the year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31, 2014									Year ended January 31, 2013
(in thousands)	Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total			Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total
Allowance at beginning of period	$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911		$	24,518		$	25,386		$	49,904
Provision(1)	89,960			20,342			$	110,302		42,772			13,027			$	55,799
Principal charge-offs(2)	(57,433		)	(17,443		)	$	(74,876	)	(36,647		)	(20,555		)	$	(57,202	)
Interest charge-offs	(9,958		)	(3,024		)	$	(12,982	)	(5,456		)	(3,060		)	$	(8,516	)
Recoveries(2)	4,177			1,269			$	5,446		2,515			1,411			$	3,926
Allowance at end of period	$	54,448		$	17,353		$	71,801		$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911

(1) Includes provision for uncollectible interest, which is included in finance charges and other.

(2) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest), and recoveries include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances. Net charge-offs are calculated as the net of principal charge-offs and recoveries.

5. Property and Equipment

The following presents the components of property and equipment together with the respective estimated depreciable lives.

Property and equipment consist of the following at January 31:

	Estimated
(in thousands, except years)	Useful Lives	2014			2013
Land	N/A	$	7,855		$	673
Buildings	30 years	1,737			466
Equipment and fixtures	3-5 years	36,520			30,817
Leasehold improvements	5-15 years	139,448			109,493
Subtotal		185,560			141,449
Less accumulated depreciation		(98,718		)	(94,455		)
Property and equipment, net		$	86,842		$	46,994

Gains and (losses) on sale of assets are included in other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations, and totaled approximately $(10,000), $153,000 and $(53,000), respectively for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $22.4 million from the sale and long-term lease back of four owned properties. The gain associated with the sale was deferred and is being amortized over the life of the lease associated with those properties.

73

6. Accrual for Store Closures

During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company closed three and two retail locations, respectively, that did not perform at a level the Company expects for mature store locations. Certain of the closed stores had unexpired leases, resulting in the accrual of the present value of remaining lease obligations and anticipated ancillary occupancy costs, net of estimated sublease income. Revisions to these projections for changes in estimated marketing times and sublease rates are made to the obligation as further information related to the actual terms and costs become available. The estimates were calculated using Level 2 fair value inputs. The following table presents detail of the activity in the accrual for store closures during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	5,071		$	8,106
Accrual for closures	136			789
Change in estimate	2,092			75
Cash payments	(2,983		)	(3,899		)
Balance at end of period	$	4,316		$	5,071
	As of January 31,
Balance sheet presentation:	2014			2013
Accrued expenses	$	1,957		$	3,441
Other long-term liabilities	2,359			1,630
	$	4,316		$	5,071

The cash payments include payments made for facility rent and related costs.

7. Debt, Letters of Credit and Derivatives

The Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following at the period ended:

	As of January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013
Asset-based revolving credit facility	$	534,956	$	262,401
Asset-backed notes, net of discount of $205	—		32,307
Other long-term debt	1,095		349
Total debt	536,051		295,057
Less current portion of debt	420		32,526
Long-term debt	$	535,631	$	262,531

On November 26, 2013, the Company completed an expansion and extension of its asset-based revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, increasing the capacity from $585 million to $850 million and extending the maturity date to November 2017. The facility provides funding based on a borrowing base calculation that includes customer accounts receivable and inventory. The amended facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 250 basis points to 325 basis points, based on a leverage ratio (defined as total liabilities to tangible net worth). In addition to the leverage ratio, the revolving credit facility includes a fixed charge coverage requirement, a minimum customer receivables cash recovery percentage requirement and a net capital expenditures limit. The asset-based revolving credit facility restricts the amount of dividends the Company can pay and is secured by the assets of the Company not otherwise encumbered.

On April 30, 2012, the Company’s VIE issued $103.7 million of asset-backed notes which bear interest at 4.0% and were sold at a discount to deliver a 5.21% yield, before considering transaction costs. The principal balance of the notes, which was secured by certain customer receivables, was reduced on a monthly basis by collections on the underlying customer receivables after the payment of interest and other expenses of the VIE. While the final maturity for the notes was April 2016, the Company repaid the

74

outstanding note balance in April 2013. In connection with the early repayment of the asset-backed notes, the Company accelerated the amortization of deferred financing cost resulting in an additional $0.4 million of interest expense during the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

The Company was in compliance with its debt covenants at January 31, 2014. 

As of January 31, 2014, the Company had immediately available borrowing capacity of approximately $157.9 million under its asset-based revolving credit facility, net of standby letters of credit issued, for general corporate purposes. The Company also had $155.8 million that may become available under its asset-based revolving credit facility if it grows the balance of eligible customer receivables and its total eligible inventory balances. The Company pays additional fees in the amount of 25 basis points for the additional commitment amount.

Interest expense including amortization of deferred financing costs incurred on outstanding debt totaled $15.3 million, $17.0 million and $22.5 million for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company capitalized borrowing costs of $333 thousand and $360 thousand during the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of January 31, in the year indicated are as follows:

(in thousands)
Year ended January 31,
2015	$	420
2016	323
2017	218
2018	535,071
2019	19
Total	$	536,051

The Company’s asset-based revolving credit facility provides it the ability to utilize letters of credit to secure its deductibles under the Company’s property and casualty insurance programs and risk reserves for certain of its third-party financing alternatives, among other acceptable uses. At January 31, 2014, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $1.3 million under this facility. The maximum potential amount of future payments under these letter of credit facilities is considered to be the aggregate face amount of each letter of credit commitment, which totals $1.3 million as of January 31, 2014.

Cash Flow Hedging Activity

The Company’s risk management activities primarily attempt to mitigate price risk related to fluctuations in interest payments on LIBOR-based floating rate debt instruments through the use of financial derivative instruments. The Company’s risk management strategy involves capping floating interest rates through the use of a series of purchased swaps and/or purchased put option caps. These capping transactions seek to mitigate the impact of upward floating interest rates on future cash flows. The Company’s risk management activities include the use of financial derivative instruments including, but not limited to, price swaps and options to seek protection from adverse price movements and to minimize potential increases to interest expenses. The Company enters into these financial derivative instruments directly with third parties in the over-the-counter market.

These financial derivative instruments are designated as cash flow hedging instruments, thus the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the financial derivatives are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) prior to settlement and are subsequently recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in interest expense when the actual LIBOR based interest expenses impact earnings. The effectiveness of cash flow hedges is evaluated at inception and on an on-going basis. Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges due to hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recognized in interest expense. During the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not recognize any gain or loss in earnings related to hedge ineffectiveness and did not exclude any component of the financial derivative contract gain or loss from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to these cash flow hedges. The Company had recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets within its balance sheets $43 thousand at January 31, 2013 for the fair value of its cash flow hedges. The fair value of cash flow hedges at January 31, 2014 was insignificant.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company entered into interest rate cap option transactions with notional amounts of $100 million. These cap options are held for the purpose of hedging against variable interest rate risk related to the variability

75

of cash flows in the interest payments on a portion of its variable-rate debt, based on the benchmark one-month LIBOR interest rate exceeding 1.0%. These cap options have monthly caplets extending through August, 2014. Changes in the cash flows of the interest rate cap transactions primarily offset the changes in cash flows (changes in base interest rate payments) attributable to fluctuations in the LIBOR interest rate.  For the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized fair value gains of approximately $123 thousand and $70 thousand, respectively, as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax effect related to time value of the interest rate caps. In addition, the Company reclassified losses of approximately $233 thousand into current earnings as a portion of the caps expired during each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, which is included in interest expense in the accompanying statement of operations.

The Company expects to reclassify net losses of $0.2 million to earnings during the next 12 months.

For the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no reclassifications to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of any cash flow hedges arising from the probability of the original forecasted transactions not occurring within the originally specified period of time defined within the hedging relationship.

At January 31, 2014 and 2013, all derivative assets and liabilities qualified for classification as Level 2 as defined by the GAAP hierarchy. The Company considers these over-the-counter derivative instruments entered into with third parties as Level 2 valuation since both the LIBOR pricing and valuations for these derivatives are obtained through third-party sources within active markets which are both directly and indirectly observable. All financial derivative assets and liabilities were non-trading positions.

8. Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary timing differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, all available evidence is considered to determine whether a valuation allowance is needed. Future realization of deferred tax assets depends in part on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback and carryforward period available under the tax law. Other criteria which are considered include the existence of deferred tax liabilities that can be used to realize deferred tax assets. Based upon the Company’s review of all evidence in existence at January 31, 2014, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all established deferred tax assets will be fully realized, based primarily on the assumption of future taxable income. The Company had no uncertain tax positions at either January 31, 2014 or 2013.

76

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:

(in thousands)	As of January 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	19,679		$	12,957
Deferred revenue	1,641			1,545
Stock-based compensation	1,513			2,004
Property and equipment	—			3,086
Inventories	1,403			670
Goodwill	—			135
Straight-line rent accrual	3,753			2,260
Accrual for store closures	1,523			1,785
Margin tax	1,032			818
Deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions	1,734			2,971
Accrued vacation and other	1,254			1,238
Total deferred tax assets	33,532			29,469
Deferred tax liabilities:
Sales tax receivable	(3,760		)	(1,924		)
Other	(1,767		)	(664		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(5,527		)	(2,588		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	28,005		$	26,881

As of January 31, 2014, the Company had a deferred tax asset of approximately $2.2 million which has not been recognized related to individual state net operating loss carryforwards. Under the Company’s current operating structure, it does not expect these state loss carryforwards will be realized.

The components of provision (benefit) for income taxes include:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Current:
Federal	$	52,208		$	28,795		$	(1,826	)
State	2,049			1,330			926
Total current	54,257			30,125			(900		)
Deferred:
Federal	(1,061		)	(38		)	751
State	(126		)	22			(10		)
Total deferred	(1,187		)	(16		)	741
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	53,070		$	30,109		$	(159	)

77

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the total tax provision for each of the periods presented in the statements of operations follows:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Provision (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate	$	51,275	$	28,952	$	(1,359	)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,489		878		594
Non-deductible entertainment, stock-based compensation and other	306		279		606
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	53,070	$	30,109	$	(159	)

9. Leases

The Company leases certain of its facilities and operating equipment. The real estate leases generally have initial lease periods from five to fifteen years with renewal options at the discretion of the Company; the equipment leases generally provide for initial lease terms of three to seven years and provide for a purchase right by the Company at the end of the lease term at the then fair market value of the equipment.

The following is a schedule of future minimum base rental payments required under the operating leases that have initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year:

(in thousands)
Year ending January 31,	Total
2015	$	34,008
2016	33,312
2017	30,708
2018	27,933
2019	24,860
Thereafter	106,620
Total	$	257,441

Total lease expense was approximately $31.2 million, $22.1 million and $22.6 million for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Certain of the Company’s leases are subject to scheduled minimum rent increases or escalation provisions, the cost of which is recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. At January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had a straight-line lease accrual of approximately $10.6 million and $6.4 million, respectively, included in accrued expenses on the accompanying balance sheet. Tenant improvement allowances, when granted by the lessor, are deferred and amortized as offset to lease expense over the term of the lease.

10. Common Stock

On December 12, 2012, the Company completed a common stock offering in which it sold 2,233,379 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $26.75 per share. The Company received net proceeds from the offering of $56.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering-related expenses. Additionally, certain selling stockholders sold 4,091,621 shares in the offering. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2012, the Company canceled 1.7 million shares of treasury stock, which was accounted for under the cost method. The cancellation resulted in the cost of the treasury stock of approximately $37.1 million in excess of par value being written off to retained earnings.

78

11. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has an Incentive Stock Option Plan, an Omnibus Incentive Plan, a Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan and a Director Restricted Stock Plan which provide for grants of stock options and restricted stock units to employees and directors, as applicable. As of January 31, 2014, shares authorized for future issuance were: 500,047 under the Incentive Stock Option Plan; 555,572 under the Omnibus Incentive Plan; 50,000 under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan; and 213,120 under the Director Restricted Stock Plan.

Stock options and restricted stock units generally vest over periods of one to five years from the date of grant. Stock options under the various plans are issued at prices equal to the market value on the date of the grant and, typically, expire ten years after the date of grant.

Employee Plans

A summary of the Company’s Incentive Stock Option Plan activity during the year ended January 31, 2014 is presented below (shares in thousands):

	Shares Under Option		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, January 31, 2013	1,659		$	13.34
Options granted	—		—
Options exercised	(674	)	14.81
Forfeited	(55	)	4.64
Expired	(20	)	30.23
Outstanding, January 31, 2014	910		$	12.39	4.9	$44.0 million
Exercisable, January 31, 2014	587		$	13.49	4.1	$27.7 million

A summary of the vesting activity under the Company’s Incentive Stock Option Plan during the year ended January 31, 2014 is presented below (shares in thousands):

	Shares Under Option		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested, January 31, 2013	607		$	4.35
Options granted	—		—
Options vested	(230	)	3.58
Canceled	(54	)	2.68
Nonvested, January 31, 2014	323		$	5.18

79

The restricted stock program consists of a combination of performance-based restricted stock units (“performance-based awards”) and time-based restricted stock units (“time-based awards”). The number of performance-based awards issued under the program, which can range from zero to 150 percent of the target units granted, is solely dependent upon the Company's achievement of a predefined return on invested capital ("ROIC") for the period identified in the grant. In the event ROIC exceeds the predefined target, shares for up to a maximum of 150% of the target award may be granted. In the event the ROIC falls below the predefined target, a reduced number of shares may be granted. If the ROIC falls below the threshold performance level, no shares will be granted. The performance-based awards vest 50% at the end of the second year and then 25% at the end of the third and fourth years. The time-based awards generally vest on a straight-line basis over five years. A summary of the restricted stock program under the Company’s Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below (shares and units in thousands):

	Time-Based Awards				Performance- Based Awards			Total
	No. of units		Fair Value (a)		No. of units (b)	Fair Value (a)		Restricted Stock Units
Outstanding, January 31, 2013	391		$	14.65	40	$	17.12	431
Restricted stock units granted	63		52.93		18	49.65		81
Performance adjustment(c)	—		—		18	17.12		18
Restricted stock units vested and converted to common stock	(100	)	12.94		—	—		(100	)
Forfeited	(20	)	18.70		—	—		(20	)
Outstanding, January 31, 2014	334		$	22.23	76	$	24.49	410

(a) Reflects the weighted average grant-date fair value.

(b) Performance-based units outstanding assume achievement of target level financial metrics related to the fiscal year 2014 grants.

(c) Performance-based units related to the fiscal year 2013 grants adjusted based on financial metrics achieved as of January 31, 2014.

The assumptions used in stock pricing model and valuation information for stock options and restricted stock units granted for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	Year Ended January 31,
	2014		2013			2012
Weighted average risk free interest rate	N/A(1)		0.5		%	0.4		%
Weighted average expected lives in years	N/A(1)		3.8			3.5
Weighted average volatility	N/A(1)		64.4		%	65.0		%
Expected dividends	—		—			—
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the period	$	—	$	10.42		$	5.46
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted during the period	$	52.22	$	20.13		$	8.66
Weighted average grant date fair value of options vested during the period	$	3.58	$	4.36		$	5.00
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period	$	12.94	$	8.33		$	5.23
Total fair value of options vested during the period	$0.8 million		$1.3 million			$1.8 million
Total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period	$1.3 million		$0.7 million			$0.2 million
Intrinsic value of options exercised during the period(2)	$23.9 million		$3.9 million			$1.2 million
Intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested and converted during the period	$5.5 million		$1.9 million			$0.5 million

(1) No options granted during fiscal year 2014.

(2) Does not include pre-IPO options that were valued using the minimum value option-pricing method.

80

The Company used a shortcut method to compute the weighted average expected life for the stock options granted in the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The shortcut method is an average based on the vesting period and the contractual term. The Company uses the shortcut method due to the lack of adequate historical experience or other comparable information. The weighted average volatility for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was calculated using the Company’s historical volatility. As of January 31, 2014, the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards of stock options not yet recognized totaled $1.1 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. As of January 31, 2014, the total compensation costs related to non-vested restricted stock units totaled $9.8 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years.

The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan is available to the employees of the Company, subject to minimum employment conditions and maximum compensation limitations. At the end of each calendar quarter, employee contributions are used to acquire shares of common stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first or last day of the calendar quarter. During the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company issued 27,808, 28,992 and 27,753 shares of common stock, respectively, to employees participating in the plan, leaving 1,054,832 shares remaining reserved for future issuance under the plan as of January 31, 2014.

Director Plans

During fiscal 2013, the Company granted non-employee directors 22,266 restricted stock units with a fair value of $18.17 per unit which vested in fiscal 2014.  During fiscal 2014, the Company granted non-employee directors 7,248 restricted stock units with a fair value of $49.65 per unit which vest in fiscal 2015 and were outstanding at January 31, 2014. The total intrinsic value of the restricted stock units vested during fiscal 2014 was $1.1 million.

Prior to fiscal 2012, the Company granted non-employee directors stock options. As of January 31, 2013, 313,000 shares remained under option and exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $16.02. During fiscal 2014, 143,000 options were exercised with a weighted average exercise price of $16.67 and a total intrinsic value of $4.2 million. As of January 31, 2014, 170,000 shares remained under option with a weighted average exercise price of $15.48, a weighted average contractual life of 4.9 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $7.7 million.

During the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized total compensation cost for stock-based compensation of approximately $3.9 million, $2.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, and recognized tax benefits related to that compensation cost of approximately $1.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

12. Significant Vendors

As shown in the table below, a significant portion of the Company’s merchandise purchases for years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were made from six vendors:

	Year ended January 31,
Vendor	2014		2013		2012
A	23.9	%	20.7	%	19.0	%
B	14.2		18.1		12.6
C	5.4		5.7		12.1
D	5.1		5.4		9.2
E	4.7		5.2		5.6
F	4.6		5.1		5.6
Totals	57.9	%	60.2	%	64.1	%

The vendors shown above represent the top six vendors with the highest volume in each period shown. The same vendor may not necessarily be represented in all periods presented.

13. Related Party Transactions

From time to time, the Company has engaged Stephens Inc. to act as its financial advisor. In connection with the common stock offering completed during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 and further discussed in Note 10, the Company engaged Stephens Inc. to act as one of the underwriters for the offering. Stephens Inc. received underwriting fees and commission of

81

approximately $1.1 million in connection with the sale of shares by the Company in the offering. Stephens Inc. and its affiliates beneficially owned 7,316,812 shares, or approximately 22.3% of the Company’s common stock as of November 29, 2012. Douglas H. Martin, one of the Company’s directors, is an Executive Vice President of Stephens Inc. and was one of the selling stockholders. The disinterested members of the Company’s board of directors have determined that it is in the Company’s best interest to engage Stephens Inc. in such capacity, and the engagement of Stephens Inc. as financial advisor was approved by the independent members of the Company’s board of directors after full disclosure of the conflicts of interests of the related parties in the transaction.

During fiscal years 2013 and 2012, the Company engaged the services of Direct Marketing Solutions, Inc. (“DMS”), for a substantial portion of its direct mailing advertising. DMS was partially owned (less than 50%) by the SF Holding Corp., members of the Stephens family, Jon E.M. Jacoby and Douglas H. Martin during fiscal year 2012 and a portion of 2013. The owners of DMS sold the company during fiscal year 2013. SF Holding Corp. and the members of the Stephens family are significant stockholders of the Company, and Messrs. Jacoby and Martin are members of its board of directors. Amounts paid to DMS for fees and postage during the fiscal years 2013 and 2012 totaled approximately $2.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

14. Benefit Plans

The Company has established a defined contribution 401(k) plan for eligible employees who are at least 21 years old and have completed at least one year of service. Employees may contribute up to 20% of their eligible pretax compensation to the plan. The Company matches 100% of the first 3% of the employees’ contributions. At its option, the Company may make supplemental contributions to the Plan, but has not made such contributions in the past three years. The matching contributions made by the Company totaled $1.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million during the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

15. Contingencies

Litigation. On March 5, 2014, the Company and three of its current executive officers were sued in a purported securities class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas captioned Milton S. Linder, Individually and on Behalf of All Other Similarly Situated v. Conn’s, Inc., Theodore M. Wright, Brian E. Taylor, and Michael J. Poppe, Case No. 4:14-cv-00548.  On March 7, 2014, a similar suit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas captioned Peter Holman, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Conn’s, Inc., Theodore M. Wright, Brian E. Taylor, and Michael J. Poppe, Case No. 4:14-cv-00570.  The complaints allege that the defendants made false and misleading statements and/or failed to disclose material adverse facts about the Company’s business, operations, and prospects.  The complaints allege violations of sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.  The complaints do not specify the amount of damages sought.  The defendants intend to vigorously defend against these claims. It is not possible at this time to predict the timing or outcome of the class action lawsuits that have or may be filed.

In addition, the Company is involved in other routine litigation and claims incidental to its business from time to time and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these matters, which are not expected to be material. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.  However, the results of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, and changes in facts and circumstances could impact the Company’s estimate of reserves for litigation.

Insurance. Because of its inventory, vehicle fleet and general operations, the Company has purchased insurance covering a broad variety of potential risks. The Company purchases insurance policies covering general liability, workers compensation, real property, inventory and employment practices liability, among others. Additionally, the Company has umbrella policies with an aggregate limit of $50.0 million. The Company has retained a portion of the risk under these policies and its group health insurance program. See additional discussion under Note 1. The Company has a $1.3 million letter of credit outstanding supporting its obligations under the property and casualty portion of its insurance program.

82

16. Segment Information

Financial information by segment is presented in the following tables for fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	Year ended January 31, 2014
	Retail		Credit		Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	903,917	$	—	$	903,917
Repair service agreement commissions	75,671		—		75,671
Service revenues	12,252		—		12,252
Total net sales	991,840		—		991,840
Finance charges and other	1,522		200,407		201,929
Total revenues	993,362		200,407		1,193,769
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	588,721		—		588,721
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,327		—		5,327
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	262,702		76,826		339,528
Provision for bad debts	468		95,756		96,224
Charges and credits	2,117		—		2,117
Total cost and expenses	859,335		172,582		1,031,917
Operating income	134,027		27,825		161,852
Interest expense	—		15,323		15,323
Other expense, net	10		—		10
Income before income taxes	$	134,017	$	12,502	$	146,519
Total assets	$	283,637	$	1,014,349	$	1,297,986
Property and equipment additions	$	51,096	$	1,031	$	52,127
Depreciation expense	$	11,892	$	706	$	12,598

83

	Year ended January 31, 2013
	Retail			Credit		Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	649,516		$	—	$	649,516
Repair service agreement commissions	51,648			—		51,648
Service revenues	13,103			—		13,103
Total net sales	714,267			—		714,267
Finance charges and other	1,236			149,529		150,765
Total revenues	715,503			149,529		865,032
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	454,682			—		454,682
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,965			—		5,965
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	197,498			55,691		253,189
Provision for bad debts	758			46,901		47,659
Charges and credits	2,498			527		3,025
Total cost and expenses	661,401			103,119		764,520
Operating income	54,102			46,410		100,512
Interest expense	—			17,047		17,047
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	—			897		897
Other expense, net	(153		)	—		(153		)
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	54,255		$	28,466	$	82,721
Total assets	$	188,609		$	721,248	$	909,857
Property and equipment additions	$	31,820		$	533	$	32,353
Depreciation expense	$	8,479		$	473	$	8,952

84

	Year ended January 31, 2012
	Retail		Credit			Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	596,360	$	—		$	596,360
Repair service agreement commissions	42,078		—			42,078
Service revenues	15,246		—			15,246
Total net sales	653,684		—			653,684
Finance charges and other	1,335		137,283			138,618
Total revenues	655,019		137,283			792,302
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	455,493		—			455,493
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	6,527		—			6,527
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	180,234		56,864			237,098
Provision for bad debts	590		52,965			53,555
Charges and credits	9,522		406			9,928
Total cost and expenses	652,366		110,235			762,601
Operating income	2,653		27,048			29,701
Interest expense	—		22,457			22,457
Costs related to financing facilities terminated and transactions not completed	—		11,056			11,056
Other expense, net	70		—			70
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	2,583	$	(6,465	)	$	(3,882	)
Total assets	$	159,269	$	624,029		$	783,298
Property and equipment additions	$	4,236	$	150		$	4,386
Depreciation expense	$	10,080	$	545		$	10,625

(a) Selling, general and administrative expenses include the direct expenses of the retail and credit operations, allocated overhead expenses and a charge to the credit segment to reimburse the retail segment for expenses it incurs related to occupancy, personnel, advertising and other direct costs of the retail segment which benefit the credit operations by sourcing credit customers and collecting payments. The reimbursement received by the retail segment from the credit segment is estimated using an annual rate of 2.5% times the average portfolio balance for each applicable period. The amount of overhead allocated to each segment was approximately $11.4 million, $9.0 million and $8.2 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amount of reimbursement made to the retail segment by the credit segment was approximately $21.7 million, $16.7 million and $15.6 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

85

17. Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly statement of operations information for the eight quarters ended January 31, 2014. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on a consistent basis and includes all normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown.

	Fiscal Year 2014
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	Quarter Ended
	Apr. 30			Jul. 31			Oct. 31			Jan. 31			Total
Revenues:
Retail Segment	$	209,787		$	224,002		$	257,484		$	302,089		$	993,362
Credit Segment	41,276			46,687			53,392			59,052			200,407
Total revenues	251,063			270,689			310,876			361,141			1,193,769
Percent of annual revenues	21.0		%	22.7		%	26.0		%	30.3		%	100.0		%
Operating income:
Retail Segment	$	27,300		$	25,662		$	31,254		$	49,811		$	134,027
Credit Segment	11,708			7,530			10,444			(1,857		)	27,825
Total operating income	39,008			33,192			41,698			47,954			161,852
Interest expense	3,871			3,135			3,714			4,603			15,323
Other (income) expense	(6		)	(32		)	—			48			10
Income before income taxes	35,143			30,089			37,984			43,303			146,519
Provision for income taxes	12,967			10,927			13,608			15,568			53,070
Net income	$	22,176		$	19,162		$	24,376		$	27,735		$	93,449
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.63		$	0.54		$	0.68		$	0.77		$	2.61
Diluted	$	0.61		$	0.52		$	0.66		$	0.75		$	2.54
Outstanding shares:
Basic	35,313			35,777			35,955			36,054			35,779
Diluted	36,452			36,849			36,965			37,021			36,861

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, credit segment operations were negatively impacted by an increase in the provision for bad debts which climbed $15.6 million, or 69.1%, sequentially. The increase in provision for bad debts was primarily driven by growth in the average receivable portfolio outstanding of $116.4 million, or 13.0%, as compared to the quarter ended October 31, 2013. Additionally, the provision for bad debts rose due to deterioration in portfolio delinquency rates. The percentage of the customer portfolio balance greater than 60 days past due was 8.8% as of January 31, 2014, which compares to 8.5% as of October 31, 2013.

86

	Fiscal Year 2013
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	Quarter Ended
	Apr. 30			Jul. 31			Oct. 31			Jan. 31			Total
Revenues:
Retail Segment	$	167,178		$	171,931		$	167,663		$	208,731		$	715,503
Credit Segment	33,673			35,505			38,738			41,613			149,529
Total revenues	200,851			207,436			206,401			250,344			865,032
Percent of annual revenues	23.2		%	24.0		%	23.9		%	28.9		%	100.0		%
Operating income:
Retail Segment	$	10,761		$	12,537		$	12,308		$	18,496		$	54,102
Credit Segment	11,093			10,617			11,583			13,117			46,410
Total operating income	21,854			23,154			23,891			31,613			100,512
Interest expense	3,759			4,874			4,526			3,888			17,047
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	—			—			818			79			897
Other (income) expense	(96		)	(6		)	(3		)	(48		)	(153		)
Income before income taxes	18,191			18,286			18,550			27,694			82,721
Provision for income taxes	6,635			6,680			6,765			10,029			30,109
Net income	$	11,556		$	11,606		$	11,785		$	17,665		$	52,612
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.36		$	0.36		$	0.36		$	0.52		$	1.60
Diluted	$	0.35		$	0.35		$	0.35		$	0.50		$	1.56
Outstanding shares:
Basic	32,195			32,404			32,553			34,072			32,862
Diluted	32,904			33,119			33,539			35,161			33,768

18. Subsequent Event

On March 24, 2014, the Company received an additional $30.0 million of lender commitments under its asset-based loan facility increasing total commitments to $880.0 million.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on management's evaluation (with the participation of our interim Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO)), as of the end of the period covered by this report, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

87

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Please refer to Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 8. of this report.

Auditor’s Report Relating to Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Please refer to the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on page 59 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred in the quarter ended January 31, 2014, which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal controls over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

88

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement in connections with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement in connections with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement in connections with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement in connections with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement in connections with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

89

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

(1)The financial statements listed in response to Item 8 of this report are as follows:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)Financial Statement Schedule:  Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. The financial statement schedule and the related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements filed as a part of this report.  Financial statement schedules not included in this report have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(3)Exhibits:  A list of the exhibits filed as part of this report is set forth in the Index to Exhibits, which immediately precedes such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

90

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	CONN'S, INC.
	(Registrant)
	/s/ Theodore M. Wright
Date:  March 27, 2014	Theodore M. Wright
	Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Theodore M. Wright
Theodore M. Wright	Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer And President (Principal Executive Officer)	March 27, 2014
/s/ Brian E. Taylor
Brian E. Taylor	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 27, 2014
/s/ Jon E. M. Jacoby
Jon E. M. Jacoby	Director	March 27, 2014
/s/ Kelly Malson
Kelly Malson	Director	March 27, 2014
/s/ Bob L. Martin
Bob L. Martin	Director	March 27, 2014
/s/ Douglas H. Martin
Douglas H. Martin	Director	March 27, 2014
/s/ David Schofman
David Schofman	Director	March 27, 2014
/s/ Scott L. Thompson
Scott L. Thompson	Director	March 27, 2014

91

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Conn’s, Inc. and Subsidiaries

			Additions
	Balance at		Charged to		Charged to
(Dollars in thousands) Description	Beginning of Period		Costs and Expenses		other Accounts (a)		Deductions (b)			Balance at End of Period
Year ended January 31, 2012
Reserves and allowances from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	44,075	$	52,605	$	9,448	$	(56,170	)	$	49,958
Year ended January 31, 2013
Reserves and allowances from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	49,958		47,614		8,130		(61,791		)	43,911
Year ended January 31, 2014
Reserves and allowances from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	43,911		95,376		14,926		(82,412		)	71,801

(a) Includes provision for uncollectible interest, which is included in finance charges and other.

(b) Uncollectible principal and interest written off, net of recoveries.

92

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of Conn's, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Conn's, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-109046) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2003)
3.1.1	Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Conn’s, Inc. dated June 3, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended April 30, 2004 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2004)
3.1.2	Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Conn’s, Inc. dated May 30, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended April 30, 2012 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2012)
3.1.3	Certificate of Correction to Certificate to the Certificate of Amendment to Conn’s, Inc. Certificate of Incorporation (as corrected December 31, 2013) (filed herewith)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Conn’s, Inc. effective as of December 3, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2013)
4.1	Specimen of certificate for shares of Conn's, Inc.'s common stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Conn's, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-109046) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2003)
10.1	Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Conn's, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-109046) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2003)
10.1.1	Amendment to the Conn’s, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to Conn’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended April 30, 2004 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2004)
10.1.2	Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to Conn’s, Inc.  Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2005 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2005)
10.1.3	2011 Employee Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 to Conn’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011 (File No. 000-50421) filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 26, 2011)
10.1.4	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2011 Employee Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.4 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 26, 2011)
10.2	2003 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Conn's, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-109046)as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2003)
10.2.1	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2005 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2005)
10.3	2011 Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 to Conn’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011 (File No. 000-50421) filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 26, 2011)

93

10.3.1	First Amendment to Conn's, Inc. 2011 Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan dated effective August 27, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Conn’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2013)
10.3.2	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2011 Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.3 to Conn’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011 (File No. 000-50421) filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 26, 2011)
10.3.3	Revised Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2011 Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Conn’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2013)
10.3.4	Form of Deferral Election Form under the 2011 Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Conn’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2013)
10.4	Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Conn's, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-109046) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2003)
10.5	Conn's 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Conn's, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-109046) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2003)
10.6	Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated September 26, 2012, by and among Conn’s, Inc. and the Existing Grantors thereunder, and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Agent for Lenders (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5.4 to Conn's, Inc. Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended October 31, 2012 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2012)
10.6.1	Second Amended and Restated Continuing Guaranty dated as of September 26, 2012, by Conn’s, Inc. and the Existing Guarantors thereunder, in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Agent for Lenders (filed herewith)
10.6.2	Joinder Agreement dated November 27, 2012, by and among Conn’s, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Agent for Lenders and Cole Taylor Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5.4 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended October 31, 2012 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2012)
10.6.3	Commitment Increase Agreement dated March 27, 2013, by and among Conn’s, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Agent for Lenders, JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA, Regions Bank, Compass Bank and Capital One, NA (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5.6 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013(File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2013)
10.6.4	Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated September 26, 2012, by and among Conn’s, Inc. and the Existing Grantors thereunder, and Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Agent for Lenders (filed herewith)
10.7	Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Conn's, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-109046) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2003)
10.8	Executive Severance Agreement by and between Conn’s, Inc. and Michael J. Poppe dated as of September 1, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2011 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2011)

10.9 Executive Severance Agreement between Conn’s, Inc. and David W. Trahan dated as of September 1, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2011 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2011)

94

10.10	Executive Severance Agreement between Conn’s, Inc. and Reymundo de la Fuente, dated as of September 1, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2011 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2011)
10.11	Executive Severance Agreement between Conn’s, Inc. and Theodore M. Wright, dated as of December 5, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 8-K (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 8, 2011)
10.12	Executive Severance Agreement between Conn’s, Inc. and Brian E. Taylor, dated as of April 23, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form 8-K (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2012)
10.13	Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement dated as of December 3, 2013, by and between Theodore M. Wright and Conn's, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2013)
10.14	Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement dated as of December 3, 2013, by and between Michael J. Poppe and Conn's, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2013)
10.15	Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement dated as of December 3, 2013, by and between David W. Trahan and Conn's, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2013)
10.16	Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement dated as of December 3, 2013, by and between Brian E. Taylor and Conn's, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2013 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2013)
10.17	Base Indenture dated April 30, 2012, by and between Conn’s Receivables Funding I, LP, as Issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2012 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2012)
10.18	Series 2012-A Supplement dated April 30, 2012, by and between Conn’s Receivable Funding I, LP, as Issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2012 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2012)
10.19	Servicing Agreement dated April 30, 2012, by and among Conn’s Receivables Funding I, LP, as Issuer, Conn Appliances, Inc., as Servicer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Conn’s, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2012 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2012)
11.1	Statement re: computation of earnings per share is included under Note 1 to the financial statements
12.1	Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith)
21	Subsidiaries of Conn's, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21 to Conn's, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2007 (File No. 000-50421) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 30, 2007)
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith)
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer) (filed herewith)
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer) (filed herewith)

95

32.1

Section 1350 Certification (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) (furnished herewith)

101

The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, (ii) the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iii) the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iv) the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and (vi) Financial statement Schedule: Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

96

EX-3.1.3

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

Conn’s, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. The name of the corporation is Conn’s, Inc. (the “Company”).

2. That a Certificate of Amendment (the “Amendment”) to Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) was filed by the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 30, 2012 and that said Amendment requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The inaccuracy or defect of said Amendment is:

On May 30, 2012, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the first paragraph of Article IV of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation increasing the number of authorized shares of Company common stock, par value $.01 per share, from 40,000,000 to 50,000,000. The Amendment filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 30, 2012 inadvertently amended and restated the entirety, and not just the first paragraph, of Article IV of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

4. Article 2 of the Amendment is corrected to read as follows:

“The first paragraph of ARTICLE FOUR is deleted and is replaced in its entirety as follows:

The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is fifty one million (51,000,000) shares of stock, of which fifty million (50,000,000) shares are Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), and one million (1,000,000) shares are Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate of Correction this 31st day of December, 2013.

By:/s/ Robert F. Bell                

Name:    Robert F. Bell

Title:    Vice President and General Counsel

EX-10.6.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CONTINUING GUARANTY

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CONTINUING GUARANTY (as amended from time to time, this “Guaranty”), dated as of September 26, 2012, is executed by CONN’S, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), CAI HOLDING CO., a Delaware corporation (“CAIH”), CAI CREDIT INSURANCE AGENCY, INC., a Louisiana corporation (“CAIC”), CONN LENDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CLL”), and CAIAIR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“CAIAIR”; together with Parent, CAIH, CAIC, and CLL collectively the “Existing Guarantors”) (the Existing Guarantors are sometimes individually referred to herein as “Guarantor” and collectively as “Guarantors”), in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as agent for Lenders (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, “Agent”), in light of the following facts:

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Loan Agreement”), by and among Parent, Conn Appliances, Inc., a Texas corporation (“CAI”), Conn Credit I, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“CCI”), and Conn Credit Corporation, Inc. (“CCCI”, and together with CAI and CCI, collectively, “Borrowers”), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (collectively, “Lenders”), Agent, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as book runner and lead arranger for the Lenders, the Lenders have agreed to provide certain financial accommodations to Borrowers;

WHEREAS, each Existing Guarantor previously agreed to guaranty the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to that Amended and Restated Continuing Guaranty dated November 30, 2010 (the “Prior Guaranty”); and

WHEREAS, Guarantors have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Guaranty in its entirety in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Guaranty.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used which are not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2.Guaranty. Each Guarantor hereby jointly, severally, absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of every kind, nature and character, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, voluntary or involuntary and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of Borrowers to Agent or any Lender arising under the Loan Agreement and any instruments, agreements or Loan Documents of any kind or nature now or hereafter executed in connection with the Loan Agreement(including the Obligations and all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with the collection or enforcement of any of the foregoing), and whether recovery upon such indebtedness and liabilities may be or hereafter become unenforceable or shall be an allowed or disallowed claim under any case or proceeding commenced by or against any other Guarantor or any Borrower under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such other Guarantor or Borrower to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such other Guarantor or Borrower or any part of its properties; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors (collectively, “Insolvency Proceeding”), and including interest that accrues after the commencement by or against any Borrower of any proceeding under any Insolvency Proceeding (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon the Guarantors and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations absent manifest

1

error. As to each Guarantor, this Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations against any Borrower or any other Guarantor or other obligor, or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Guaranteed Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Guaranteed Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense of any Borrower or any other Guarantor or other obligor, to the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder at any time shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any comparable provisions of any similar federal or state law.

3.No Setoff or Deductions; Taxes; Payments. Each Guarantor shall make all payments hereunder without setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein. If any such obligation (other than one arising with respect to taxes based on or measured by the income or profits of the Lender) is imposed upon such Guarantor with respect to any amount payable by it hereunder, each Guarantor will pay to the Lender, on the date on which such amount is due and payable hereunder, such additional amount in U.S. dollars as shall be necessary to enable Agent and Lenders to receive the same net amount which Agent and Lenders would have received on such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon such Guarantor. Each Guarantor will deliver promptly to Agent certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Guarantors hereunder. The obligations of the Guarantors under this paragraph shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and termination of this Guaranty.

4.Rights of Lenders. Each Guarantor consents and agrees that Agent and Lenders may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Guaranteed Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Agent or Lenders in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of the Guarantors under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of any Guarantor.

5.Certain Waivers. Each Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any Borrower or any other guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of Agent or any Lender) of the liability of such Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that such Guarantors’ obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrowers; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Guarantors’ liability hereunder; (d) any right to require Agent to proceed against any Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in Agent’s or any Lender’s power whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Agent or any Lender; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. Each Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of non-payment or non-performance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor waives any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Guarantor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, 2899 and 3433 of the California Civil Code.

6.Obligations Independent. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are those of a primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations and the obligations of any other

2

guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not any Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

7.Subrogation. No Guarantor shall exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and any commitments of Agent and Lenders or facilities provided by Agent or Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. If any amounts are paid to any Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to Agent to reduce the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

8.Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Guaranteed Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Guaranty are indefeasibly paid in full in cash and any commitments of Agent and Lenders or facilities provided by Agent or Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower or any Guarantor is made, or Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Agent or any Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether Agent or any Lender is in possession of or has released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of each Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

9.Subordination. Each Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Borrowers owing to such Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of any Borrower to any Guarantor as subrogee of Agent or any Lender or resulting from such Guarantor’s performance under this Guaranty, to the indefeasible satisfaction of all Guaranteed Obligations, and the termination of any commitments by Lenders under the Loan Agreement. If Agent or any Lender so requests, any such obligation or indebtedness of any Borrower to any Guarantor shall be enforced and performance received by such Guarantor as trustee for Agent and Lenders and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to Agent on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of any Guarantor under this Guaranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Guarantor may demand and accept repayments of indebtedness of a Borrower owing to such Guarantor as such repayment is expressly permitted under the Loan Agreement.

10.Stay of Acceleration. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against any Guarantor or any Borrower under any Insolvency Proceeding, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantors immediately upon demand by Agent.

11.Expenses. Each Guarantor shall pay on demand all out-of-pocket expenses in any way relating to the enforcement or protection of Agent’s or any Lender’s rights under this Guaranty or in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including any incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and any incurred in the preservation, protection or enforcement of any rights of Agent or any Lenders in any Insolvency Proceeding. The obligations of each Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and termination of this Guaranty.

12.Miscellaneous. No provision of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified, except by a written instrument executed by Agent and each Guarantor. No failure by Agent or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or in equity. The unenforceability or invalidity of any provision of this Guaranty shall not affect the

3

enforceability or validity of any other provision herein. Except as set forth in Section 22 herein, unless otherwise agreed by Agent and the Guarantors in writing, this Guaranty is not intended to supersede or otherwise affect any other guaranty now or hereafter given by any Guarantor for the benefit of Agent or any Lender or any term or provision thereof.

13.Condition of Borrowers. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from each Borrower and any other guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of such Borrower and any such other guarantor as the Guarantor requires, and that Agent and Lenders have no duty, and no Guarantor is relying on Agent or any Lender at any time, to disclose to such Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of any Borrower or any other guarantor (the guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Lender to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).

14.Setoff. If and to the extent any payment is not made when due hereunder, Agent and any Lender may setoff and charge from time to time any amount so due against any or all of any Guarantor’s accounts or deposits with Agent or any Lender.

15.Representations and Warranties. Each Guarantor represents and warrants that (a) it is duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has full capacity and right to make and perform this Guaranty, and all necessary authority has been obtained; (b) this Guaranty constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms; (c) the making and performance of this Guaranty does not and will not violate the provisions of any applicable law, regulation or order, and does not and will not result in the breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent under, any material agreement, instrument, or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound or affected; and (d) all consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations of, and filings and registrations with, any governmental authority required under applicable law and regulations for the making and performance of this Guaranty have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

16.Indemnification and Survival. Without limitation on any other obligations of the Guarantors or remedies of Agent or any Lender under this Guaranty, each Guarantor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless Agent and each Lender from and against, and shall pay on demand, any and all damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the allocated cost and disbursements of internal legal counsel) that may be suffered or incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with or as a result of any failure of any Guaranteed Obligations to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of any Borrower enforceable against the Borrowers in accordance with their terms. The obligations of each Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and termination of this Guaranty.

17.    (1)    GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES (BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS).

(a)    Consent to Forum; Arbitration.

(i)    Forum. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN OR WITH JURISDICTION OVER LOS ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, IN ANY PROCEEDING OR DISPUTE RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS GUARANTY, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT BY IT SOLELY IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS, OBJECTIONS AND DEFENSES THAT IT MAY HAVE REGARDING SUCH COURT’S PERSONAL OR SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM. Service of process by Agent in connection with an action or proceeding regarding this Guaranty shall be binding on each Guarantor if sent to such Guarantor by registered or certified mail at its address specified below or such other address as from time to time notified by such Guarantor. Nothing herein shall limit the right of Agent or any Lender to bring proceedings against any Guarantor in any other court, nor limit the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted

4

by applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude enforcement by Agent of any judgment or order obtained in any forum or jurisdiction.

(ii)    Arbitration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, any controversy or claim among the parties relating in any way to any Guaranteed Obligations or this Guaranty, including any alleged tort, shall at the request of any party hereto be determined by binding arbitration conducted in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9 U.S. Code) (the “Act”). Arbitration proceedings will be determined in accordance with the Act, the then-current rules and procedures for the arbitration of financial services disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and the terms of this Section. In the event of any inconsistency, the terms of this Section shall control. If AAA is unwilling or unable to serve as the provider of arbitration or to enforce any provision of this Section, Agent may designate another arbitration organization with similar procedures to serve as the provider of arbitration. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Los Angeles or Pasadena, California. The arbitration hearing shall commence within 90 days of the arbitration demand and close within 90 days thereafter. The arbitration award must be issued within 30 days after close of the hearing (subject to extension by the arbitrator for up to 60 days upon a showing of good cause), and shall include a concise written statement of reasons for the award. The arbitrator shall give effect to applicable statutes of limitation in determining any controversy or claim, and for these purposes, service on AAA under applicable AAA rules of a notice of claim is the equivalent of the filing of a lawsuit. Any dispute concerning this Section or whether a controversy or claim is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall have the power to award legal fees to the extent provided by this Agreement. Judgment upon an arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuant to a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief. No controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or claim relates to an obligation secured by real estate, but if all parties do not consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, it shall be determined as provided in the next sentence. At the request of any party, a controversy or claim that is not submitted to arbitration as provided above shall be determined by judicial reference; and if such an election is made, the parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in AAA sponsored proceedings and the presiding referee of the panel (or the referee if there is a single referee) shall be an active attorney or retired judge; and judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees shall be entered in the court in which proceeding was commenced. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section shall limit the right of Agent or Lenders to exercise self-help remedies, such as setoff, foreclosure or sale of any collateral or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, after or during any arbitration proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of any party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Agent’s option, foreclosure against any real property security may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale thereunder or by judicial foreclosure.

18.Assignment. This Guaranty shall (a) bind each Guarantor and its successors and assigns, provided that no Guarantor may assign its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of Agent (and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void), and (b) inure to the benefit of Agent, Lender and their successors and assigns and any Lender may, without notice to the Guarantors and without affecting the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder, assign, sell or grant participations in the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty, in whole or in part. Each Guarantor agrees that Agent and Lenders may disclose to any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations of all or part of the Guaranteed Obligations any and all information in Agent’s or Lender’s possession concerning any Guarantor, this Guaranty and any security for this Guaranty.

19.Notices and Communications.

(a)    Notice Address. All notices and other communications by or to a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be given to any party, at such party’s address shown on the signature pages hereof. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective only (a) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the applicable facsimile number, if confirmation of receipt is received; (b) if given by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, with first-class postage pre-paid, addressed to the applicable address; or (c) if given by personal delivery,

5

when duly delivered to the notice address with receipt acknowledged. Any written notice or other communication that is not sent in conformity with the foregoing provisions shall nevertheless be effective on the date actually received by the noticed party.

(b)    Electronic Communications; Voice Mail. Electronic and voice mail may not be used as effective notice under this Guaranty.

(c)    Non-Conforming Communications. Agent and Lenders may rely upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of any Guarantor even if such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not confirmed, or if the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from a later confirmation. Each Guarantor shall indemnify and hold harmless each of Agent, each Lender, and their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents and attorneys from any liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arising from any telephonic communication purportedly given by or on behalf of a Guarantor.

20.Additional Guarantor Waivers and Agreements.

(a)    Each Guarantor understands and acknowledges that if Agent forecloses judicially or non-judicially against any real property security for the Guaranteed Obligations, that foreclosure could impair or destroy any ability that such Guarantor may have to seek reimbursement, contribution, or indemnification from Borrowers or others based on any right such Guarantor may have of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnification for any amounts paid by such Guarantor under this Guaranty. Each Guarantor further understands and acknowledges that in the absence of this paragraph, such potential impairment or destruction of such Guarantor’s rights, if any, may entitle such Guarantor to assert a defense to this Guaranty based on Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure as interpreted in Union Bank v. Gradsky, 265 Cal. App. 2d 40 (1968). By executing this Guaranty, each Guarantor freely, irrevocably, and unconditionally: (i) waives and relinquishes that defense and agrees that such Guarantor will be fully liable under this Guaranty even though Agent may foreclose, either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of trust securing the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) agrees that such Guarantor will not assert that defense in any action or proceeding which Agent may commence to enforce this Guaranty; (iii) acknowledges and agrees the rights and defenses waived by such Guarantor in this Guaranty include any right or defense that such Guarantor may have or be entitled to assert based upon or arising out of any one or more of Sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or Section 2848 of the California Civil Code; and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that Agent and Lenders are relying on this waiver in creating the Guaranteed Obligations, and that this waiver is a material part of the consideration which Agent and Lenders are receiving for creating the Guaranteed Obligations.

(b)    Each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that such Guarantor may have because of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is secured by real property. This means, among other things: (i) Agent may collect from the Guarantors without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any Borrower; and (ii) if Agent forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any Borrower: (A) the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (B) Agent may collect from the Guarantors even if Agent, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right the Guarantors may have to collect from the Borrowers. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses any Guarantor may have because any of the Guaranteed Obligations is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

(c)    Each Guarantor waives any right or defense it may have at law or equity, including California Code of Civil Procedure Section 580a, to a fair market value hearing or action to determine a deficiency judgment after a foreclosure.

21.Obligations Secured. The obligations of Guarantors hereunder are secured by that certain Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement entered into by Guarantors and Agent as of even date herewith, as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

6

22.No Novation. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, effective upon the execution and delivery of this Guaranty by such Guarantor, the terms and provisions of the Prior Guaranty shall be and hereby are amended, restated and superseded in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Guaranty. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations of Guarantors outstanding under the Prior Guaranty, which obligations shall remain in full force and effect, except to the extent that the terms thereof are modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Guaranty shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Guarantors from any of their obligations or liabilities under the Prior Guaranty or any of the other loan documents executed in connection therewith. Each Guarantor hereby confirms and agrees that each Loan Document to which it is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects except that on and after the date hereof all references in any such Loan Document to “the Guaranty”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Prior Guaranty shall mean the Prior Guaranty as amended and restated by this Guaranty.

[Signature pages to follow]

7

CONN’S, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title:Chief Financial Officer and Vice President

Address:

4055 Technology Forest Drive

The Woodlands, TX 77381

CAI CREDIT INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.,

a Louisiana corporation

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title: Chief Financial Officer             

Address:

4055 Technology Forest Drive

The Woodlands, TX 77381

CAI HOLDING CO.,

a Delaware corporation

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    

Address:

4055 Technology Forest Drive

The Woodlands, TX 77381

Second Amended and Restated Continuing Guaranty

CONN LENDING, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:/s/ Mary Stawikey                

Name: Mary Stawikey                

Title: President and Secretary            

Address:

103 Foulk Rd., Ste. 202

Wilmington, DE 19803

CAIAIR, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    

Address:

4055 Technology Forest Drive

The Woodlands, TX 77381

Second Amended and Restated Continuing Guaranty

EX-10.6.4

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATEDSECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Security Agreement”), dated as of September 26, 2012, is entered into by and among CONN’S, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), CAI HOLDING CO., a Delaware corporation (“CAIH”), CAI CREDIT INSURANCE AGENCY, INC., a Louisiana corporation (“CAIC”), CONN LENDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CLL”), and CAIAIR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“CAIAIR”; together with Parent, CAIH, CAIC, and CLL collectively the “Existing Grantors”) (the Existing Grantors are sometimes individually referred to herein as “Grantor” and collectively as “Grantors”), collectively, on one hand, and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as Agent for Lenders (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, “Agent”), on the other hand, in light of the following facts:

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Loan Agreement”), by and among Parent, Conn Appliances, Inc., a Texas corporation (“CAI”), Conn Credit I, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“CCI”), and Conn Credit Corporation, Inc., a Texas corporation (“CCCI”, and together with CAI and CCI, collectively, “Borrowers”), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (collectively, “Lenders”), Agent, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as book runner and lead arranger for the Lenders, the Lenders have agreed to provide certain financial accommodations to Borrowers;

WHEREAS, each Existing Grantor previously agreed to guaranty the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Continuing Guaranty dated as the date thereof (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Guaranty”) and also agreed to grant a continuing Lien (as hereinafter defined) on the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) to secure its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated November 30, 2010 (the “Prior Security Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Grantors have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Security Agreement in its entirety in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.DEFINED TERMS. The following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Agent Indemnitees: Agent and its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, and agents.

Affiliate: with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Law: all laws, rules, regulations and governmental guidelines applicable to the Person, conduct, transaction, agreement or matter in question, including all applicable statutory law, common law and equitable principles, and all provisions of constitutions, treaties, statutes, rules, regulations, orders and decrees of Governmental Authorities.

Bank of America Indemnitees: Bank of America, N.A. and its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, and agents.

Collateral: has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

1

Governmental Authority: any federal, state, municipal, foreign or other governmental department, agency, commission, board, bureau, court, tribunal, instrumentality, political subdivision, or other entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions for or pertaining to any government or court, in each case whether associated with the United States, a state, district or territory thereof, or a foreign entity or government.

Indemnitees: Agent Indemnitees, Lender Indemnitees, Issuing Bank Indemnitees and Bank of America Indemnitees.

Intellectual Property: all intellectual and similar Property of a Person, including inventions, designs, patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, customer lists, know-how, software and databases; all embodiments or fixations thereof and all related documentation, applications, registrations and franchises; all licenses or other rights to use any of the foregoing; and all books and records relating to the foregoing.

Issuing Bank Indemnitees: Issuing Bank (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, and agents.

Lender Indemnitees: Lenders and their officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, and agents.

Lien: any Person’s interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, such Person, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract, including liens, security interests, pledges, hypothecations, statutory trusts, reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases, and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property.

Lien Waiver: an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, by which (a) for any material Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit Agent to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises to store or dispose of the Collateral; (b) for any Collateral held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, agrees to hold any Documents in its possession relating to the Collateral as agent for Agent, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to Agent upon request; (c) for any Collateral held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges Agent’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to Agent upon request; and (d) for any Collateral subject to a licensor’s Intellectual Property rights, the licensor grants to Agent the right, vis-à-vis such licensor, to enforce Agent’s Liens with respect to the Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the Intellectual Property, whether or not a default exists under any applicable license.

Property: any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Secured Obligations: all indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations of each Grantor arising under the Guaranty, including, without limitation, the “Guaranteed Obligations” (as defined in the Guaranty), whether for principal, interest, reasonable fees, or reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or otherwise, and all obligations of any Grantor now or hereafter existing under this Security Agreement.

UCC: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of California or, when the laws of any other jurisdiction govern the perfection or enforcement of any Lien, the Uniform Commercial Code of such jurisdiction.

All other capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement. All other undefined terms contained in this Security Agreement, unless the context indicates otherwise, have the meanings provided for by the UCC to the extent the same are used or defined therein, including: “Account,” “Chattel Paper,” “Commercial Tort Claim,” “Deposit Account,” “Document,” “Equipment,” “General Intangibles,” “Goods,” “Instrument,” “Inventory,” “Investment Property,” “Letter-of-Credit Right” and “Supporting Obligation.”

2.    GRANT OF LIEN. As security for all Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, a continuing security interest in, Lien on, assignment of and right of set‑off

2

against, such Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to all of the following Property and assets of such Grantor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, regardless of where located (the “Collateral”):

(a)    all Accounts;

(b)    all Chattel Paper, including electronic chattel paper;

(c)    all Commercial Tort Claims;

(d)    all Deposit Accounts;

(e)    all Documents;

(f)    all General Intangibles, including Intellectual Property;

(g)    all Goods, including Inventory, Equipment and fixtures;

(h)    all Instruments;

(i)    all Investment Property;

(j)    all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(k)    all Supporting Obligations;

(l)    all monies, whether or not in the possession or under the control of Agent, a Lender, or a bailee or Affiliate of Agent or a Lender;

(m)    all accessions to, substitutions for, and all replacements, products, and cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing, including proceeds of and unearned premiums with respect to insurance policies, and claims against any Person for loss, damage or destruction of any Collateral; and

(n)    all books and records (including customer lists, files, correspondence, tapes, computer programs, print-outs and computer records) pertaining to the foregoing.

3.    PERFECTION AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

(a)    Each Grantor shall, at its expense, perform all steps requested by Agent at any time to perfect, maintain, protect, and enforce Agent’s Liens, including: (i) executing, delivering and/or filing and recording of the any agreements and filing financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and (ii) delivering to Agent the originals of all Instruments, Documents, and tangible Chattel Paper, and all other Collateral in such Grantor’s possession of which Agent determines it should have physical possession in order to perfect or protect Agent’s Lien therein, duly pledged, endorsed, or assigned to Agent without restriction.

(b)    Each Grantor shall hold all Collateral consisting of negotiable Documents, certificated securities (accompanied by stock papers executed in blank), Chattel Paper and Instruments as a custodian for the benefit of Agent.

(c)    Upon request by Agent, each Grantor shall obtain or use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Lien Waivers with respect to the Collateral.

(d)    Each Grantor shall obtain authenticated control agreements from each issuer of uncertificated securities, securities intermediary, or commodities intermediary issuing or holding any financial assets or commodities to or for such Grantor.

3

(e)    Each Grantor shall take all steps necessary to grant Agent control of all electronic chattel paper in accordance with the UCC and all “transferable records” as defined in the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(f)    Promptly upon request, Grantors shall deliver such instruments, assignments, title certificates, or other documents or agreements, and shall take such actions, as Agent deems appropriate under Applicable Law to evidence or perfect its Lien on any Collateral, or otherwise to give effect to the intent of this Security Agreement. Each Grantor authorizes Agent to file any financing statement that indicates the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor, or words to similar effect, and ratifies any action taken by Agent before the Closing Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to effect or perfect its Lien on any Collateral.

(g)    Grantors shall promptly notify Agent in writing if any Grantor has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Default or Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $500,000) and, upon Agent’s request, shall promptly take such actions as Agent deems appropriate to confer upon Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders) a duly perfected, first priority Lien upon such claim.

(h)    So long as the Guaranty is in effect and until all Secured Obligations have been fully satisfied, Agent’s Liens shall continue in full force and effect in all Collateral.

(i)    Except as set forth in the Loan Agreement, no Grantor shall merge, combine or consolidate with any Person, or liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself, in each case whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, except for mergers or consolidations into a Borrower; change its name or conduct business under any fictitious name; change its tax, charter or other organizational identification number; or change its form or state of organization.

4.    LOCATION OF COLLATERAL.

(a)    Each Grantor represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders that Schedule 4 is a correct and complete list of the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office, the location of its books and records, the locations of the Collateral, and the locations of all of its other places of business; and

(b)    Each Grantor covenants and agrees that it:

(i)    shall at all times keep the Collateral at its business locations set forth in Schedule 4, except that Grantors may move Collateral to another location in the United States, upon 30 days prior written notice to Agent;

(ii)    will not otherwise change or add to any of such locations, except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Security Agreement or in the Loan Agreement; or

(iii)    will not change the location of its chief executive office from the location identified in Schedule 4, unless it gives Agent at least 30 days’ prior written notice thereof.

5.    CORPORATE NAMES; JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION. Each Grantor represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders and agrees with Agent and the Lenders that: (a) each Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (b) each Grantor is duly qualified, authorized to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) except as listed on Schedule 5, during the 5 years preceding the Closing Date, no Grantor has been known as or used any corporate, fictitious or trade names, has been the surviving corporation of a merger or combination, or has acquired any substantial part of the assets of any Person.

6.    TITLE TO, LIENS ON, AND SALE AND USE OF COLLATERAL. Each Grantor represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders and agrees with Agent and the Lenders that: (a) each Grantor has good and

4

indefeasible title to (or valid leasehold interests in) all of its Property, including all Property reflected in any financial statements delivered to Agent or Lenders, in each case free of Liens except Permitted Liens and minor defects in title to its real estate that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purpose. Each Grantor has paid and discharged all lawful claims that, if unpaid, could become a Lien on its Properties, other than Permitted Liens. All Liens of Agent in the Collateral are perfected, first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens. No Grantor shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its real or personal Property except as necessary in the ordinary course of any Grantor’s business.

7.    ACCESS AND EXAMINATION. Subject to the limitations set forth in the Loan Agreement, Agent may at all reasonable times during regular business hours have access to, examine, make extracts from or copies of and inspect any or all of each Grantor’s records, files, and books of account and the Collateral, and discuss each Grantor’s affairs with such Grantor’s officers and management. Each Grantor will deliver to Agent any instrument necessary for Agent to obtain records from any service bureau maintaining records for such Grantor. Agent may, without expense to Agent, use such of the Grantors’ respective personnel, supplies, and real estate as may be reasonably necessary for maintaining or enforcing Agent’s Liens. Agent shall have the right, at any time, in Agent’s name or in the name of a nominee of Agent, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to the Accounts, Inventory, or other Collateral, by mail, telephone, or otherwise.

8.    ACCOUNTS. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders, with respect to such Grantor’s Accounts, that each existing Account represents, and each future Account will represent, a bonafide obligation of the account debtor with respect thereto and is and will be for a liquidated amount payable by the account debtor thereon.

9.    COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS; PAYMENTS.

(a)    Grantors shall make collection of all Accounts and other Collateral for Agent, shall receive all payments as Agent’s trustee, and shall immediately deliver all payments in their original form duly endorsed in blank into a Dominion Account. Agent or Agent’s designee may, at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, notify Account Debtors that the Accounts have been assigned to Agent and of Agent’s Lien therein, and may collect them directly and charge the collection costs and expenses to the Loan Account as a Revolving Loan.

(b)    If sales of any Grantor’s Inventory are made or services are rendered for cash, the Grantors shall immediately deposit into a Dominion Account the cash which such Grantor receives.

(c)    All payments including immediately available funds received by Agent at a bank account designated by it, will be Agent’s sole property for its benefit and the benefit of the Lenders.

10.    INVENTORY. Each Grantor represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders and agrees with Agent and the Lenders that all of the Inventory owned by such Grantor is and will be held for sale or lease, or to be furnished in connection with the rendition of services, in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business, and is and will be fit for such purposes subject to ordinary wear and tear. Each Grantor will keep its Inventory in good and marketable condition, except for damaged or defective goods arising in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business.

11.    EQUIPMENT. Each Grantor represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders and agrees with Agent and the Lenders that all of the Equipment owned by such Grantor is and will be used or held for use in such Grantor’s business, and is and will be fit for such purposes subject to ordinary wear and tear. Each Grantor shall keep and maintain its Equipment in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and shall make all necessary replacements thereof. No Grantor will, without Agent’s prior written consent, alter or remove any identifying symbol or number on any of such Grantor’s Equipment constituting Collateral.

12.    DOCUMENTS, INSTRUMENTS, AND CHATTEL PAPER. Each Grantor represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders that (a) all Documents, Instruments, and Chattel Paper describing, evidencing, or constituting Collateral, and all signatures and endorsements thereon, are and will be complete, valid, and genuine, and (b) all goods evidenced by such Documents, Instruments, Letter of Credit Rights and Chattel Paper are and will be

5

owned by such Grantor, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. If any Grantor retains possession of any Chattel Paper or Instruments with Agent’s consent, such Chattel Paper and Instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This instrument or agreement is assigned as collateral to Bank of America, N.A.”

13.    RIGHT TO CURE. Agent may, in its discretion, pay any amount or do any act required of any Grantor hereunder in order to preserve, protect, maintain or enforce the Secured Obligations, the Collateral or Agent’s Liens therein, and which such Grantor fails to pay or do, including payment of any judgment against such Grantor, any insurance premium, any warehouse charge, any finishing or processing charge, any landlord’s or bailee’s claim, and any other Lien upon or with respect to the Collateral. Any payment made or other action taken by Agent under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and to proceed thereafter as herein provided.

14.    POWER OF ATTORNEY. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Agent (and all Persons designated by Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) for the purposes provided in this Section. Agent, or Agent’s designee, may, without notice and in either its or a Grantor’s name, but at the cost and expense of Grantor, during the existence of an Event of Default:

(a)    Endorse a Grantor’s name on any payment item or other proceeds of Collateral (including proceeds of insurance) that come into Agent’s possession or control; and

(b)    (i) notify any account debtors of the assignment of their Accounts, demand and enforce payments on Accounts, by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise any rights and remedies with respect to Accounts; (ii) settle, adjust, modify, compromise, discharge or release any claims with respect to amounts due on Accounts or other Collateral, or any legal proceedings brought to collect on Accounts or other Collateral; (iii) sell or assign any Account and other Collateral upon such terms, for such amounts and at such times as Agent deems advisable; (iv) take control, in any manner, of any proceeds of Collateral; (v) prepare, file and sign a Grantor’s name to a proof of claim or other document in a bankruptcy of a account debtor, or to any notice, assignment or satisfaction of Lien or similar document; (vi) receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to a Grantor, and notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Agent may designate; (vii) endorse any Chattel Paper, Document, Instrument, invoice, freight bill, bill of lading, or similar document or agreement relating to any Account, Inventory or other Collateral; (viii) use a Grantor’s stationery and sign its name to verifications of Accounts and notices to account debtors; (ix) use the information recorded on or contained in any data processing equipment and computer hardware and software relating to any Collateral; (x) make and adjust claims under policies of insurance; (xi) take any action as may be necessary or appropriate to obtain payment under any letter of credit or banker’s acceptance for which a Grantor is a beneficiary; and (xii) take all other actions as Agent deems appropriate to fulfill any Grantor’s obligations hereunder or under the Guaranty.

15.    AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ RIGHTS, DUTIES AND LIABILITIES.

(a)    Each Grantor assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to the use, sale, license or other disposition of the Collateral. The Secured Obligations shall not be affected by any failure of Agent or any Lender to take any steps to perfect Agent’s Liens or to collect or realize upon the Collateral, nor shall loss of or damage to the Collateral release any Grantor from any of the Secured Obligations. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent may (but shall not be required to), without notice to or consent from any Grantor, sue upon or otherwise collect, extend the time for payment of, modify or amend the terms of, compromise or settle for cash, credit, or otherwise upon any terms, grant other indulgences, extensions, renewals, compositions, or releases, and take or omit to take any other action with respect to the Collateral, any security therefor, any agreement relating thereto, any insurance applicable thereto, or any Person liable directly or indirectly in connection with any of the foregoing, without discharging or otherwise affecting the liability of any Grantor for the Secured Obligations or under the Guaranty or any other agreement now or hereafter existing between Agent and/or any Lender and any Grantor.

(b)    It is expressly agreed by each Grantor that, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, such Grantor shall remain liable under each of its contracts and each of its licenses to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder. Except as required by Applicable Law,

6

neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation or liability under any contract or license by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the granting herein of a Lien thereon or the receipt by Agent or any Lender of any payment relating to any contract or license pursuant hereto. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any contract or license, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any contract or license, or to present or file any claims, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

(c)    Agent may at any time after a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or if any rights of set-off (other than set-offs against an Account arising under the contract giving rise to the same Account) or contra accounts may be asserted with respect to the following), without prior notice to Grantors, notify account debtors, and other Persons obligated on the Collateral that Agent has a Lien therein, and that payments shall be made directly to Agent, for itself and the benefit of Lenders. Upon the request of Agent, Grantor shall so notify account debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral. Once any such notice has been given to any account debtor or other Person obligated on the Collateral, no Grantor shall give any contrary instructions to such account debtor or other Person without Agent’s prior written consent.

(d)    Agent may at any time in Agent’s own name or in the name of any Grantor communicate with such Grantor’s account debtors, parties to such Grantor’s contracts and obligors in respect of such Grantor’s Instruments to verify with such Persons, to Agent’s satisfaction, the existence, amount and terms of such Grantor’s Accounts, payment intangibles, Instruments or Chattel Paper. If a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Grantor, at its own expense, shall cause the independent certified public accountants then engaged by such Grantor to prepare and deliver to Agent and each Lender at any time and from time to time promptly upon Agent’s request the following reports with respect to such Grantor: (i) a reconciliation of all Accounts; (ii) an aging of all Accounts; (iii) trial balances; and (iv) a test verification of such Accounts as Agent may request. Each Grantor, at its own expense, shall deliver to Agent the results of each physical verification, if any, which such Grantor may in its discretion have made, or caused any other Person to have made on its behalf, of all or any portion of its Inventory.

16.    PATENT, TRADEMARK AND COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL. Each Grantor owns or has the lawful right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business, without conflict with any rights of others except for any such conflict of infringement that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to any Grantor’s knowledge, threatened claim against the Intellectual Property with respect to such Grantor or any of such Grantor’s Property (including any Intellectual Property). No Grantor pays or owes any royalty or other compensation to any Person with respect to any Intellectual Property. All Intellectual Property owned, used or licensed by, or otherwise subject to any interests of, Parent or its Subsidiaries is shown on Schedule 16.

17.    INDEMNIFICATION. EACH GRANTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE, INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNITEE. In no event shall any party hereto have any obligation hereunder to indemnify or hold harmless an Indemnitee with respect to a claim that is determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

18.    LIMITATION ON LIENS ON COLLATERAL. No Grantor will create, permit or suffer to exist, and will defend the Collateral against, and take such other action as is necessary to remove, any Lien on the Collateral except Permitted Liens, and will defend the right, title and interest of Agent and Lenders in and to any of such Grantor’s rights under the Collateral against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

19.    NOTICE REGARDING COLLATERAL. Each Grantor will advise Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, (i) of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or claim made or asserted against any of the Collateral, and (ii) of the occurrence of any other event which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

7

20.    REMEDIES; RIGHTS UPON DEFAULT.

(a)    If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Agent may exercise any other rights or remedies afforded under any agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise, including the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. Such rights and remedies include the rights to (i) take possession of any Collateral; (ii) require Grantors to assemble Collateral, at Grantors’ expense, and make it available to Agent at a place designated by Agent; (iii) enter any premises where Collateral is located and store Collateral on such premises until sold (and if the premises are owned or leased by a Grantor, Grantors agree not to charge for such storage); and (iv) sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral in its then condition, or after any further manufacturing or processing thereof, at public or private sale, with such notice as may be required by Applicable Law, in lots or in bulk, at such locations, all as Agent, in its sole discretion, deems advisable. Each Grantor agrees that 10 days notice of any proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral by Agent shall be reasonable. Agent shall have the right to conduct such sales on any Grantor’s premises, without charge, and such sales may be adjourned from time to time in accordance with Applicable Law. Agent shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral for cash, credit or any combination thereof, and Agent may purchase any Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale and, in lieu of actual payment of the purchase price, may set off the amount of such price against the Secured Obligations.

(b)    Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Grantor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or any notice (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) of any kind in connection with this Security Agreement or any Collateral.

(c)    All covenants, conditions, provisions, warranties, guaranties, indemnities and other undertakings of Grantors contained in this Security Agreement or any other the Loan Documents are cumulative and not in derogation or substitution of each other. In particular, the rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders are cumulative, may be exercised at any time and from time to time, concurrently or in any order, and shall not be exclusive of any other rights or remedies that Agent and Lenders may have, whether under any agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise.

(d)    The failure or delay of Agent or any Lender to require strict performance by Grantors with any terms of this Security Agreement or the Loan Documents, or to exercise any rights or remedies with respect to Collateral or otherwise, shall not operate as a waiver thereof nor as establishment of a course of dealing. All rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until Full Payment of all Secured Obligations.

21.    GRANT OF LICENSE TO USE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Except as is prohibited by an existing and enforceable anti-assignment provision (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable law or principles of equity), Agent is hereby granted an irrevocable, non-exclusive license or other right to use, license or sub-license (without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Person) any or all Intellectual Property of Grantors, computer hardware and software, trade secrets, brochures, customer lists, promotional and advertising materials, labels, packaging materials and other Property, in advertising for sale, marketing, selling, collecting, completing manufacture of, or otherwise exercising any rights or remedies with respect to, any Collateral. Each Grantor’s rights and interests under Intellectual Property shall inure to Agent’s benefit.

22.    LIMITATION ON AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ DUTY IN RESPECT OF COLLATERAL. Agent and each Lender shall use reasonable care with respect to the Collateral in its possession or under its control. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any other duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of Agent or such Lender, or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto.

23.    MISCELLANEOUS.

(a)    Reinstatement. This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Grantor for liquidation or reorganization, should any Grantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of such Grantor’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be

8

reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to Applicable Law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Secured Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(b)    Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other party, or whenever any of the parties desires to give and serve upon any other party any communication with respect to this Security Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be given in the manner, and deemed received, as provided for in the Guaranty.

(c)    Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Security Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid under Applicable Law. If any provision is found to be invalid under Applicable Law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity and the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

(d)    Termination of this Security Agreement. This Security Agreement shall terminate only upon the payment in full of all Secured Obligations.

(e)    Successors and Assigns. This Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Grantors, Agent, Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, except that (a) no Grantor shall have the right to assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Security Agreement; and (b) any assignment by a Lender must be made in compliance with Section 13.3 of the Loan Agreement.

(f)    Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Security Agreement shall become effective when Agent has received counterparts bearing the signatures of all parties hereto. Delivery of a signature page of this Security Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of such agreement.

(g)    Governing Law.

(i)    GOVERNING LAW. THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES (BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS).

(h)    Consent to Forum; Arbitration.

(i)    Forum. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN OR WITH JURISDICTION OVER LOS ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, IN ANY PROCEEDING OR DISPUTE RELATING IN ANY WAY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT BY IT SOLELY IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS, OBJECTIONS AND DEFENSES THAT IT MAY HAVE REGARDING SUCH COURT’S PERSONAL OR SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM. Nothing herein shall limit the right of Agent or any Lender to bring proceedings against any Grantor in any other court, nor limit the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law. Nothing in this Security Agreement shall be deemed to preclude enforcement by Agent of any judgment or order obtained in any forum or jurisdiction.

9

(ii)    Arbitration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Security Agreement to the contrary, any controversy or claim among the parties relating in any way to any Secured Obligations or this Security Agreement, including any alleged tort, shall at the request of any party hereto be determined by binding arbitration conducted in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9 U.S. Code) (the “Act”). Arbitration proceedings will be determined in accordance with the Act, the then-current rules and procedures for the arbitration of financial services disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and the terms of this Section. In the event of any inconsistency, the terms of this Section shall control. If AAA is unwilling or unable to serve as the provider of arbitration or to enforce any provision of this Section, Agent may designate another arbitration organization with similar procedures to serve as the provider of arbitration. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Los Angeles or Pasadena, California. The arbitration hearing shall commence within 90 days of the arbitration demand and close within 90 days thereafter. The arbitration award must be issued within 30 days after close of the hearing (subject to extension by the arbitrator for up to 60 days upon a showing of good cause), and shall include a concise written statement of reasons for the award. The arbitrator shall give effect to applicable statutes of limitation in determining any controversy or claim, and for these purposes, service on AAA under applicable AAA rules of a notice of claim is the equivalent of the filing of a lawsuit. Any dispute concerning this Section or whether a controversy or claim is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall have the power to award legal fees to the extent provided by this Security Agreement. Judgment upon an arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuant to a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief. No controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or claim relates to an obligation secured by real estate, but if all parties do not consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, it shall be determined as provided in the next sentence. At the request of any party, a controversy or claim that is not submitted to arbitration as provided above shall be determined by judicial reference; and if such an election is made, the parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in AAA sponsored proceedings and the presiding referee of the panel (or the referee if there is a single referee) shall be an active attorney or retired judge; and judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees shall be entered in the court in which proceeding was commenced. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section shall limit the right of Agent or Lenders to exercise self-help remedies, such as setoff, foreclosure or sale of any Collateral or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, after or during any arbitration proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of any party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Agent’s option, foreclosure of any interest in real estate may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale thereunder or by judicial foreclosure.

(i)    SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 23(b).

(j)    Section Titles. Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Security Agreement.

(k)    No Novation. Each Grantor hereby agrees that, effective upon the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement by such Grantor, the terms and provisions of the Prior Security Agreement shall be and hereby are amended, restated and superseded in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations of Grantors outstanding under the Prior Security Agreement, which obligations shall remain in full force and effect, except to the extent that the terms thereof are modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Security Agreement shall be construed as a release or other discharge of any Grantor from any of its obligations or liabilities under the Prior Security Agreement or any of the other loan documents executed in connection therewith. Each Grantor hereby confirms and agrees that each Loan Document to which it is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects except that on and after the date hereof all references in any such Loan Document to “the Security Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Prior Security Agreement shall mean the Prior Security Agreement as amended and restated by this Security Agreement.

10

24.    INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Lien granted to Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Security Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

[Signature pages to follow]

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

CONN’S, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as a Grantor

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title:Chief Financial Officer and Vice President

CAI HOLDING CO.,

a Delaware corporation,

as a Grantor

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    

CAI CREDIT INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.,

a Louisiana corporation,

as a Grantor

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title: Chief Financial Officer             

CONN LENDING, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as a Grantor

By: /s/ Mary Stawikey            

Name: Mary Stawikey            

Title: President and Secretary            

CAIAIR, INC.

a Delaware corporation,

as a Grantor

By:/s/ Brian E. Taylor                

Name: Brian E. Taylor                

Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    

Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Agent

By: /s/ Carlos Gill                

Name:     Carlos Gill                

Title: Senior Vice President            

Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement

SCHEDULE 4

To

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

LOCATION OF COLLATERAL

A.    Location of Chief Executive Office

Conn’s, Inc.: 4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

CAI Holding Co.: 4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

CAI Credit Insurance Agency, Inc.: 4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

Conn Lending, LLC: 103 Foulk Rd., Ste. 202, Wilmington, DE 19803.

CAIAIR, Inc.: 4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

B.    Location of Books and Records

Conn’s, Inc.:                3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

CAI Holding Co.:             3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

CAI Credit Insurance Agency, Inc.: 3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

Conn Lending, LLC:            103 Foulk Rd., Ste. 202, Wilmington, DE 19803.

CAIAIR, Inc.: 3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

C.    Location of Collateral

Conn’s, Inc.:                3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

Schedule 4

BN 12158893v2

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

CAI Holding Co.:             3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

CAI Credit Insurance Agency, Inc.: 3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

Conn Lending, LLC:            103 Foulk Rd., Ste. 202, Wilmington, DE 19803.

CAIAIR, Inc.: 3295 College Street, Beaumont, Texas 77701;

4055 Technology Forest Blvd., Ste. 210

The Woodlands, TX 77381.

D.    Location of all other places of business

NONE.

E.    Location of leased facilities and name of lessor/sublessor

NONE.

Schedule 4

BN 12158893v2

SCHEDULE 5

To

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

CORPORATE NAMES

1. In the conduct of their businesses during five years preceding the Closing Date, each Grantor has used the following names:

Entity	Fictitious, Trade or Other Name
Conn’s, Inc.	None
CAI Holding Co.	None
CAI Credit Insurance Agency, Inc.	None
Conn Lending, LLC, as a Subsidiary	None
CAIAIR, Inc.	None

2. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, no Grantor has been the surviving corporation of a merger or combination, except:

NONE.

3. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, no Grantor has acquired any substantial part of the assets of any Person, except:

NONE.

Schedule 5

BN 12158893v2

SCHEDULE 16

To

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

1.    Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ patents:

NONE.

2.    Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ trademarks:

Trademark	Owner	Status in Trademark Office	Federal Registration No.	Registration Date
CONN’S AWARD WINNING SERVICE SINCE 1890	Conn’s Inc.	Registered.	2,758,779	09/02/2003
	Conn’s Inc.	Registered	4,118,560	03/27/2012
CONN’S	Conn’s Inc.	Registered.	2,824,660	03/23/2004
	Conn’s Inc.	Registered.	4,201,352	09/04/2012
	Conn’s Inc.	Pending.	85/422,549	09/14/2011
	Conn’s Inc.	Pending.	85/421,825	09/13/2011
	Conn’s Inc.	Pending.	85/421,818	09/13/2011
	Conn’s Inc.	Pending.	85/421,808	09/13/2011
	Conn’s Inc.	Pending.	85/421,784	09/13/2011
	Conn’s Inc.	Pending.	85/421,774	09/13/2011
	Conn’s Inc.	Pending.	85/421,724	09/13/2011

3.    Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ copyrights:

NONE.

Schedule 16

BN 12158893v3

EX-12.1

EXHIBIT 12.1

Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(Dollars in thousands)

	Year Ended January 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Income before income taxes	$	147,157		$	82,721		$	(3,882	)	$	66		$	8,623
Fixed charges	32,076			29,037			34,430			40,699			34,880
Capitalized interest	(333		)	(360		)	(21		)	(18		)	(89		)
Total earnings	$	178,900		$	111,398		$	30,527		$	40,747		$	43,414
Interest expense (including capitalized interest)	$	12,522		$	13,653		$	19,893		$	24,553		$	20,666
Amortized premiums and expenses	3,135			3,754			2,586			3,546			1,414
Estimated interest within rent expense	16,419			11,630			11,951			12,600			12,800
Total fixed charges	$	32,076		$	29,037		$	34,430		$	40,699		$	34,880
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)	5.6			3.8			—			1.0			1.2

(1) Due to our loss in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2012, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. Additional earnings of $3.9 million would have been required to achieve a ratio of 1:1. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2012, we incurred charges of approximately $11.1 million related to the repayment of our term loan that are not included in amortized premiums and expenses above. This amount included a prepayment premium of $4.8 million, write-off of the unamortized original issue discount of $5.4 million and deferred financing costs of $0.9 million.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-111280) pertaining to the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan of Conn’s, Inc.

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-111281) pertaining to the Incentive Stock Option Plan of Conn’s, Inc.

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-111282) pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Conn’s, Inc.

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-139208) pertaining to the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan and Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan of Conn’s, Inc.

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174997) pertaining to the Omnibus Incentive Plan of Conn’s, Inc.

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174998) pertaining to the Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan of Conn’s, Inc.

(7) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-180789) of Conn’s, Inc.

of our reports dated March 27, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Conn’s, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Conn’s, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended January 31, 2014.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

March 27, 2014

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION

(CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

I, Theodore M. Wright, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Conn's, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Theodore M. Wright

Theodore M. Wright

Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: March 27, 2014

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION

(CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

I, Brian E. Taylor, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Conn's, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Brian E. Taylor

Brian E. Taylor

Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 27, 2014

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Conn's, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, Theodore M. Wright, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company and Brian E. Taylor, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of our knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Theodore M. Wright

Theodore M. Wright

Chief Executive Officer and President

/s/ Brian E. Taylor

Brian E. Taylor

Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 27, 2014

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Conn's, Inc. and will be retained by Conn's, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

XML

Quarterly Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of quarterly financial information

The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly statement of operations information for the eight quarters ended January 31, 2014. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on a consistent basis and includes all normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown.

	Fiscal Year 2014
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	Quarter Ended
	Apr. 30			Jul. 31			Oct. 31			Jan. 31			Total
Revenues:
Retail Segment	$	209,787		$	224,002		$	257,484		$	302,089		$	993,362
Credit Segment	41,276			46,687			53,392			59,052			200,407
Total revenues	251,063			270,689			310,876			361,141			1,193,769
Percent of annual revenues	21.0		%	22.7		%	26.0		%	30.3		%	100.0		%
Operating income:
Retail Segment	$	27,300		$	25,662		$	31,254		$	49,811		$	134,027
Credit Segment	11,708			7,530			10,444			(1,857		)	27,825
Total operating income	39,008			33,192			41,698			47,954			161,852
Interest expense	3,871			3,135			3,714			4,603			15,323
Other (income) expense	(6		)	(32		)	—			48			10
Income before income taxes	35,143			30,089			37,984			43,303			146,519
Provision for income taxes	12,967			10,927			13,608			15,568			53,070
Net income	$	22,176		$	19,162		$	24,376		$	27,735		$	93,449
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.63		$	0.54		$	0.68		$	0.77		$	2.61
Diluted	$	0.61		$	0.52		$	0.66		$	0.75		$	2.54
Outstanding shares:
Basic	35,313			35,777			35,955			36,054			35,779
Diluted	36,452			36,849			36,965			37,021			36,861

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, credit segment operations were negatively impacted by an increase in the provision for bad debts which climbed $15.6 million, or 69.1%, sequentially. The increase in provision for bad debts was primarily driven by growth in the average receivable portfolio outstanding of $116.4 million, or 13.0%, as compared to the quarter ended October 31, 2013. Additionally, the provision for bad debts rose due to deterioration in portfolio delinquency rates. The percentage of the customer portfolio balance greater than 60 days past due was 8.8% as of January 31, 2014, which compares to 8.5% as of October 31, 2013.

	Fiscal Year 2013
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	Quarter Ended
	Apr. 30			Jul. 31			Oct. 31			Jan. 31			Total
Revenues:
Retail Segment	$	167,178		$	171,931		$	167,663		$	208,731		$	715,503
Credit Segment	33,673			35,505			38,738			41,613			149,529
Total revenues	200,851			207,436			206,401			250,344			865,032
Percent of annual revenues	23.2		%	24.0		%	23.9		%	28.9		%	100.0		%
Operating income:
Retail Segment	$	10,761		$	12,537		$	12,308		$	18,496		$	54,102
Credit Segment	11,093			10,617			11,583			13,117			46,410
Total operating income	21,854			23,154			23,891			31,613			100,512
Interest expense	3,759			4,874			4,526			3,888			17,047
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	—			—			818			79			897
Other (income) expense	(96		)	(6		)	(3		)	(48		)	(153		)
Income before income taxes	18,191			18,286			18,550			27,694			82,721
Provision for income taxes	6,635			6,680			6,765			10,029			30,109
Net income	$	11,556		$	11,606		$	11,785		$	17,665		$	52,612
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.36		$	0.36		$	0.36		$	0.52		$	1.60
Diluted	$	0.35		$	0.35		$	0.35		$	0.50		$	1.56
Outstanding shares:
Basic	32,195			32,404			32,553			34,072			32,862
Diluted	32,904			33,119			33,539			35,161			33,768

XML

Benefit Plans (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Minimum age of 401(k) eligibility	21 years
Years of service before eligible	1 year
Maximum employee contribution percentage (in hundredths)	20.00%
Percentage contribution which company matches	3.00%
Total matching contribution made by company	$ 1.0	$ 0.9	$ 0.8

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 19,679,000	$ 12,957,000
Deferred revenue	1,641,000	1,545,000
Stock-based compensation	1,513,000	2,004,000
Property and equipment		3,086,000
Inventories	1,403,000	670,000
Goodwill		135,000
Straight-line rent accrual	3,753,000	2,260,000
Accrual for store closures	1,523,000	1,785,000
Margin tax	1,032,000	818,000
Deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions	1,734,000	2,971,000
Accrued vacation and other	1,254,000	1,238,000
Total deferred tax assets	33,532,000	29,469,000
Deferred tax liabilities [Abstract]
Sales tax receivable	(3,760,000)	(1,924,000)
Other	(1,767,000)	(664,000)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(5,527,000)	(2,588,000)
Net deferred tax asset	28,005,000	26,881,000
Reconciliation of the tax provision at the statutory tax rate and the total tax provision [Abstract]
Provision (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate	51,275,000	28,952,000	(1,359,000)
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,489,000	878,000	594,000
Non-deductible entertainment, stock-based compensation and other	306,000	279,000	606,000
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	53,070,000	30,109,000	(159,000)
Current [Abstract]
Federal	52,208,000	28,795,000	(1,826,000)
State	2,049,000	1,330,000	926,000
Total current	54,257,000	30,125,000	(900,000)
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	(1,061,000)	(38,000)	751,000
State	(126,000)	22,000	(10,000)
Total deferred	(1,187,000)	(16,000)	741,000
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	53,070,000	30,109,000	(159,000)
State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards		$ 2,200,000

XML

Contingencies (Details) (Insurance Claims [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014
Insurance Claims [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Aggregate limit of umbrella policies	$ 50.0
Letter of credit outstanding supporting obligations under insurance program	$ 1.3

XML

Accrual for Store Closures and Other expense (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014 location	Jan. 31, 2013 location
Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]
Number of underperforming retail locations closed	3	2
Detail of activity in the accrual for store closures [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 5,071	$ 8,106
Accrual for closures	136	789
Change in estimate	2,092	75
Cash payments	2,983	3,899
Balance at end of period	4,316	5,071
Balance sheet presentation [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	1,957	3,441
Other long-term liabilities	2,359	1,630
Restructuring Reserve, Total	$ 4,316	$ 5,071

XML

Debt, Letters of Credit and Derivatives (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long term debt

The Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following at the period ended:

	As of January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013
Asset-based revolving credit facility	$	534,956	$	262,401
Asset-backed notes, net of discount of $205	—		32,307
Other long-term debt	1,095		349
Total debt	536,051		295,057
Less current portion of debt	420		32,526
Long-term debt	$	535,631	$	262,531

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of January 31, in the year indicated are as follows:

(in thousands)
Year ended January 31,
2015	$	420
2016	323
2017	218
2018	535,071
2019	19
Total	$	536,051

XML

Quarterly Information (Details) (USD $) Share data in Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Oct. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Selected Quarterly Financial Information [Line Items]
Sequential quarter increase in provision for bad debts (in dollars)	$ 15,600,000
Revenues [Abstract]
Total revenues	361,141,000	310,876,000	270,689,000	251,063,000	250,344,000	206,401,000	207,436,000	200,851,000	1,193,769,000	865,032,000	792,302,000
Percent of annual revenues (in hundredths)	30.30%	26.00%	22.70%	21.00%	28.90%	23.90%	24.00%	23.20%	100.00%	100.00%
Operating income [Abstract]
Total operating income	47,954,000	41,698,000	33,192,000	39,008,000	31,613,000	23,891,000	23,154,000	21,854,000	161,852,000	100,512,000	29,701,000
Interest expense	4,603,000	3,714,000	3,135,000	3,871,000	3,888,000	4,526,000	4,874,000	3,759,000	15,323,000	17,047,000	22,457,000
Loss from early extinguishment of debt					79,000	818,000				897,000	11,056,000
Other (income) expense	(48,000)		32,000	6,000	(48,000)	(3,000)	(6,000)	(96,000)	10,000	(153,000)	70,000
Income before income taxes	43,303,000	37,984,000	30,089,000	35,143,000	27,694,000	18,550,000	18,286,000	18,191,000	146,519,000	82,721,000	(3,882,000)
Provision for income taxes	15,568,000	13,608,000	10,927,000	12,967,000	10,029,000	6,765,000	6,680,000	6,635,000	53,070,000	30,109,000	(159,000)
Net income (loss)	27,735,000	24,376,000	19,162,000	22,176,000	17,665,000	11,785,000	11,606,000	11,556,000	93,449,000	52,612,000	(3,723,000)
Earnings per Share [Abstract]
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Average common shares outstanding
Basic (in shares)	36,054	35,955	35,777	35,313	34,072	32,553	32,404	32,195	35,779	32,862	31,860
Diluted (in shares)	37,021	36,965	36,849	36,452	35,161	33,539	33,119	32,904	36,861	33,768	31,860
Store and facility closure and relocation costs									2,100,000
Sequential quarter increase in provision for bad debts (percentage)	69.10%
Increase in average receivable portfolio balance as compared to prior year quarter	116,400,000
Increase in average receivable portfolio balance as compared to prior year quarter (percentage)	13.00%
Percent of customer portfolio balance greater than 60 days past due	8.80%				8.50%				8.80%	8.50%
Retail Segment [Member]
Revenues [Abstract]
Total revenues	302,089,000	257,484,000	224,002,000	209,787,000	208,731,000	167,663,000	171,931,000	167,178,000	993,362,000	715,503,000	655,019,000
Operating income [Abstract]
Total operating income	49,811,000	31,254,000	25,662,000	27,300,000	18,496,000	12,308,000	12,537,000	10,761,000	134,027,000	54,102,000	2,653,000
Other (income) expense									10,000	(153,000)	70,000
Income before income taxes									134,017,000	54,255,000	2,583,000
Credit Segment [Member]
Revenues [Abstract]
Total revenues	59,052,000	53,392,000	46,687,000	41,276,000	41,613,000	38,738,000	35,505,000	33,673,000	200,407,000	149,529,000	137,283,000
Operating income [Abstract]
Total operating income	(1,857,000)	10,444,000	7,530,000	11,708,000	13,117,000	11,583,000	10,617,000	11,093,000	27,825,000	46,410,000	27,048,000
Interest expense									15,323,000	17,047,000	22,457,000
Loss from early extinguishment of debt										897,000
Income before income taxes									$ 12,502,000	$ 28,466,000	$ (6,465,000)

XML

Quarterly Information

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Information

Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly statement of operations information for the eight quarters ended January 31, 2014. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on a consistent basis and includes all normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown.

	Fiscal Year 2014
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	Quarter Ended
	Apr. 30			Jul. 31			Oct. 31			Jan. 31			Total
Revenues:
Retail Segment	$	209,787		$	224,002		$	257,484		$	302,089		$	993,362
Credit Segment	41,276			46,687			53,392			59,052			200,407
Total revenues	251,063			270,689			310,876			361,141			1,193,769
Percent of annual revenues	21.0		%	22.7		%	26.0		%	30.3		%	100.0		%
Operating income:
Retail Segment	$	27,300		$	25,662		$	31,254		$	49,811		$	134,027
Credit Segment	11,708			7,530			10,444			(1,857		)	27,825
Total operating income	39,008			33,192			41,698			47,954			161,852
Interest expense	3,871			3,135			3,714			4,603			15,323
Other (income) expense	(6		)	(32		)	—			48			10
Income before income taxes	35,143			30,089			37,984			43,303			146,519
Provision for income taxes	12,967			10,927			13,608			15,568			53,070
Net income	$	22,176		$	19,162		$	24,376		$	27,735		$	93,449
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.63		$	0.54		$	0.68		$	0.77		$	2.61
Diluted	$	0.61		$	0.52		$	0.66		$	0.75		$	2.54
Outstanding shares:
Basic	35,313			35,777			35,955			36,054			35,779
Diluted	36,452			36,849			36,965			37,021			36,861

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, credit segment operations were negatively impacted by an increase in the provision for bad debts which climbed $15.6 million, or 69.1%, sequentially. The increase in provision for bad debts was primarily driven by growth in the average receivable portfolio outstanding of $116.4 million, or 13.0%, as compared to the quarter ended October 31, 2013. Additionally, the provision for bad debts rose due to deterioration in portfolio delinquency rates. The percentage of the customer portfolio balance greater than 60 days past due was 8.8% as of January 31, 2014, which compares to 8.5% as of October 31, 2013.

	Fiscal Year 2013
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	Quarter Ended
	Apr. 30			Jul. 31			Oct. 31			Jan. 31			Total
Revenues:
Retail Segment	$	167,178		$	171,931		$	167,663		$	208,731		$	715,503
Credit Segment	33,673			35,505			38,738			41,613			149,529
Total revenues	200,851			207,436			206,401			250,344			865,032
Percent of annual revenues	23.2		%	24.0		%	23.9		%	28.9		%	100.0		%
Operating income:
Retail Segment	$	10,761		$	12,537		$	12,308		$	18,496		$	54,102
Credit Segment	11,093			10,617			11,583			13,117			46,410
Total operating income	21,854			23,154			23,891			31,613			100,512
Interest expense	3,759			4,874			4,526			3,888			17,047
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	—			—			818			79			897
Other (income) expense	(96		)	(6		)	(3		)	(48		)	(153		)
Income before income taxes	18,191			18,286			18,550			27,694			82,721
Provision for income taxes	6,635			6,680			6,765			10,029			30,109
Net income	$	11,556		$	11,606		$	11,785		$	17,665		$	52,612
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.36		$	0.36		$	0.36		$	0.52		$	1.60
Diluted	$	0.35		$	0.35		$	0.35		$	0.50		$	1.56
Outstanding shares:
Basic	32,195			32,404			32,553			34,072			32,862
Diluted	32,904			33,119			33,539			35,161			33,768

XML

Common Stock (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]
Number of common stock sold in offering (in shares)		2,233,379
Common stock at a public offering price (in dollars per shares)		$ 26.75
Net proceeds from offering	$ 56.0
Common stock sold by certain selling stockholders	4,091,621
Shares of treasury stock cancelled (in shares)			1,700,000
Resulting cost of the treasury stocks cancelled			$ 37.1

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Summary of the classification of the amounts as Finance charges and other [Abstract]
Interest income and fees on customer receivables	$ 155,703,000	$ 124,484,000	$ 117,084,000
Insurance commissions	44,704,000	25,045,000	20,199,000
Other	1,522,000	1,236,000	1,335,000
Finance charges and other	201,929,000	150,765,000	138,618,000
Provisions for uncollectible interest	14,900,000	8,100,000	9,000,000
Interest income and fees on customer receivables related to TDR accounts	$ 4,400,000	$ 4,100,000

XML

Significant Vendors (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Significant Vendors [Abstract]

Vendor portion of the Company's merchandise purchases [Table Text Block]

As shown in the table below, a significant portion of the Company’s merchandise purchases for years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were made from six vendors:

	Year ended January 31,
Vendor	2014		2013		2012
A	23.9	%	20.7	%	19.0	%
B	14.2		18.1		12.6
C	5.4		5.7		12.1
D	5.1		5.4		9.2
E	4.7		5.2		5.6
F	4.6		5.1		5.6
Totals	57.9	%	60.2	%	64.1	%

XML

Significant Vendors (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014 vendor	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Vendor concentration (in hundredths)	57.90%	60.20%	64.10%
Number of vendors the company purchased merchandise from	6
Supplier Concentration Risk [Member] | Concentration Risk, Vendor A [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Vendor concentration (in hundredths)	23.90%	20.70%	19.00%
Supplier Concentration Risk [Member] | Concentration Risk, Vendor B [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Vendor concentration (in hundredths)	14.20%	18.10%	12.60%
Supplier Concentration Risk [Member] | Concentration Risk, Vendor C [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Vendor concentration (in hundredths)	5.40%	5.70%	12.10%
Supplier Concentration Risk [Member] | Concentration Risk, Vendor D [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Vendor concentration (in hundredths)	5.10%	5.40%	9.20%
Supplier Concentration Risk [Member] | Concentration Risk, Vendor E [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Vendor concentration (in hundredths)	4.70%	5.20%	5.60%
Supplier Concentration Risk [Member] | Concentration Risk, Vendor F [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Vendor concentration (in hundredths)	4.60%	5.10%	5.60%

XML

Debt, Letters of Credit and Derivatives (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended											3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Oct. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014 Cash Flow Hedging [Member]	Jan. 31, 2013 Cash Flow Hedging [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Asset-based Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Nov. 26, 2013 Asset-based Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jan. 31, 2013 Asset-based Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Asset-based Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Minimum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Asset-based Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Maximum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2013 Asset-backed Notes [Member]	Apr. 30, 2013 Asset-backed Notes [Member] VIE [Member]	Apr. 30, 2012 Asset-backed Notes [Member] VIE [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Other Long Term Debt [Member]	Jan. 31, 2013 Other Long Term Debt [Member]	Jan. 31, 2012 Other Long Term Debt [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Long-term Debt	$ 536,051,000				$ 295,057,000				$ 536,051,000	$ 295,057,000				$ 534,956,000		$ 262,401,000			$ 32,307,000			$ 1,095,000	$ 349,000
Less current portion of debt	420,000				32,526,000				420,000	32,526,000
Long-term debt	535,631,000				262,531,000				535,631,000	262,531,000
Maximum capacity extended under credit facility															850,000,000
Additional Borrowing Capacity														157,900,000	585,000,000
Debt instrument, description of variable rate basis														LIBOR
Variable interest spread at LIBOR under credit facility														0.25%			2.50%	3.25%
Amount of notes issued																					103,700,000
Interest rate on notes (in hundredths)																					4.00%
Percentage of yield on sale of notes (in hundredths)																					5.21%
Payment of debt prepayment premium											4,830,000
Amount available under asset based revolving credit facility														157,900,000	585,000,000
Amount available under asset based revolving credit facility based on balances														155,800,000
Interest expense	4,603,000	3,714,000	3,135,000	3,871,000	3,888,000	4,526,000	4,874,000	3,759,000	15,323,000	17,047,000	22,457,000									400,000		15,323,000	17,047,000	22,457,000
Capitalized borrowing costs																						333,000	360,000
Outstanding letters of credit														1,300,000
Maximum potential amount of future payments under letters of credit														1,300,000
Aggregate maturities of long term debt [Abstract]
2014	420,000								420,000
2015	323,000								323,000
2016	218,000								218,000
2017	535,071,000								535,071,000
2018	19,000								19,000
Long-term Debt	536,051,000				295,057,000				536,051,000	295,057,000				534,956,000		262,401,000			32,307,000			1,095,000	349,000
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Prepaid expenses and other assets													43,000
Notional amount of interest rate cap option												100,000,000
Description of variable rate basis												LIBOR
Basis spread on variable rate (in hundredths)												1.00%
Gain on fair value hedge												123,000	70,000
Loss on fair value hedge												233,000
Reclassify net losses to earnings during the next 12 months												$ 200,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Conn’s, Inc. and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Conn’s, Inc. is a holding company with no independent assets or operations other than its investments in its subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

In April of 2012, the Company transferred certain customer receivables to a bankruptcy-remote, variable-interest entity (“VIE”) in connection with a securitization. The VIE, which was consolidated within the accompanying financial statements, issued debt secured by the customer receivables that were transferred to it, which were included in customer accounts receivable and long-term portion of customer accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2013 and 2012. On April 15, 2013, the VIE redeemed the then outstanding asset-backed notes and the remaining customer receivables were transferred back to the Company.

The Company determined that the VIE should be consolidated within its financial statements due to the fact that it qualified as the primary beneficiary of the VIE based on the following considerations:

• The Company directed the activities that generated the customer receivables that were transferred to the VIE;

• The Company directed the servicing activities related to the collection of the customer receivables transferred to the VIE;

• The Company absorbed losses incurred by the VIE to the extent of its interest in the VIE before any other investors incurred losses; and

• The Company had the right to receive benefits generated by the VIE after paying the contractual amounts due to the other investors.

Business Activities. The Company, through its retail stores, provides products and services to its customer base in Texas, Arizona, Louisiana, Oklahoma and New Mexico. Products and services offered through retail sales outlets include home appliances, furniture and mattresses, consumer electronics, home office equipment, lawn and garden products, repair service agreements, installment credit programs and various credit insurance products. These activities are supported through an extensive service, warehouse and distribution system. The Company’s business is somewhat seasonal, with a higher portion of sales and operating profit realized during the quarter that ends January 31, due primarily to the holiday selling season. For the reasons discussed below, the Company has aggregated its results into two operating segments: credit and retail. The Company’s retail stores bear the “Conn’s” or “Conn’s HomePlus” name and deliver the same products and services to a common customer group. The Company’s customers are primarily individuals rather than commercial accounts. All of the retail stores follow the same procedures and methods in managing their operations. The Company’s management evaluates performance and allocates resources based on the operating results of its retail and credit segments. The separate financial information is disclosed in Note 16 - “Segment Information.”

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year fiscal year amounts and balances to conform to the presentation in the current fiscal year.  These reclassifications did not impact consolidated operating income or net income.

Vendor Programs. The Company receives funds from vendors for price protection, product rebates (earned upon purchase or sale of product), marketing, training and promotional programs which are recorded on the accrual basis, as a reduction of the related product cost. The Company accrues rebates based on the satisfaction of terms of the program and sales of qualifying products even though funds may not be received until subsequent to the end of a quarter or year. If the programs are related to product purchases, the allowances, credits, or payments are recorded as a reduction of product cost and if the programs are related to product sales, the allowances, credits or payments are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. Vendor rebates earned and recorded as a reduction of product cost and cost of goods sold totaled $90.3 million, $64.3 million and $62.7 million for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Over the past three years the Company has received funds from approximately 50 vendors, with the terms of the programs ranging between one month and one year.

Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effects of any stock options and restricted stock units granted, to the extent not anti-dilutive, which is calculated using the treasury-stock method. The following table sets forth the shares outstanding for the earnings (loss) per share calculations:

	Year Ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014	2013	2012
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic	35,779	32,862	31,860
Assumed exercise of stock options	866	763	—
Unvested restricted stock units	216	143	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Diluted	36,861	33,768	31,860

The weighted average number of stock options and restricted stock units not included in the calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect was 35,000 for the year ended January 31, 2014. The weighted average number of stock options and restricted stock units not included in the calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect was 0.6 million and 2.3 million for each of the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Credit card deposits in-transit of $2.4 million and $0.8 million, as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in cash and cash equivalents.

Inventories. Inventories consist of finished goods or parts and are valued at the lower of cost (moving weighted average cost method) or fair market value through the establishment of inventory loss reserves. The Company’s inventory reserve represents the excess of the carrying amount, typically weighted average cost, over the amount it expects to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposition of the inventory. The inventory reserve contains uncertainties because the calculation requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding inventory aging, projected consumer demand and market availability and obsolescence of products on hand.

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Costs associated with major additions and betterments that increase the value or extend the lives of assets are capitalized and depreciated. Normal repairs and maintenance that do not materially improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Depreciation, which includes amortization of capitalized leases, is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective leases.

Property and Equipment Impairment. Property and equipment are evaluated for impairment at the retail store level. The Company performs a periodic assessment of assets for impairment. Additionally, an impairment evaluation is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. The most likely condition that would necessitate an assessment would be an adverse change in historical and estimated future results of a retail store’s performance. For property and equipment to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Fair value is determined by discounting the anticipated cash flows over the remaining term of the lease utilizing certain unobservable inputs (Level 3). An impairment charge of $2.0 million was recorded for the year ended January 31, 2012, related to store closures.

Customer Accounts Receivable.Customer accounts receivable are originated at the time of sale and delivery of the various products and services. The Company records the amount of principal and accrued interest on customer receivables that is expected to be collected within the next twelve months, based on contractual terms, in current assets on its consolidated balance sheet. Those amounts expected to be collected after twelve months, based on contractual terms, are included in long-term assets. Typically, customer receivables are considered delinquent if a payment has not been received on the scheduled due date. Additionally, the Company offers re-age programs to customers with past due balances that have experienced a financial hardship, if they meet the conditions of the Company’s re-age policy. Re-aging a customer’s account can result in updating an account from a delinquent status to a current status. During the quarter ended July 31, 2011, the Company implemented a new policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 18 months. During the quarter ended October 31, 2011, the Company further modified the policy to reduce the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 12 months. As of July 31, 2011, the Company changed its charge-off policy so that any account that is delinquent more than 209 days as of the end of a month is charged-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts and interest accrued is charged against the allowance for uncollectible interest. Prior to July 31, 2011, the Company charged off all accounts that were delinquent more than 120 days and for which no payment had been received in the past seven months. The Company has a secured interest in the merchandise financed by these receivables and therefore has the opportunity to recover a portion of the charged-off amount.

Restructured Customer Accounts Receivable. Effective April 5, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update  No. 2011-02 (“ASU No. 2011-02”), A Creditor's Determination of Whether Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.  The guidance provided clarification on whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties and whether a concession has been granted to the debtor for purposes of determining if a loan modification constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), even if not currently in default. The amendments in ASU 2011-02 were effective for the Company in the third quarter of fiscal 2012, and were applied retrospectively to loan restructurings after January 31, 2011. The Company defines TDR accounts that originated subsequent to January 31, 2011 as accounts that have been re-aged cumulatively in excess of three months or refinanced. For accounts originating prior to January 31, 2011, if the cumulative re-aging exceeds three months and the accounts were re-aged subsequent to January 31, 2011, the account is considered a TDR. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge during fiscal year 2012 of $14.1 million, net of previously provided reserves, related to the required adoption of the accounting guidance related to TDR accounts.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company monitors the aging of its past due accounts closely and focuses its collection efforts on preventing accounts from becoming 60 days past due or greater, which is a leading indicator of potential charge-offs. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts, including estimated uncollectible interest, for its customer and other accounts receivable, based on its historical cash collections and net loss experience using a projection of monthly delinquency performance, cash collections and losses. In addition to pre-charge-off cash collections and charge-off information, estimates of post-charge-off recoveries, including cash payments, amounts realized from the repossession of the products financed and, at times, payments received under credit insurance policies are also considered.

The Company determines reserves for those accounts that are TDRs based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected over the life of those accounts. The excess of the carrying amount over the discounted cash flow amount is recorded as a reserve for loss on those accounts.

As a result of the Company’s practice of re-aging customer accounts, if the account is not ultimately collected, the timing and amount of the charge-off could be impacted. If these accounts had been charged-off sooner the historical net loss rates might have been higher. As further discussed above, during fiscal 2012, the Company implemented a new policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a cumulative maximum of 12 months. This change in the re-age policy had the impact of increasing delinquencies and accelerating charge-offs during fiscal 2012 and 2013.

Interest Income on Customer Accounts Receivable. Interest income is accrued using the interest method for installment contracts and is reflected in finance charges and other. Typically, interest income is accrued until the contract or account is paid off or charged-off. The Company provides an allowance for estimated uncollectible interest. Interest income on the Company’s installment contracts with its customers is calculated using the rule of 78s. In order to convert its interest income recognized to the interest method, the Company has recorded the excess earnings of rule of 78s over the interest method as deferred revenue on its balance sheet. This deferred interest will ultimately be brought into income as the accounts pay off or accounts amortize to the point that interest income under the interest method exceeds that which is being earned under rule of 78s. At January 31, 2014 and 2013, there was approximately $5.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively, of deferred interest included in deferred revenues and other. Additionally, there was $11.3 million and $7.8 million of deferred interest included in other long-term liabilities as January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company typically only places accounts in non-accrual status when legally required to do so. Payment received on non-accrual loans will be applied to principal and reduce the amount of the loan. Interest accrual is resumed on those accounts once a legally-mandated settlement arrangement is reached or other payment arrangements are made with the customer. Interest income is recognized on short-term, interest-free credit programs based on the Company’s historical experience related to customers that fail to satisfy the requirements of the interest-free programs. Additionally, for sales on deferred interest and “same as cash” programs, under the Company’s in-house finance program, that exceed one year in duration, the Company discounts the sales to present value, resulting in a reduction in sales and customer receivables, and amortizes the discount amount to finance charges and other over the term of the program. The amount of customer receivables carried on the Company’s balance sheet that were in non-accrual status was $12.2 million and $9.0 million at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The amount of customer receivables carried on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet that were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest was $63.3 million and $36.6 million at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company recognizes interest income on TDR accounts using the interest income method, which requires reporting interest income equal to the increase in the net carrying amount of the loan attributable to the passage of time. Cash proceeds and other adjustments are applied to the net carrying amount such that it always equals the present value of expected future cash flows.

Revenue Recognition. Revenues from the sale of retail products are recognized at the time the customer takes possession of the product. Such revenues are recognized net of any adjustments for sales incentive offers such as discounts, coupons, rebates or other free products or services and discounts of sales on advertised credit that extend beyond one year. The Company sells repair service agreements and credit insurance contracts on behalf of unrelated third parties. For contracts where third parties are the obligor on the contract, commissions are recognized in revenues at the time of sale, and in the case of retrospective commissions, at the time that they are earned.

Sales financed by the Company under short-term, interest free credit programs are recognized at the time the customer takes possession of the product, consistent with the above stated policy. Considering the short-term nature of interest-free programs for terms less than one year, sales are recorded at full value and are not discounted. Sales, if any, financed by the Company under longer term, interest-free programs are recorded at their net present value. There were no financed sales that required discounting in the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Sales on short-term, interest free programs under third-party programs typically require the Company to pay the third-party a fee on each completed sale. The fee is recorded as a reduction of net sales.

The Company classifies amounts billed to customers relating to shipping and handling as revenues. Costs of $36.2 million, $22.7 million and $18.8 million associated with shipping and handling revenues are included in selling, general and administrative expense for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation. For stock option grants, the Company uses the Black-Scholes model to determine fair value. For grants of restricted stock units, the fair value of the grant is the market value of the Company’s stock at the date of issuance. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the applicable grant.

Self-insurance. The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to group health, workers’ compensation, automobile, general and product liability claims. The Company has stop-loss coverage to limit the exposure arising from these claims. Self-insurance losses for claims filed and claims incurred, but not reported, are accrued based upon the Company’s estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred using development factors based on historical experience.

Expense Classifications. The Company records as cost of goods sold, the direct cost of products sold, any related out-bound freight costs, and receiving costs, inspection costs, internal transfer costs, and other costs associated with the operations of its distribution system, including occupancy related to its warehousing operations. In addition, the Company records as cost of service parts sold, the direct cost of parts used in its service operation and the related inbound freight costs, purchasing and receiving costs, inspection costs, internal transfer costs, and other costs associated with the parts distribution operation.

The costs associated with the Company’s merchandising function, including product purchasing, advertising, sales commissions, and all store occupancy costs, are included in selling, general and administrative expense.

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $50.7 million, $34.7 million and $29.7 million, respectively.

Income Taxes. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. To the extent penalties and interest are incurred, the Company records these charges as a component of its provision for income taxes. Tax returns for the fiscal years subsequent to January 31, 2009, remain open for examination by the Company’s major taxing jurisdictions.

Sales Taxes. The Company records and reports all sales taxes collected on a net basis in the financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The Company determines the fair value of its assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement by using the highest possible “Level” as defined within the ASC 815 GAAP hierarchy. The three levels defined by the ASC 815 hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1 – Quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

• Level 2 – Pricing inputs not quoted in active markets but either directly or indirectly observable

• Level 3 – Significant inputs to pricing that have little or no transparency with inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation.

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts because of the short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of customer accounts receivables, determined using a discounted cash flow analysis, approximates their carrying amount. The discounted cash flow analysis was prepared using historical portfolio performance and a discount rate determined based on 50% debt funding of the receivables and a 15% equity return requirement. The fair value of the Company’s debt approximates the carrying value of $536.1 million as of January 31, 2014 due to the fact the Company's asset based revolving credit facility was amended in November 2013. The Company’s interest rate cap options are presented within the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Customer Receivables (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Maximum number of months an account can be re aged	12 months	18 months			12 months
Related increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 14,100,000
Total Outstanding Balance
Customer Accounts Receivable			1,068,270,000	741,544,000
60 Days Past Due			94,403,000	52,839,000
Reaged			120,770,000	86,428,000
Allowance for uncollectible accounts related to the credit portfolio			(71,801,000)	(43,911,000)	(49,904,000)
Allowances for promotional credit programs			(11,789,000)	(6,572,000)
Short-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net			(527,267,000)	(378,050,000)
Long-term customer accounts receivable, net			457,413,000	313,011,000
Average Balances			869,561,000	669,029,000
Net Credit Charge off			69,430,000	53,276,000
Amounts included within past due and reaged accounts			27,400,000	20,700,000
Total amount of customer receivables past due one day or greater			249,300,000	172,400,000
Number of days past due			60 years
Accounts receivable reaged for four or more months not qualify as TDRs			1,300,000	1,900,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables [Abstract]
Allowance at beginning of period			(43,911,000)	(49,904,000)
Provision			110,302,000	55,799,000
Principal charge-offs			74,876,000	57,202,000
Interest charge-offs			12,982,000	8,516,000
Recoveries			5,446,000	3,926,000
Allowance at end of period			(71,801,000)	(43,911,000)	(49,904,000)
Customer Accounts Receivable [Member]
Total Outstanding Balance
Customer Accounts Receivable			1,022,914,000	702,737,000
60 Days Past Due			82,486,000	41,704,000
Reaged			75,414,000	47,757,000
Allowance for uncollectible accounts related to the credit portfolio			(54,448,000)	(27,702,000)
Average Balances			828,172,000	629,423,000
Net Credit Charge off			53,256,000	34,132,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables [Abstract]
Allowance at beginning of period			(27,702,000)	(24,518,000)
Provision			89,960,000	42,772,000
Principal charge-offs			57,433,000	36,647,000
Interest charge-offs			9,958,000	5,456,000
Recoveries			4,177,000	2,515,000
Allowance at end of period			(54,448,000)	(27,702,000)
Restructured Accounts [Member]
Total Outstanding Balance
Customer Accounts Receivable			45,356,000	38,807,000
60 Days Past Due			11,917,000	11,135,000
Reaged			45,356,000	38,671,000
Allowance for uncollectible accounts related to the credit portfolio			(17,353,000)	(16,209,000)
Average Balances			41,389,000	39,606,000
Net Credit Charge off			16,174,000	19,144,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables [Abstract]
Allowance at beginning of period			(16,209,000)	(25,386,000)
Provision			20,342,000	13,027,000
Principal charge-offs			17,443,000	20,555,000
Interest charge-offs			3,024,000	3,060,000
Recoveries			1,269,000	1,411,000
Allowance at end of period			$ (17,353,000)	$ (16,209,000)

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue [Abstract]

Summary of the classification of the amounts as Finance charges and other

The following is a summary of the classification of the amounts included as finance charges and other for the year ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Interest income and fees on customer receivables	$	155,703	$	124,484	$	117,084
Insurance commissions	44,704		25,045		20,199
Other	1,522		1,236		1,335
	$	201,929	$	150,765	$	138,618

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Shares outstanding for the earnings (loss) per share calculations

The following table sets forth the shares outstanding for the earnings (loss) per share calculations:

	Year Ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014	2013	2012
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic	35,779	32,862	31,860
Assumed exercise of stock options	866	763	—
Unvested restricted stock units	216	143	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Diluted	36,861	33,768	31,860

XML

Segment Information (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Oct. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Revenues
Product sales									$ 903,917,000	$ 649,516,000	$ 596,360,000
Repair service agreement commissions									75,671,000	51,648,000	42,078,000
Service revenues									12,252,000	13,103,000	15,246,000
Total net sales									991,840,000	714,267,000	653,684,000
Finance charges and other									201,929,000	150,765,000	138,618,000
Total revenues	361,141,000	310,876,000	270,689,000	251,063,000	250,344,000	206,401,000	207,436,000	200,851,000	1,193,769,000	865,032,000	792,302,000
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs									588,721,000	454,682,000	455,493,000
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs									5,327,000	5,965,000	6,527,000
Selling, general and administrative expense									339,528,000	253,189,000	237,098,000
Provision for bad debts									96,224,000	47,659,000	53,555,000
Charges and credits									2,117,000	3,025,000	9,928,000
Total cost and expenses									1,031,917,000	764,520,000	762,601,000
Operating income	47,954,000	41,698,000	33,192,000	39,008,000	31,613,000	23,891,000	23,154,000	21,854,000	161,852,000	100,512,000	29,701,000
Interest expense	4,603,000	3,714,000	3,135,000	3,871,000	3,888,000	4,526,000	4,874,000	3,759,000	15,323,000	17,047,000	22,457,000
Costs related to financing facilities terminated and transactions not completed											11,056,000
Loss from early extinguishment of debt					79,000	818,000				897,000	11,056,000
Other (income) expense, net	(48,000)		32,000	6,000	(48,000)	(3,000)	(6,000)	(96,000)	10,000	(153,000)	70,000
Income (loss) before income taxes	43,303,000	37,984,000	30,089,000	35,143,000	27,694,000	18,550,000	18,286,000	18,191,000	146,519,000	82,721,000	(3,882,000)
Total assets	1,297,986,000				909,857,000				1,297,986,000	909,857,000	783,298,000
Property and equipment additions									52,127,000	32,353,000	4,386,000
Depreciation expense									12,598,000	8,952,000	10,625,000
Estimated annual rate of reimbursement (in hundredths)									2.50%
Allocation of overhead by operating segments									11,400,000	9,000,000	8,200,000
Amount of reimbursement made by operating segments									21,700,000	16,700,000	15,600,000
Retail [Member]
Revenues
Product sales									903,917,000	649,516,000	596,360,000
Repair service agreement commissions									75,671,000	51,648,000	42,078,000
Service revenues									12,252,000	13,103,000	15,246,000
Total net sales									991,840,000	714,267,000	653,684,000
Finance charges and other									1,522,000	1,236,000	1,335,000
Total revenues	302,089,000	257,484,000	224,002,000	209,787,000	208,731,000	167,663,000	171,931,000	167,178,000	993,362,000	715,503,000	655,019,000
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs									588,721,000	454,682,000	455,493,000
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs									5,327,000	5,965,000	6,527,000
Selling, general and administrative expense									262,702,000	197,498,000	180,234,000
Provision for bad debts									468,000	758,000	590,000
Charges and credits									2,117,000	2,498,000	9,522,000
Total cost and expenses									859,335,000	661,401,000	652,366,000
Operating income	49,811,000	31,254,000	25,662,000	27,300,000	18,496,000	12,308,000	12,537,000	10,761,000	134,027,000	54,102,000	2,653,000
Other (income) expense, net									10,000	(153,000)	70,000
Income (loss) before income taxes									134,017,000	54,255,000	2,583,000
Total assets	283,637,000				188,609,000				283,637,000	188,609,000	159,269,000
Property and equipment additions									51,096,000	31,820,000	4,236,000
Depreciation expense									11,892,000	8,479,000	10,080,000
Credit [Member]
Revenues
Finance charges and other									200,407,000	149,529,000	137,283,000
Total revenues	59,052,000	53,392,000	46,687,000	41,276,000	41,613,000	38,738,000	35,505,000	33,673,000	200,407,000	149,529,000	137,283,000
Cost and expenses
Selling, general and administrative expense									76,826,000	55,691,000	56,864,000
Provision for bad debts									95,756,000	46,901,000	52,965,000
Charges and credits										527,000	406,000
Total cost and expenses									172,582,000	103,119,000	110,235,000
Operating income	(1,857,000)	10,444,000	7,530,000	11,708,000	13,117,000	11,583,000	10,617,000	11,093,000	27,825,000	46,410,000	27,048,000
Interest expense									15,323,000	17,047,000	22,457,000
Costs related to financing facilities terminated and transactions not completed											11,056,000
Loss from early extinguishment of debt										897,000
Income (loss) before income taxes									12,502,000	28,466,000	(6,465,000)
Total assets	1,014,349,000				721,248,000				1,014,349,000	721,248,000	624,029,000
Property and equipment additions									1,031,000	533,000	150,000
Depreciation expense									$ 706,000	$ 473,000	$ 545,000

XML

Property and Equipment Property and Equipment - Additional Disclosures (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]
Gains and losses on sale of assets		$ (10)	$ 153	$ (53)
Proceeds from sales of property	$ 22,400	$ 44	$ 22,882	$ 0

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Customer Receivables (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Receivables [Abstract]

Quantitative information about receivables portfolio

The following tables present quantitative information about the receivables portfolio managed by the Company, segregated by segment:

	Total Outstanding Balance
	Customer Accounts Receivable						60 Days Past Due (1)				Re-aged (1)
	As of January 31,						As of January 31,				As of January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	1,022,914		$	702,737		$	82,486	$	41,704	$	75,414	$	47,757
Restructured accounts (2)	45,356			38,807			11,917		11,135		45,356		38,671
Total receivables managed	1,068,270			741,544			94,403		52,839		120,770		86,428
Allowance for uncollectible accounts related to the credit portfolio	(71,801		)	(43,911		)
Allowances for short-term, no-interest credit programs	(11,789		)	(6,572		)
Short-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	(527,267		)	(378,050		)
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	$	457,413		$	313,011

(1) Amounts are based on end of period balances. Due to the fact that an account can become past due after having been re-aged, accounts could be represented in both the past due and re-aged columns shown above. The amounts included within both the past due and re-aged columns shown above as of January 31, 2014 and 2013 was $27.4 million and $20.7 million, respectively. The total amount of customer receivables past due one day or greater was $249.3 million and $172.4 million as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts include the 60 days past due totals shown above.

(2) In addition to the amounts included in restructured accounts, there were $1.3 million and $1.9 million of accounts re-aged four or more months, included in the re-aged balance above, which did not qualify as TDRs at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, because they were not re-aged subsequent to January 31, 2011.

					Net Credit
	Average Balances				Charge-offs (1)
	Year ended January 31,				Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	828,172	$	629,423	$	53,256	$	34,132
Restructured accounts	41,389		39,606		16,174		19,144
Total receivables managed	$	869,561	$	669,029	$	69,430	$	53,276

(1) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest) net of recoveries which include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances.

Allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables

Following is the activity in the Company’s balance in the allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables for the year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31, 2014									Year ended January 31, 2013
(in thousands)	Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total			Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total
Allowance at beginning of period	$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911		$	24,518		$	25,386		$	49,904
Provision(1)	89,960			20,342			$	110,302		42,772			13,027			$	55,799
Principal charge-offs(2)	(57,433		)	(17,443		)	$	(74,876	)	(36,647		)	(20,555		)	$	(57,202	)
Interest charge-offs	(9,958		)	(3,024		)	$	(12,982	)	(5,456		)	(3,060		)	$	(8,516	)
Recoveries(2)	4,177			1,269			$	5,446		2,515			1,411			$	3,926
Allowance at end of period	$	54,448		$	17,353		$	71,801		$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911

(1) Includes provision for uncollectible interest, which is included in finance charges and other.

(2) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest), and recoveries include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances. Net charge-offs are calculated as the net of principal charge-offs and recoveries.

XML

Property and Equipment Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment [Table Text Block]

Property and equipment consist of the following at January 31:

	Estimated
(in thousands, except years)	Useful Lives	2014			2013
Land	N/A	$	7,855		$	673
Buildings	30 years	1,737			466
Equipment and fixtures	3-5 years	36,520			30,817
Leasehold improvements	5-15 years	139,448			109,493
Subtotal		185,560			141,449
Less accumulated depreciation		(98,718		)	(94,455		)
Property and equipment, net		$	86,842		$	46,994

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$ 93,449	$ 52,612	$ (3,723)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	16,817	13,891	12,869
Provision for bad debts and uncollectible interest	110,302	55,799	62,597
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	(5,706)	(1,359)	(50)
Loss from early extinguishment of debt		897	11,056
Costs and impairment charges related to store closings	2,117	869	9,115
Cost of related to financing transaction terminated and transaction not completed			11,056
Stock-based compensation expense	3,949	2,945	2,354
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes	(1,187)	(16)	741
(Gain) loss from sale of property and equipment	10	(153)	53
Discounts and accretion on promotional credit		(202)	(1,246)
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Customer accounts receivable	(403,921)	(157,335)	(26,744)
Other assets	(7,133)	(7,851)	(8,070)
Inventory	(46,846)	(11,145)	19,814
Accounts payable	13,252	24,897	(13,029)
Accrued expenses	17,311	(2,918)	2,030
Income taxes payable	(3,761)	7,916	(1,612)
Deferred revenues and credits	1,085	(1,650)	(1,638)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(210,262)	(22,803)	64,517
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment	(52,127)	(32,353)	(4,386)
Proceeds from sales of property	44	22,882	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(52,083)	(9,471)	(4,386)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings under lines of credit	451,593	237,896	224,383
Payments on lines of credit	(179,038)	(288,744)	(190,608)
Proceeds from issuance of asset-backed notes		103,025
Payments on asset-backed notes	(32,513)	(71,167)
Change in restricted cash balances	4,717	(4,717)
(Payments) borrowings of real estate note		(8,000)	8,000
Proceeds from (cost related to) issuance of common stock		55,995	(70)
Proceeds from stock issued under employee benefit plans	17,318	9,457	2,135
Payment of term note			(100,000)
Payment of prepayment premium			(4,830)
Other	2,146	(3,887)	(3,853)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	264,223	29,858	(64,843)
Net change in cash	1,878	(2,416)	(4,712)
Cash and cash equivalents
Beginning of the year	3,849	6,265	10,977
End of the year	5,727	3,849	6,265
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash interest paid	11,689	13,639	20,523
Cash income taxes paid (recovered), net	52,405	21,653	(3,108)
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity
Purchases of property and equipment with debt financing	$ 797	$ 0	$ 639

XML

Accrual for Store Closures and Other expense (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Activity in accrual for store closures

The following table presents detail of the activity in the accrual for store closures during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	5,071		$	8,106
Accrual for closures	136			789
Change in estimate	2,092			75
Cash payments	(2,983		)	(3,899		)
Balance at end of period	$	4,316		$	5,071
	As of January 31,
Balance sheet presentation:	2014			2013
Accrued expenses	$	1,957		$	3,441
Other long-term liabilities	2,359			1,630
	$	4,316		$	5,071

The cash payments include payments made for facility rent and related costs.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended										6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Oct. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Jan. 31, 2014 vendor segment	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Business Activities [Abstract]
Operating segments												2
Vendor Programs [Abstract]
Vendor rebates												$ 90,300,000	$ 64,300,000	$ 62,700,000
Vendor rebate period												3 years
Number of vendors with rebates												50
Minimum rebate program period												1 month
Maximum rebate program period												1 year
Shares outstanding for earnings (loss) per share calculations [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic (in shares)	36,054,000	35,955,000	35,777,000	35,313,000	34,072,000	32,553,000	32,404,000	32,195,000				35,779,000	32,862,000	31,860,000
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Diluted (in shares)	37,021,000	36,965,000	36,849,000	36,452,000	35,161,000	33,539,000	33,119,000	32,904,000				36,861,000	33,768,000	31,860,000
Weighted average number of options not included in the calculation of the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units (in shares)												35,000	600,000	2,300,000
Cash and cash equivalents
Credit card deposits in-transit	2,400,000				800,000							2,400,000	800,000
Property and Equipment Impairment [Abstract]
Impairment charges recorded														2,000,000
Customer Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Maximum number of months for re-aging									12 months	18 months				12 months
Delinquent Period, for Accounts Charged Off Minimum											120 days	209 days
Restructured Customer Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Minimum cumulative months for re-aging											120 days	209 days
Pre-tax charge recorded														14,100,000
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts [Abstract]
Maximum number of months for re-aging									12 months	18 months				12 months
Minimum number of days before an account is past due												60 days
Pre-tax charge recorded														14,100,000
Interest Income on Customer Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Deferred interest included in Deferred revenue and allowances	5,600,000				6,500,000							5,600,000	6,500,000
Deferred interest included in Other long-term liabilities	11,300,000				7,800,000							11,300,000	7,800,000
Receivables in non-accrual status	12,200,000				9,000,000							12,200,000	9,000,000
Receivables past due	63,300,000				36,600,000							63,300,000	36,600,000
Revenue Recognition [Abstract]
Costs associated with shipping and handling revenues included in Selling, general and administrative expense												36,200,000	22,700,000	18,800,000
Expense Classifications [Abstract]
Advertising expense included in Selling, general and administrative expense												50,700,000	34,700,000	29,700,000
Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Abstract]
Debt Funding of receivables (in hundredths)	50.00%											50.00%
Equity return (in hundredths)	15.00%											15.00%
Carrying amount of debt	$ 536,051,000				$ 295,057,000							$ 536,051,000	$ 295,057,000
Stock Options [Member]
Shares outstanding for earnings (loss) per share calculations [Abstract]
Common shares attributable to stock options and restricted stock units (in shares)												866,000	763,000
Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Shares outstanding for earnings (loss) per share calculations [Abstract]
Common shares attributable to stock options and restricted stock units (in shares)												216,000	143,000

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended		3 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2013 Stephens Inc. [Member]	Nov. 29, 2012 Stephens Inc. [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Underwriting fees and commissions			$ 1.1
Common stock shares outstanding (in shares)				7,316,812
Stephens Inc.'s percentage ownership of the Company's outstanding common stock (in hundredths)				22.30%
Total fees and postage paid to DMS	$ 2.2	$ 2.3

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 5,727	$ 3,849
Customer accounts receivable, net of allowance of $38,447 and $24,022, respectively (includes balance of VIE of $28,553 at January 31, 2013)	527,267	378,050
Other accounts receivable	51,480	45,759
Inventories	120,530	73,685
Deferred income taxes	20,284	15,302
Prepaid expenses and other assets (includes balance of VIE of $4,717 at January 31, 2013)	10,307	11,599
Total current assets	735,595	528,244
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net of allowance of $22,866 and $24,999, respectively (includes balance of VIE of $23,641 at January 31, 2013)	457,413	313,011
Property and equipment
Land	7,855	673
Buildings	1,737	466
Equipment and fixtures	36,520	30,817
Leasehold improvements	139,448	109,493
Subtotal	185,560	141,449
Less accumulated depreciation	(98,718)	(94,455)
Total property and equipment, net	86,842	46,994
Deferred income taxes	7,721	11,579
Other assets	10,415	10,029
Total assets	1,297,986	909,857
Current Liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt (includes balance of VIE of $32,307 at January 31, 2013)	420	32,526
Accounts payable	82,861	69,608
Accrued compensation and related expenses	11,390	8,780
Accrued expenses	27,944	20,716
Income taxes payable	2,924	4,618
Deferred revenues and credits	17,068	14,915
Total current liabilities	142,607	151,163
Long-term debt	535,631	262,531
Other long-term liabilities	30,458	21,713
Stockholders' equity
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 50,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized; 35,192,070 and 32,139,524 shares issued at January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)	361	352
Additional paid-in capital	225,631	204,372
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(100)	(223)
Retained earnings	363,398	269,949
Total stockholders' equity	589,290	474,450
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 1,297,986	$ 909,857

XML

Property and Equipment Property and Equipment - Components of Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified			12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2014 Buildings [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Equipment and Fixtures [Member] Minimum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Equipment and Fixtures [Member] Maximum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Leasehold Improvements [Member] Minimum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Leasehold Improvements [Member] Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Land	$ 7,855	$ 673
Buildings	1,737	466
Equipment and fixtures	36,520	30,817
Leasehold improvements	139,448	109,493
Subtotal	185,560	141,449
Less accumulated depreciation	(98,718)	(94,455)
Total property and equipment, net	$ 86,842	$ 46,994
Estimated life			30 years	3 years	5 years	5 years	15 years

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]
Balance at Jan. 31, 2011	$ 352,897	$ 335	$ 131,590	$ (71)	$ 258,114	$ (37,071)
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2011		33,488				(1,723)
Issuance of common stock	(70)		(70)
Exercise of stock options, net of tax	2,000	3	1,997
Exercise of stock options, net of tax (in shares)		303
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	135		135
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan (in shares)		28
Vesting of restricted stock units (in shares)		43
Cancellation of treasury stock		(17)			(37,054)	37,071
Cancellation of treasury stock (in shares)	1,700	(1,723)				1,723
Stock-based compensation	2,354		2,354
Net income (loss)	(3,723)				(3,723)
Adjustment of fair value of interest hedge, net of tax	(222)			(222)
Balance at Jan. 31, 2012	353,371	321	136,006	(293)	217,337	0
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2012		32,139				0
Issuance of common stock	55,995	22	55,973
Issuance of common stock (in shares)		2,233
Exercise of stock options, net of tax	9,064	8	9,056
Exercise of stock options, net of tax (in shares)		654
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	393		393
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan (in shares)		29
Vesting of restricted stock units	1	1
Vesting of restricted stock units (in shares)		136
Stock-based compensation	2,944		2,944
Net income (loss)	52,612				52,612
Adjustment of fair value of interest hedge, net of tax	70			70
Balance at Jan. 31, 2013	474,450	352	204,372	(223)	269,949	0
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2013		35,191				0
Exercise of stock options, net of tax	16,331	8	16,323
Exercise of stock options, net of tax (in shares)		817
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	987		987
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan (in shares)		28
Vesting of restricted stock units	1	1
Vesting of restricted stock units (in shares)		91
Stock-based compensation	3,949		3,949
Net income (loss)	93,449
Adjustment of fair value of interest hedge, net of tax	123			123
Balance at Jan. 31, 2014	$ 589,290	$ 361	$ 225,631	$ (100)	$ 363,398	$ 0
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2014		36,127				0

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) (Allowance for Doubtful Accounts [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014		Jan. 31, 2013		Jan. 31, 2012
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 43,911		$ 49,958		$ 44,075
Charged to Costs and Expenses	95,376		47,614		52,605
Charged to other Accounts	14,926	[1]	8,130	[1]	9,448	[1]
Deductions	(82,412)	[2]	(61,791)	[2]	(56,170)	[2]
Balance at End of Period	$ 71,801		$ 43,911		$ 49,958

[1] Includes provision for uncollectible interest, which is included in finance charges and other.

[2] Uncollectible principal and interest written off, net of recoveries.

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Leases, Operating [Abstract]

Schedule of future minimum base rental payments [Table Text Block]

The following is a schedule of future minimum base rental payments required under the operating leases that have initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year:

(in thousands)
Year ending January 31,	Total
2015	$	34,008
2016	33,312
2017	30,708
2018	27,933
2019	24,860
Thereafter	106,620
Total	$	257,441

XML

Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Benefit Plans

Benefit Plans

The Company has established a defined contribution 401(k) plan for eligible employees who are at least 21 years old and have completed at least one year of service. Employees may contribute up to 20% of their eligible pretax compensation to the plan. The Company matches 100% of the first 3% of the employees’ contributions. At its option, the Company may make supplemental contributions to the Plan, but has not made such contributions in the past three years. The matching contributions made by the Company totaled $1.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million during the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Summary of Incentive Stock Option Plan activity

A summary of the Company’s Incentive Stock Option Plan activity during the year ended January 31, 2014 is presented below (shares in thousands):

	Shares Under Option		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, January 31, 2013	1,659		$	13.34
Options granted	—		—
Options exercised	(674	)	14.81
Forfeited	(55	)	4.64
Expired	(20	)	30.23
Outstanding, January 31, 2014	910		$	12.39	4.9	$44.0 million
Exercisable, January 31, 2014	587		$	13.49	4.1	$27.7 million

Summary of the vesting activity under the Incentive Stock Option Plan

A summary of the vesting activity under the Company’s Incentive Stock Option Plan during the year ended January 31, 2014 is presented below (shares in thousands):

	Shares Under Option		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested, January 31, 2013	607		$	4.35
Options granted	—		—
Options vested	(230	)	3.58
Canceled	(54	)	2.68
Nonvested, January 31, 2014	323		$	5.18

Summary of the restricted stock units granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan activity

A summary of the restricted stock program under the Company’s Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below (shares and units in thousands):

	Time-Based Awards				Performance- Based Awards			Total
	No. of units		Fair Value (a)		No. of units (b)	Fair Value (a)		Restricted Stock Units
Outstanding, January 31, 2013	391		$	14.65	40	$	17.12	431
Restricted stock units granted	63		52.93		18	49.65		81
Performance adjustment(c)	—		—		18	17.12		18
Restricted stock units vested and converted to common stock	(100	)	12.94		—	—		(100	)
Forfeited	(20	)	18.70		—	—		(20	)
Outstanding, January 31, 2014	334		$	22.23	76	$	24.49	410

(a) Reflects the weighted average grant-date fair value.

(b) Performance-based units outstanding assume achievement of target level financial metrics related to the fiscal year 2014 grants.

(c) Performance-based units related to the fiscal year 2013 grants adjusted based on financial metrics achieved as of January 31, 2014.

Assumptions used in stock pricing model and valuation information for stock options and restricted stock units granted

The assumptions used in stock pricing model and valuation information for stock options and restricted stock units granted for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	Year Ended January 31,
	2014		2013			2012
Weighted average risk free interest rate	N/A(1)		0.5		%	0.4		%
Weighted average expected lives in years	N/A(1)		3.8			3.5
Weighted average volatility	N/A(1)		64.4		%	65.0		%
Expected dividends	—		—			—
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the period	$	—	$	10.42		$	5.46
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted during the period	$	52.22	$	20.13		$	8.66
Weighted average grant date fair value of options vested during the period	$	3.58	$	4.36		$	5.00
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period	$	12.94	$	8.33		$	5.23
Total fair value of options vested during the period	$0.8 million		$1.3 million			$1.8 million
Total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period	$1.3 million		$0.7 million			$0.2 million
Intrinsic value of options exercised during the period(2)	$23.9 million		$3.9 million			$1.2 million
Intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested and converted during the period	$5.5 million		$1.9 million			$0.5 million

(1) No options granted during fiscal year 2014.

(2) Does not include pre-IPO options that were valued using the minimum value option-pricing method.

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

Segment Information

Financial information by segment is presented in the following tables for fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	Year ended January 31, 2014
	Retail		Credit		Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	903,917	$	—	$	903,917
Repair service agreement commissions	75,671		—		75,671
Service revenues	12,252		—		12,252
Total net sales	991,840		—		991,840
Finance charges and other	1,522		200,407		201,929
Total revenues	993,362		200,407		1,193,769
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	588,721		—		588,721
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,327		—		5,327
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	262,702		76,826		339,528
Provision for bad debts	468		95,756		96,224
Charges and credits	2,117		—		2,117
Total cost and expenses	859,335		172,582		1,031,917
Operating income	134,027		27,825		161,852
Interest expense	—		15,323		15,323
Other expense, net	10		—		10
Income before income taxes	$	134,017	$	12,502	$	146,519
Total assets	$	283,637	$	1,014,349	$	1,297,986
Property and equipment additions	$	51,096	$	1,031	$	52,127
Depreciation expense	$	11,892	$	706	$	12,598

	Year ended January 31, 2013
	Retail			Credit		Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	649,516		$	—	$	649,516
Repair service agreement commissions	51,648			—		51,648
Service revenues	13,103			—		13,103
Total net sales	714,267			—		714,267
Finance charges and other	1,236			149,529		150,765
Total revenues	715,503			149,529		865,032
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	454,682			—		454,682
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,965			—		5,965
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	197,498			55,691		253,189
Provision for bad debts	758			46,901		47,659
Charges and credits	2,498			527		3,025
Total cost and expenses	661,401			103,119		764,520
Operating income	54,102			46,410		100,512
Interest expense	—			17,047		17,047
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	—			897		897
Other expense, net	(153		)	—		(153		)
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	54,255		$	28,466	$	82,721
Total assets	$	188,609		$	721,248	$	909,857
Property and equipment additions	$	31,820		$	533	$	32,353
Depreciation expense	$	8,479		$	473	$	8,952

	Year ended January 31, 2012
	Retail		Credit			Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	596,360	$	—		$	596,360
Repair service agreement commissions	42,078		—			42,078
Service revenues	15,246		—			15,246
Total net sales	653,684		—			653,684
Finance charges and other	1,335		137,283			138,618
Total revenues	655,019		137,283			792,302
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	455,493		—			455,493
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	6,527		—			6,527
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	180,234		56,864			237,098
Provision for bad debts	590		52,965			53,555
Charges and credits	9,522		406			9,928
Total cost and expenses	652,366		110,235			762,601
Operating income	2,653		27,048			29,701
Interest expense	—		22,457			22,457
Costs related to financing facilities terminated and transactions not completed	—		11,056			11,056
Other expense, net	70		—			70
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	2,583	$	(6,465	)	$	(3,882	)
Total assets	$	159,269	$	624,029		$	783,298
Property and equipment additions	$	4,236	$	150		$	4,386
Depreciation expense	$	10,080	$	545		$	10,625

(a) Selling, general and administrative expenses include the direct expenses of the retail and credit operations, allocated overhead expenses and a charge to the credit segment to reimburse the retail segment for expenses it incurs related to occupancy, personnel, advertising and other direct costs of the retail segment which benefit the credit operations by sourcing credit customers and collecting payments. The reimbursement received by the retail segment from the credit segment is estimated using an annual rate of 2.5% times the average portfolio balance for each applicable period. The amount of overhead allocated to each segment was approximately $11.4 million, $9.0 million and $8.2 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amount of reimbursement made to the retail segment by the credit segment was approximately $21.7 million, $16.7 million and $15.6 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Tax benefit on the adjustment of fair value to interest rate swaps	$ 67	$ 37	$ 120

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Assets
Customer accounts receivable, allowance	$ 38,447	$ 24,022
Variable interest entity balance		28,553
Prepaid expenses and other assets VIE balance		4,717
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable, allowance	33,354	19,889
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable VIE balance		23,641
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Amount of VIE included in current portion of long-term debt		$ 32,307
Stockholders' equity
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	1,000,000	1,000,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	50,000,000	50,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	36,127,569	35,192,070

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Leases, Operating [Abstract]

Leases

Leases

The Company leases certain of its facilities and operating equipment. The real estate leases generally have initial lease periods from five to fifteen years with renewal options at the discretion of the Company; the equipment leases generally provide for initial lease terms of three to seven years and provide for a purchase right by the Company at the end of the lease term at the then fair market value of the equipment.

The following is a schedule of future minimum base rental payments required under the operating leases that have initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year:

(in thousands)
Year ending January 31,	Total
2015	$	34,008
2016	33,312
2017	30,708
2018	27,933
2019	24,860
Thereafter	106,620
Total	$	257,441

Total lease expense was approximately $31.2 million, $22.1 million and $22.6 million for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Certain of the Company’s leases are subject to scheduled minimum rent increases or escalation provisions, the cost of which is recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. At January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had a straight-line lease accrual of approximately $10.6 million and $6.4 million, respectively, included in accrued expenses on the accompanying balance sheet. Tenant improvement allowances, when granted by the lessor, are deferred and amortized as offset to lease expense over the term of the lease.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Billions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Mar. 21, 2014	Jul. 31, 2013
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	CONNS INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001223389
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--01-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 1.6
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		36,131,069
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jan. 31, 2014

XML

Common Stock

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

Common Stock

Common Stock

On December 12, 2012, the Company completed a common stock offering in which it sold 2,233,379 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $26.75 per share. The Company received net proceeds from the offering of $56.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering-related expenses. Additionally, certain selling stockholders sold 4,091,621 shares in the offering. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2012, the Company canceled 1.7 million shares of treasury stock, which was accounted for under the cost method. The cancellation resulted in the cost of the treasury stock of approximately $37.1 million in excess of par value being written off to retained earnings.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Oct. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Revenues
Product sales									$ 903,917	$ 649,516	$ 596,360
Repair service agreement commissions									75,671	51,648	42,078
Service revenues									12,252	13,103	15,246
Total net sales									991,840	714,267	653,684
Finance charges and other									201,929	150,765	138,618
Total revenues	361,141	310,876	270,689	251,063	250,344	206,401	207,436	200,851	1,193,769	865,032	792,302
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs									588,721	454,682	455,493
Cost of service parts sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs									5,327	5,965	6,527
Selling, general and administrative expense									339,528	253,189	237,098
Provision for bad debts									96,224	47,659	53,555
Charges and credits									2,117	3,025	9,928
Total cost and expenses									1,031,917	764,520	762,601
Operating income	47,954	41,698	33,192	39,008	31,613	23,891	23,154	21,854	161,852	100,512	29,701
Interest expense	4,603	3,714	3,135	3,871	3,888	4,526	4,874	3,759	15,323	17,047	22,457
Loss from early extinguishment of debt					79	818				897	11,056
Other (income) expense, net	(48)		32	6	(48)	(3)	(6)	(96)	10	(153)	70
Income (loss) before income taxes	43,303	37,984	30,089	35,143	27,694	18,550	18,286	18,191	146,519	82,721	(3,882)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	15,568	13,608	10,927	12,967	10,029	6,765	6,680	6,635	53,070	30,109	(159)
Net income (loss)	$ 27,735	$ 24,376	$ 19,162	$ 22,176	$ 17,665	$ 11,785	$ 11,606	$ 11,556	$ 93,449	$ 52,612	$ (3,723)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Average common shares outstanding
Basic (in shares)	36,054	35,955	35,777	35,313	34,072	32,553	32,404	32,195	35,779	32,862	31,860
Diluted (in shares)	37,021	36,965	36,849	36,452	35,161	33,539	33,119	32,904	36,861	33,768	31,860

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Customer Receivables

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Receivables [Abstract]

Supplemental Disclosure of Customer Receivables

Supplemental Disclosure of Customer Receivables

As part of the Company’s collection efforts, it may modify loans for certain borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are intended to maximize the net cash flow from the account, after expenses, and avoid the need for repossession of collateral. The Company may extend the loan term, refinance or otherwise re-age an account. These modifications may result in receiving the full amount due, or certain installments due, under the loan over a period of time that is longer than originally provided under the terms of the loan. Loan modifications in which an economic concession has been granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are accounted for and reported as TDRs. Effective during the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company limited the accumulated number of months an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 12 months.

For the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company was required to adopt new accounting guidance that provides clarification on whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties and whether a concession has been granted to the debtor for purposes of determining if a loan modification constitutes a TDR. The adoption was applied retrospectively to its loan restructurings after January 31, 2011. The related increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with principal and interest on these accounts was $14.1 million as of October 31, 2011, the date of adoption.

The Company uses risk-rating criteria to differentiate underwriting requirements, potentially requiring differing down payment and initial application and documentation criteria. The following tables present quantitative information about the receivables portfolio managed by the Company, segregated by segment:

	Total Outstanding Balance
	Customer Accounts Receivable						60 Days Past Due (1)				Re-aged (1)
	As of January 31,						As of January 31,				As of January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	1,022,914		$	702,737		$	82,486	$	41,704	$	75,414	$	47,757
Restructured accounts (2)	45,356			38,807			11,917		11,135		45,356		38,671
Total receivables managed	1,068,270			741,544			94,403		52,839		120,770		86,428
Allowance for uncollectible accounts related to the credit portfolio	(71,801		)	(43,911		)
Allowances for short-term, no-interest credit programs	(11,789		)	(6,572		)
Short-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	(527,267		)	(378,050		)
Long-term portion of customer accounts receivable, net	$	457,413		$	313,011

(1) Amounts are based on end of period balances. Due to the fact that an account can become past due after having been re-aged, accounts could be represented in both the past due and re-aged columns shown above. The amounts included within both the past due and re-aged columns shown above as of January 31, 2014 and 2013 was $27.4 million and $20.7 million, respectively. The total amount of customer receivables past due one day or greater was $249.3 million and $172.4 million as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts include the 60 days past due totals shown above.

(2) In addition to the amounts included in restructured accounts, there were $1.3 million and $1.9 million of accounts re-aged four or more months, included in the re-aged balance above, which did not qualify as TDRs at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, because they were not re-aged subsequent to January 31, 2011.

					Net Credit
	Average Balances				Charge-offs (1)
	Year ended January 31,				Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2014		2013
Customer accounts receivable	$	828,172	$	629,423	$	53,256	$	34,132
Restructured accounts	41,389		39,606		16,174		19,144
Total receivables managed	$	869,561	$	669,029	$	69,430	$	53,276

(1) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest) net of recoveries which include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances.

Following is the activity in the Company’s balance in the allowance for doubtful accounts and uncollectible interest for customer receivables for the year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31, 2014									Year ended January 31, 2013
(in thousands)	Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total			Customer Accounts Receivable			Restructured Accounts			Total
Allowance at beginning of period	$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911		$	24,518		$	25,386		$	49,904
Provision(1)	89,960			20,342			$	110,302		42,772			13,027			$	55,799
Principal charge-offs(2)	(57,433		)	(17,443		)	$	(74,876	)	(36,647		)	(20,555		)	$	(57,202	)
Interest charge-offs	(9,958		)	(3,024		)	$	(12,982	)	(5,456		)	(3,060		)	$	(8,516	)
Recoveries(2)	4,177			1,269			$	5,446		2,515			1,411			$	3,926
Allowance at end of period	$	54,448		$	17,353		$	71,801		$	27,702		$	16,209		$	43,911

(1) Includes provision for uncollectible interest, which is included in finance charges and other.

(2) Charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid interest), and recoveries include principal collections during the period shown of previously charged-off balances. Net charge-offs are calculated as the net of principal charge-offs and recoveries.

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue [Abstract]

Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue

Supplemental Disclosure of Finance Charges and Other Revenue

The following is a summary of the classification of the amounts included as finance charges and other for the year ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Interest income and fees on customer receivables	$	155,703	$	124,484	$	117,084
Insurance commissions	44,704		25,045		20,199
Other	1,522		1,236		1,335
	$	201,929	$	150,765	$	138,618

Interest income and fees on customer receivables is reduced by provisions for uncollectible interest of $14.9 million, $8.1 million and $9.0 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The amount included in interest income and fees on customer receivables related to TDR accounts for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 is $4.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The Company recognizes interest income on TDR accounts using the interest income method, which requires reporting interest income equal to the increase in the net carrying amount of the loan attributable to the passage of time. Cash proceeds and other adjustments are applied to the net carrying amount such that it always equals the present value of expected future cash flows.

XML

Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Contingencies

Contingencies

Litigation. On March 5, 2014, the Company and three of its current executive officers were sued in a purported securities class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas captioned Milton S. Linder, Individually and on Behalf of All Other Similarly Situated v. Conn’s, Inc., Theodore M. Wright, Brian E. Taylor, and Michael J. Poppe, Case No. 4:14-cv-00548.  On March 7, 2014, a similar suit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas captioned Peter Holman, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Conn’s, Inc., Theodore M. Wright, Brian E. Taylor, and Michael J. Poppe, Case No. 4:14-cv-00570.  The complaints allege that the defendants made false and misleading statements and/or failed to disclose material adverse facts about the Company’s business, operations, and prospects.  The complaints allege violations of sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.  The complaints do not specify the amount of damages sought.  The defendants intend to vigorously defend against these claims. It is not possible at this time to predict the timing or outcome of the class action lawsuits that have or may be filed.

In addition, the Company is involved in other routine litigation and claims incidental to its business from time to time and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these matters, which are not expected to be material. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.  However, the results of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, and changes in facts and circumstances could impact the Company’s estimate of reserves for litigation.

Insurance. Because of its inventory, vehicle fleet and general operations, the Company has purchased insurance covering a broad variety of potential risks. The Company purchases insurance policies covering general liability, workers compensation, real property, inventory and employment practices liability, among others. Additionally, the Company has umbrella policies with an aggregate limit of $50.0 million. The Company has retained a portion of the risk under these policies and its group health insurance program. See additional discussion under Note 1. The Company has a $1.3 million letter of credit outstanding supporting its obligations under the property and casualty portion of its insurance program.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has an Incentive Stock Option Plan, an Omnibus Incentive Plan, a Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan and a Director Restricted Stock Plan which provide for grants of stock options and restricted stock units to employees and directors, as applicable. As of January 31, 2014, shares authorized for future issuance were: 500,047 under the Incentive Stock Option Plan; 555,572 under the Omnibus Incentive Plan; 50,000 under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan; and 213,120 under the Director Restricted Stock Plan.

Stock options and restricted stock units generally vest over periods of one to five years from the date of grant. Stock options under the various plans are issued at prices equal to the market value on the date of the grant and, typically, expire ten years after the date of grant.

Employee Plans

A summary of the Company’s Incentive Stock Option Plan activity during the year ended January 31, 2014 is presented below (shares in thousands):

	Shares Under Option		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, January 31, 2013	1,659		$	13.34
Options granted	—		—
Options exercised	(674	)	14.81
Forfeited	(55	)	4.64
Expired	(20	)	30.23
Outstanding, January 31, 2014	910		$	12.39	4.9	$44.0 million
Exercisable, January 31, 2014	587		$	13.49	4.1	$27.7 million

A summary of the vesting activity under the Company’s Incentive Stock Option Plan during the year ended January 31, 2014 is presented below (shares in thousands):

	Shares Under Option		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested, January 31, 2013	607		$	4.35
Options granted	—		—
Options vested	(230	)	3.58
Canceled	(54	)	2.68
Nonvested, January 31, 2014	323		$	5.18

The restricted stock program consists of a combination of performance-based restricted stock units (“performance-based awards”) and time-based restricted stock units (“time-based awards”). The number of performance-based awards issued under the program, which can range from zero to 150 percent of the target units granted, is solely dependent upon the Company's achievement of a predefined return on invested capital ("ROIC") for the period identified in the grant. In the event ROIC exceeds the predefined target, shares for up to a maximum of 150% of the target award may be granted. In the event the ROIC falls below the predefined target, a reduced number of shares may be granted. If the ROIC falls below the threshold performance level, no shares will be granted. The performance-based awards vest 50% at the end of the second year and then 25% at the end of the third and fourth years. The time-based awards generally vest on a straight-line basis over five years. A summary of the restricted stock program under the Company’s Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below (shares and units in thousands):

	Time-Based Awards				Performance- Based Awards			Total
	No. of units		Fair Value (a)		No. of units (b)	Fair Value (a)		Restricted Stock Units
Outstanding, January 31, 2013	391		$	14.65	40	$	17.12	431
Restricted stock units granted	63		52.93		18	49.65		81
Performance adjustment(c)	—		—		18	17.12		18
Restricted stock units vested and converted to common stock	(100	)	12.94		—	—		(100	)
Forfeited	(20	)	18.70		—	—		(20	)
Outstanding, January 31, 2014	334		$	22.23	76	$	24.49	410

(a) Reflects the weighted average grant-date fair value.

(b) Performance-based units outstanding assume achievement of target level financial metrics related to the fiscal year 2014 grants.

(c) Performance-based units related to the fiscal year 2013 grants adjusted based on financial metrics achieved as of January 31, 2014.

The assumptions used in stock pricing model and valuation information for stock options and restricted stock units granted for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	Year Ended January 31,
	2014		2013			2012
Weighted average risk free interest rate	N/A(1)		0.5		%	0.4		%
Weighted average expected lives in years	N/A(1)		3.8			3.5
Weighted average volatility	N/A(1)		64.4		%	65.0		%
Expected dividends	—		—			—
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the period	$	—	$	10.42		$	5.46
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted during the period	$	52.22	$	20.13		$	8.66
Weighted average grant date fair value of options vested during the period	$	3.58	$	4.36		$	5.00
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period	$	12.94	$	8.33		$	5.23
Total fair value of options vested during the period	$0.8 million		$1.3 million			$1.8 million
Total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period	$1.3 million		$0.7 million			$0.2 million
Intrinsic value of options exercised during the period(2)	$23.9 million		$3.9 million			$1.2 million
Intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested and converted during the period	$5.5 million		$1.9 million			$0.5 million

(1) No options granted during fiscal year 2014.

(2) Does not include pre-IPO options that were valued using the minimum value option-pricing method.

The Company used a shortcut method to compute the weighted average expected life for the stock options granted in the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The shortcut method is an average based on the vesting period and the contractual term. The Company uses the shortcut method due to the lack of adequate historical experience or other comparable information. The weighted average volatility for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was calculated using the Company’s historical volatility. As of January 31, 2014, the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards of stock options not yet recognized totaled $1.1 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. As of January 31, 2014, the total compensation costs related to non-vested restricted stock units totaled $9.8 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years.

The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan is available to the employees of the Company, subject to minimum employment conditions and maximum compensation limitations. At the end of each calendar quarter, employee contributions are used to acquire shares of common stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first or last day of the calendar quarter. During the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company issued 27,808, 28,992 and 27,753 shares of common stock, respectively, to employees participating in the plan, leaving 1,054,832 shares remaining reserved for future issuance under the plan as of January 31, 2014.

Director Plans

During fiscal 2013, the Company granted non-employee directors 22,266 restricted stock units with a fair value of $18.17 per unit which vested in fiscal 2014.  During fiscal 2014, the Company granted non-employee directors 7,248 restricted stock units with a fair value of $49.65 per unit which vest in fiscal 2015 and were outstanding at January 31, 2014. The total intrinsic value of the restricted stock units vested during fiscal 2014 was $1.1 million.

Prior to fiscal 2012, the Company granted non-employee directors stock options. As of January 31, 2013, 313,000 shares remained under option and exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $16.02. During fiscal 2014, 143,000 options were exercised with a weighted average exercise price of $16.67 and a total intrinsic value of $4.2 million. As of January 31, 2014, 170,000 shares remained under option with a weighted average exercise price of $15.48, a weighted average contractual life of 4.9 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $7.7 million.

During the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized total compensation cost for stock-based compensation of approximately $3.9 million, $2.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, and recognized tax benefits related to that compensation cost of approximately $1.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

XML

Debt, Letters of Credit and Derivatives

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt, Letters of Credit and Derivatives

Debt, Letters of Credit and Derivatives

The Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following at the period ended:

	As of January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013
Asset-based revolving credit facility	$	534,956	$	262,401
Asset-backed notes, net of discount of $205	—		32,307
Other long-term debt	1,095		349
Total debt	536,051		295,057
Less current portion of debt	420		32,526
Long-term debt	$	535,631	$	262,531

On November 26, 2013, the Company completed an expansion and extension of its asset-based revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, increasing the capacity from $585 million to $850 million and extending the maturity date to November 2017. The facility provides funding based on a borrowing base calculation that includes customer accounts receivable and inventory. The amended facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 250 basis points to 325 basis points, based on a leverage ratio (defined as total liabilities to tangible net worth). In addition to the leverage ratio, the revolving credit facility includes a fixed charge coverage requirement, a minimum customer receivables cash recovery percentage requirement and a net capital expenditures limit. The asset-based revolving credit facility restricts the amount of dividends the Company can pay and is secured by the assets of the Company not otherwise encumbered.

On April 30, 2012, the Company’s VIE issued $103.7 million of asset-backed notes which bear interest at 4.0% and were sold at a discount to deliver a 5.21% yield, before considering transaction costs. The principal balance of the notes, which was secured by certain customer receivables, was reduced on a monthly basis by collections on the underlying customer receivables after the payment of interest and other expenses of the VIE. While the final maturity for the notes was April 2016, the Company repaid the outstanding note balance in April 2013. In connection with the early repayment of the asset-backed notes, the Company accelerated the amortization of deferred financing cost resulting in an additional $0.4 million of interest expense during the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

The Company was in compliance with its debt covenants at January 31, 2014. 

As of January 31, 2014, the Company had immediately available borrowing capacity of approximately $157.9 million under its asset-based revolving credit facility, net of standby letters of credit issued, for general corporate purposes. The Company also had $155.8 million that may become available under its asset-based revolving credit facility if it grows the balance of eligible customer receivables and its total eligible inventory balances. The Company pays additional fees in the amount of 25 basis points for the additional commitment amount.

Interest expense including amortization of deferred financing costs incurred on outstanding debt totaled $15.3 million, $17.0 million and $22.5 million for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company capitalized borrowing costs of $333 thousand and $360 thousand during the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of January 31, in the year indicated are as follows:

(in thousands)
Year ended January 31,
2015	$	420
2016	323
2017	218
2018	535,071
2019	19
Total	$	536,051

The Company’s asset-based revolving credit facility provides it the ability to utilize letters of credit to secure its deductibles under the Company’s property and casualty insurance programs and risk reserves for certain of its third-party financing alternatives, among other acceptable uses. At January 31, 2014, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $1.3 million under this facility. The maximum potential amount of future payments under these letter of credit facilities is considered to be the aggregate face amount of each letter of credit commitment, which totals $1.3 million as of January 31, 2014.

Cash Flow Hedging Activity

The Company’s risk management activities primarily attempt to mitigate price risk related to fluctuations in interest payments on LIBOR-based floating rate debt instruments through the use of financial derivative instruments. The Company’s risk management strategy involves capping floating interest rates through the use of a series of purchased swaps and/or purchased put option caps. These capping transactions seek to mitigate the impact of upward floating interest rates on future cash flows. The Company’s risk management activities include the use of financial derivative instruments including, but not limited to, price swaps and options to seek protection from adverse price movements and to minimize potential increases to interest expenses. The Company enters into these financial derivative instruments directly with third parties in the over-the-counter market.

These financial derivative instruments are designated as cash flow hedging instruments, thus the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the financial derivatives are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) prior to settlement and are subsequently recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in interest expense when the actual LIBOR based interest expenses impact earnings. The effectiveness of cash flow hedges is evaluated at inception and on an on-going basis. Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges due to hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recognized in interest expense. During the twelve months ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not recognize any gain or loss in earnings related to hedge ineffectiveness and did not exclude any component of the financial derivative contract gain or loss from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to these cash flow hedges. The Company had recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets within its balance sheets $43 thousand at January 31, 2013 for the fair value of its cash flow hedges. The fair value of cash flow hedges at January 31, 2014 was insignificant.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company entered into interest rate cap option transactions with notional amounts of $100 million. These cap options are held for the purpose of hedging against variable interest rate risk related to the variability of cash flows in the interest payments on a portion of its variable-rate debt, based on the benchmark one-month LIBOR interest rate exceeding 1.0%. These cap options have monthly caplets extending through August, 2014. Changes in the cash flows of the interest rate cap transactions primarily offset the changes in cash flows (changes in base interest rate payments) attributable to fluctuations in the LIBOR interest rate.  For the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized fair value gains of approximately $123 thousand and $70 thousand, respectively, as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax effect related to time value of the interest rate caps. In addition, the Company reclassified losses of approximately $233 thousand into current earnings as a portion of the caps expired during each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, which is included in interest expense in the accompanying statement of operations.

The Company expects to reclassify net losses of $0.2 million to earnings during the next 12 months.

For the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no reclassifications to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of any cash flow hedges arising from the probability of the original forecasted transactions not occurring within the originally specified period of time defined within the hedging relationship.

At January 31, 2014 and 2013, all derivative assets and liabilities qualified for classification as Level 2 as defined by the GAAP hierarchy. The Company considers these over-the-counter derivative instruments entered into with third parties as Level 2 valuation since both the LIBOR pricing and valuations for these derivatives are obtained through third-party sources within active markets which are both directly and indirectly observable. All financial derivative assets and liabilities were non-trading positions.

XML

Property and Equipment Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment Disclosure [Text Block]

Property and Equipment

The following presents the components of property and equipment together with the respective estimated depreciable lives.

Property and equipment consist of the following at January 31:

	Estimated
(in thousands, except years)	Useful Lives	2014			2013
Land	N/A	$	7,855		$	673
Buildings	30 years	1,737			466
Equipment and fixtures	3-5 years	36,520			30,817
Leasehold improvements	5-15 years	139,448			109,493
Subtotal		185,560			141,449
Less accumulated depreciation		(98,718		)	(94,455		)
Property and equipment, net		$	86,842		$	46,994

Gains and (losses) on sale of assets are included in other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations, and totaled approximately $(10,000), $153,000 and $(53,000), respectively for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $22.4 million from the sale and long-term lease back of four owned properties. The gain associated with the sale was deferred and is being amortized over the life of the lease associated with those properties.

XML

Accrual for Store Closures

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Accrual for Store Closures

Accrual for Store Closures

During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company closed three and two retail locations, respectively, that did not perform at a level the Company expects for mature store locations. Certain of the closed stores had unexpired leases, resulting in the accrual of the present value of remaining lease obligations and anticipated ancillary occupancy costs, net of estimated sublease income. Revisions to these projections for changes in estimated marketing times and sublease rates are made to the obligation as further information related to the actual terms and costs become available. The estimates were calculated using Level 2 fair value inputs. The following table presents detail of the activity in the accrual for store closures during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	5,071		$	8,106
Accrual for closures	136			789
Change in estimate	2,092			75
Cash payments	(2,983		)	(3,899		)
Balance at end of period	$	4,316		$	5,071
	As of January 31,
Balance sheet presentation:	2014			2013
Accrued expenses	$	1,957		$	3,441
Other long-term liabilities	2,359			1,630
	$	4,316		$	5,071

The cash payments include payments made for facility rent and related costs.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary timing differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, all available evidence is considered to determine whether a valuation allowance is needed. Future realization of deferred tax assets depends in part on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback and carryforward period available under the tax law. Other criteria which are considered include the existence of deferred tax liabilities that can be used to realize deferred tax assets. Based upon the Company’s review of all evidence in existence at January 31, 2014, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all established deferred tax assets will be fully realized, based primarily on the assumption of future taxable income. The Company had no uncertain tax positions at either January 31, 2014 or 2013.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:

(in thousands)	As of January 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	19,679		$	12,957
Deferred revenue	1,641			1,545
Stock-based compensation	1,513			2,004
Property and equipment	—			3,086
Inventories	1,403			670
Goodwill	—			135
Straight-line rent accrual	3,753			2,260
Accrual for store closures	1,523			1,785
Margin tax	1,032			818
Deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions	1,734			2,971
Accrued vacation and other	1,254			1,238
Total deferred tax assets	33,532			29,469
Deferred tax liabilities:
Sales tax receivable	(3,760		)	(1,924		)
Other	(1,767		)	(664		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(5,527		)	(2,588		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	28,005		$	26,881

As of January 31, 2014, the Company had a deferred tax asset of approximately $2.2 million which has not been recognized related to individual state net operating loss carryforwards. Under the Company’s current operating structure, it does not expect these state loss carryforwards will be realized.

The components of provision (benefit) for income taxes include:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Current:
Federal	$	52,208		$	28,795		$	(1,826	)
State	2,049			1,330			926
Total current	54,257			30,125			(900		)
Deferred:
Federal	(1,061		)	(38		)	751
State	(126		)	22			(10		)
Total deferred	(1,187		)	(16		)	741
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	53,070		$	30,109		$	(159	)

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the total tax provision for each of the periods presented in the statements of operations follows:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Provision (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate	$	51,275	$	28,952	$	(1,359	)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,489		878		594
Non-deductible entertainment, stock-based compensation and other	306		279		606
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	53,070	$	30,109	$	(159	)

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:

(in thousands)	As of January 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	19,679		$	12,957
Deferred revenue	1,641			1,545
Stock-based compensation	1,513			2,004
Property and equipment	—			3,086
Inventories	1,403			670
Goodwill	—			135
Straight-line rent accrual	3,753			2,260
Accrual for store closures	1,523			1,785
Margin tax	1,032			818
Deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions	1,734			2,971
Accrued vacation and other	1,254			1,238
Total deferred tax assets	33,532			29,469
Deferred tax liabilities:
Sales tax receivable	(3,760		)	(1,924		)
Other	(1,767		)	(664		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(5,527		)	(2,588		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	28,005		$	26,881

Components of provision (benefit) for income taxes

The components of provision (benefit) for income taxes include:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Current:
Federal	$	52,208		$	28,795		$	(1,826	)
State	2,049			1,330			926
Total current	54,257			30,125			(900		)
Deferred:
Federal	(1,061		)	(38		)	751
State	(126		)	22			(10		)
Total deferred	(1,187		)	(16		)	741
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	53,070		$	30,109		$	(159	)

Reconciliation of tax provision at statutory rate

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the total tax provision for each of the periods presented in the statements of operations follows:

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Provision (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate	$	51,275	$	28,952	$	(1,359	)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,489		878		594
Non-deductible entertainment, stock-based compensation and other	306		279		606
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	53,070	$	30,109	$	(159	)

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended								3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Jan. 31, 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Jan. 31, 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Stock Options [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Restricted Stock [Member]	Apr. 30, 2014 Performance-Based Awards [Member] Minimum [Member]	Apr. 30, 2014 Performance-Based Awards [Member] Maximum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Nonvested [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Stock options and restricted stock [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Stock options and restricted stock [Member]	Jan. 31, 2013 Stock options and restricted stock [Member]	Jan. 31, 2012 Stock options and restricted stock [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Stock options and restricted stock [Member] Minimum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Stock options and restricted stock [Member] Maximum [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Incentive Stock Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan [Member] Time-Based Awards [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan [Member] Performance-Based Awards [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Director Restricted Stock Plan [Member]	Jan. 31, 2013 Director Restricted Stock Plan [Member]	Jan. 31, 2014 Director Restricted Stock Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total compensation cost for share-based compensation	$ 3,949,000	$ 2,945,000	$ 2,354,000				$ 1,100,000	$ 9,800,000
Recognized tax benefits related to compensation cost	1,100,000	800,000	500,000
Shares authorized for future issuance (in shares)																		500,047	50,000	555,572					213,120
Options and restricted stock units vesting period																1 year	5 years
Number of years until a grant expires													10 years
Number of years until a time-based award fully vests																					5 years
Expected weighted average period to recognize compensation cost							1 year 3 months 18 days	3 years 1 month 6 days
Shares [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning of period (in shares)											607							1,659,000	313,000
Options exercised (in shares)																		674,000	(143,000)
Forfeited (in shares)																		55,000
Expired (in shares)																		20,000
Options vested (in shares)											(230)
Canceled (in shares)											(54)
Outstanding, end of period (in shares)											323							910,000	170,000
Exercisable, end of period (in shares)																		587,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning of period (in dollars per share)											$ 4,350							$ 13,340	$ 16,020,000
Options exercised (in dollars per share)																		$ 14,810	$ 16,670,000
Options vested (in dollars per share)											$ 3,580
Forfeited (in dollars per share)																		$ 4,640
Expired (in dollars per share)																		$ 30,230
Canceled (in dollars per share)											$ 2,680
Outstanding, end of period (in dollars per share)											$ 5,180							$ 12,390	$ 15,480,000
Exercisable, end of period (in dollars per share)																		$ 13,490
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life [Abstract]
Outstanding, end of period																		4 years 10 months 24 days	4 years 10 months 24 days
Exercisable, end of period																		4 years 1 month 6 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Outstanding, end of period																		44,000,000	7,700,000
Exercisable, end of period																		27,700,000
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Nonvested, beginning of year (in dollars per share)																					$ 14,650	$ 17,120
Options granted (in dollars per share)																					$ 52,930	$ 49,650
Options vested (in dollars per share)																					$ 12,940
Canceled (in dollars per share)																					$ 18,700
Nonvested, end of year (in dollars per share)																					$ 22,230	$ 24,490
Restricted Stock Units [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning of period (in shares)	431,000																				391,000	40,000
Restricted stock units granted (in shares)	81,000																				63,000	18,000	7,248	22,266
Units granted based on achievement of performance metrics (in shares)	18,000																					18,000
Weighted average grant date fair value of units granted based on achievement of performance metrics																						$ 17,120
Restricted stock units vested and converted to common stock (in shares)	100,000																				100,000
Restricted stock units forfeited (in shares)	20,000																				20,000
Outstanding, end of year (in shares)	410,000	431,000																			334,000	76,000
Assumptions used in stock pricing model and valuation information for stock options and restricted stock units granted [Abstract]
Weighted average risk free interest rate (in hundredths)														0.50%	0.40%
Weighted average expected lives														3 years 9 months 18 days	3 years 6 months 0 days
Weighted average volatility (in hundredths)														64.40%	65.00%
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the period (in dollars per share)														$ 10,420	$ 5,460
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted during the period (in dollars per share)												$ 52,220		$ 20,130	$ 8,660								$ 49.65	$ 18.17
Weighted average grant date fair value of options vested during the period (in dollars per share)												$ 3,580		$ 4,360	$ 5,000
Weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period (in dollars per share)												$ 12,940		$ 8,330	$ 5,230
Total fair value of options vested during the period													800,000	1,300,000	1,800,000
Total fair value of restricted stock units vested during the period													1,300,000	700,000	200,000
Intrinsic value of options exercised during the period													23,900,000	3,900,000	1,200,000				4,200,000
Intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested and converted during the period													$ 5,500,000	$ 1,900,000	$ 500,000								$ 1,100,000
Performance-based awards issued, percent of target grant									0.00%	150.00%
Performance-based award vesting percentage, year two									50.00%
Performance-based share vesting percentage, years three and four									25.00%
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Disclosures [Line Items]
Percentage of fair market value that shares are acquired at (in hundredths)				85.00%
Shares issued (in shares)				27,808	28,992	27,753
Number of shares reserved for future issuance (in shares)				1,054,832

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

From time to time, the Company has engaged Stephens Inc. to act as its financial advisor. In connection with the common stock offering completed during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 and further discussed in Note 10, the Company engaged Stephens Inc. to act as one of the underwriters for the offering. Stephens Inc. received underwriting fees and commission of approximately $1.1 million in connection with the sale of shares by the Company in the offering. Stephens Inc. and its affiliates beneficially owned 7,316,812 shares, or approximately 22.3% of the Company’s common stock as of November 29, 2012. Douglas H. Martin, one of the Company’s directors, is an Executive Vice President of Stephens Inc. and was one of the selling stockholders. The disinterested members of the Company’s board of directors have determined that it is in the Company’s best interest to engage Stephens Inc. in such capacity, and the engagement of Stephens Inc. as financial advisor was approved by the independent members of the Company’s board of directors after full disclosure of the conflicts of interests of the related parties in the transaction.

During fiscal years 2013 and 2012, the Company engaged the services of Direct Marketing Solutions, Inc. (“DMS”), for a substantial portion of its direct mailing advertising. DMS was partially owned (less than 50%) by the SF Holding Corp., members of the Stephens family, Jon E.M. Jacoby and Douglas H. Martin during fiscal year 2012 and a portion of 2013. The owners of DMS sold the company during fiscal year 2013. SF Holding Corp. and the members of the Stephens family are significant stockholders of the Company, and Messrs. Jacoby and Martin are members of its board of directors. Amounts paid to DMS for fees and postage during the fiscal years 2013 and 2012 totaled approximately $2.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Event

On March 24, 2014, the Company received an additional $30.0 million of lender commitments under its asset-based loan facility increasing total commitments to $880.0 million.

XML

Leases (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Leases, Operating [Abstract]
2015	$ 34,008,000
2016	33,312,000
2017	30,708,000
2018	27,933,000
2019	24,860,000
Thereafter	106,620,000
Total	257,441,000
Real estate lease period minimum	5 years
Real estate lease period maximum		15 years
Equipment leases initial lease terms minimum	3 years
Equipment leases initial lease terms maximum		7 years
Total lease expense	31,200,000	22,100,000	22,600,000
Straight-line lease accrual balance	$ 10,600,000	$ 6,400,000

XML

Charges and Credits (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014 store	Oct. 31, 2013 store	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013 store	Jan. 31, 2012
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs					$ 2,100,000
Store closing and relocation costs after tax					1,400,000
Number of stores closed	1	2				1
Benefit from termination of lease					1,000,000
Loss from early extinguishment of debt			(79,000)	(818,000)		(897,000)	(11,056,000)
Severance costs						628,000	813,000
Quarterly Financial Information, Quarterly Charges and Credits, Amount Affecting Comparability					2,117,000	3,025,000	9,928,000
Relocation Of Facility [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs						1,202,000
Store closing and relocation costs after tax						800,000
Facility Closing [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs						869,000	7,096,000
Employee Severance [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Severance costs						600,000	800,000
Severance costs after tax						400,000	500,000
Future lease obligations [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs						900,000	7,100,000
Store closing and relocation costs after tax						600,000	4,600,000
Vehicle lease terminations						326,000
Inventory Valuation Reserve [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs							4,700,000
Store closing and relocation costs after tax							3,200,000
Reserve For Impairment Of Property and Equipment [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs							2,019,000
Store closing and relocation costs after tax							1,300,000
Asset Based Loan Facility Restatement [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs						800,000
Store closing and relocation costs after tax						500,000
Debt Restructuring Pre-tax Charge [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Store and facility closure and relocation costs							14,100,000
Store closing and relocation costs after tax							9,700,000
Retail Segment [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Severance costs							400,000
Credit [Member]
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Loss from early extinguishment of debt							11,100,000
Loss from early extinguishment of debt after tax							6,600,000
Severance costs						$ 500,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012
Statement of Other Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 93,449	$ 52,612	$ (3,723)
Change in fair value of hedges	190	107	(342)
Impact of provision for income taxes on comprehensive income	(67)	(37)	120
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 93,572	$ 52,682	$ (3,945)

XML

Charges and Credits

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Charges and Credits [Abstract]

Charges and Credits

Charges and Credits

The Company recorded the following significant charges and credits during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

	Year ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Store and facility closure and relocation costs	$	2,117	$	869	$	7,096
Impairment of long-lived assets	—		—		2,019
Costs related to office relocation	—		1,202		—
Employee severance	—		628		813
Vehicle lease terminations	—		326		—
Charges and credits	$	2,117	$	3,025	$	9,928

Fiscal year 2014:

• The Company closed one store, realizing a benefit of $1.0 million on the termination of the lease. Additionally, the Company closed two stores, revised its estimate of future obligations related to other closed stores and relocated certain other facilities in the third quarter of fiscal year 2014. This resulted in a net pre-tax charge of $2.1 million ($1.4 million after-tax). This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

Fiscal year 2013:

• The Company relocated certain of its corporate operations from Beaumont to The Woodlands, Texas in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. The Company incurred $1.2 million in pre-tax costs ($0.8 million after-tax) in connection with the relocation. This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company accrued the lease buyout costs related to one of its store closures and revised its estimate of future obligations related to its other closed stores. This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $0.9 million ($0.6 million after-tax). This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $0.6 million ($0.4 million after-tax) associated with employee severance costs in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. On a pre-tax basis, $0.5 million is reported within the credit segment and the balance is reported in the retail segment and is classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• As further discussed in Note 7, the Company amended and restated its asset-based loan facility with a syndicate of banks on September 26, 2012. In connection with the transaction, the Company expensed $0.8 million ($0.5 million after-tax) of previously deferred transaction costs associated with lenders that are no longer in the current syndicate of banks. This amount is reported within the credit segment and classified in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations.

Fiscal year 2012:

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $14.1 million ($9.7 million after-tax), net of previously provided reserves, in connection with the required adoption of accounting guidance related to Troubled Debt Restructuring further discussed in Note 1. This amount is reported within the credit segment and classified in provision for bad debts and finance charges and other in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company re-evaluated its inventory valuation reserve based on recent experience selling aged items, both through store locations and external sources.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $4.7 million ($3.2 million after-tax). This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company closed multiple underperforming retail locations and recorded pre-tax charges of $7.1 million ($4.6 million after-tax) related primarily to future lease obligations. This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• Property and equipment are evaluated for impairment at the retail store level. The Company performs a periodic assessment of assets for impairment. Related to stores that were to be closed, a pre-tax impairment charge of $2.0 million ($1.3 million after-tax) was recorded during the year. This amount is reported within the retail segment and classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $11.1 million ($6.6 million after-tax) in connection with the prepayment of an existing term loan. This amount is reported within the credit segment and classified in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations.

• The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $0.8 million ($0.5 million after-tax) associated with employee severance costs. On a pre-tax basis, $0.4 million is reported within the retail segment and the balance is reported in the credit segment and is classified in charges and credits in the consolidated statement of operations.

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) (Subsequent Event [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 24, 2014
Funding Commitments [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Commitments under loan facility	$ 880.0
Funding Commitments Increase [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Commitments under loan facility	$ 30.0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Conn’s, Inc. and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Conn’s, Inc. is a holding company with no independent assets or operations other than its investments in its subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

In April of 2012, the Company transferred certain customer receivables to a bankruptcy-remote, variable-interest entity (“VIE”) in connection with a securitization. The VIE, which was consolidated within the accompanying financial statements, issued debt secured by the customer receivables that were transferred to it, which were included in customer accounts receivable and long-term portion of customer accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2013 and 2012. On April 15, 2013, the VIE redeemed the then outstanding asset-backed notes and the remaining customer receivables were transferred back to the Company.

The Company determined that the VIE should be consolidated within its financial statements due to the fact that it qualified as the primary beneficiary of the VIE based on the following considerations:

• The Company directed the activities that generated the customer receivables that were transferred to the VIE;

• The Company directed the servicing activities related to the collection of the customer receivables transferred to the VIE;

• The Company absorbed losses incurred by the VIE to the extent of its interest in the VIE before any other investors incurred losses; and

• The Company had the right to receive benefits generated by the VIE after paying the contractual amounts due to the other investors.

Business Activities

Business Activities. The Company, through its retail stores, provides products and services to its customer base in Texas, Arizona, Louisiana, Oklahoma and New Mexico. Products and services offered through retail sales outlets include home appliances, furniture and mattresses, consumer electronics, home office equipment, lawn and garden products, repair service agreements, installment credit programs and various credit insurance products. These activities are supported through an extensive service, warehouse and distribution system. The Company’s business is somewhat seasonal, with a higher portion of sales and operating profit realized during the quarter that ends January 31, due primarily to the holiday selling season. For the reasons discussed below, the Company has aggregated its results into two operating segments: credit and retail. The Company’s retail stores bear the “Conn’s” or “Conn’s HomePlus” name and deliver the same products and services to a common customer group. The Company’s customers are primarily individuals rather than commercial accounts. All of the retail stores follow the same procedures and methods in managing their operations. The Company’s management evaluates performance and allocates resources based on the operating results of its retail and credit segments. The separate financial information is disclosed in Note 16 - “Segment Information.”

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year fiscal year amounts and balances to conform to the presentation in the current fiscal year.  These reclassifications did not impact consolidated operating income or net income.

Vendor Programs

Vendor Programs. The Company receives funds from vendors for price protection, product rebates (earned upon purchase or sale of product), marketing, training and promotional programs which are recorded on the accrual basis, as a reduction of the related product cost. The Company accrues rebates based on the satisfaction of terms of the program and sales of qualifying products even though funds may not be received until subsequent to the end of a quarter or year. If the programs are related to product purchases, the allowances, credits, or payments are recorded as a reduction of product cost and if the programs are related to product sales, the allowances, credits or payments are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. Vendor rebates earned and recorded as a reduction of product cost and cost of goods sold totaled $90.3 million, $64.3 million and $62.7 million for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Over the past three years the Company has received funds from approximately 50 vendors, with the terms of the programs ranging between one month and one year.

Earnings per Share

Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effects of any stock options and restricted stock units granted, to the extent not anti-dilutive, which is calculated using the treasury-stock method. The following table sets forth the shares outstanding for the earnings (loss) per share calculations:

	Year Ended January 31,
(in thousands)	2014	2013	2012
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic	35,779	32,862	31,860
Assumed exercise of stock options	866	763	—
Unvested restricted stock units	216	143	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Diluted	36,861	33,768	31,860

The weighted average number of stock options and restricted stock units not included in the calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect was 35,000 for the year ended January 31, 2014. The weighted average number of stock options and restricted stock units not included in the calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect was 0.6 million and 2.3 million for each of the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Credit card deposits in-transit of $2.4 million and $0.8 million, as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in cash and cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories. Inventories consist of finished goods or parts and are valued at the lower of cost (moving weighted average cost method) or fair market value through the establishment of inventory loss reserves. The Company’s inventory reserve represents the excess of the carrying amount, typically weighted average cost, over the amount it expects to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposition of the inventory. The inventory reserve contains uncertainties because the calculation requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding inventory aging, projected consumer demand and market availability and obsolescence of products on hand.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Costs associated with major additions and betterments that increase the value or extend the lives of assets are capitalized and depreciated. Normal repairs and maintenance that do not materially improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Depreciation, which includes amortization of capitalized leases, is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective leases.

Property and Equipment Impairment

Property and Equipment Impairment. Property and equipment are evaluated for impairment at the retail store level. The Company performs a periodic assessment of assets for impairment. Additionally, an impairment evaluation is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. The most likely condition that would necessitate an assessment would be an adverse change in historical and estimated future results of a retail store’s performance. For property and equipment to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Fair value is determined by discounting the anticipated cash flows over the remaining term of the lease utilizing certain unobservable inputs (Level 3). An impairment charge of $2.0 million was recorded for the year ended January 31, 2012, related to store closures.

Customer Accounts Receivable

Customer Accounts Receivable.Customer accounts receivable are originated at the time of sale and delivery of the various products and services. The Company records the amount of principal and accrued interest on customer receivables that is expected to be collected within the next twelve months, based on contractual terms, in current assets on its consolidated balance sheet. Those amounts expected to be collected after twelve months, based on contractual terms, are included in long-term assets. Typically, customer receivables are considered delinquent if a payment has not been received on the scheduled due date. Additionally, the Company offers re-age programs to customers with past due balances that have experienced a financial hardship, if they meet the conditions of the Company’s re-age policy. Re-aging a customer’s account can result in updating an account from a delinquent status to a current status. During the quarter ended July 31, 2011, the Company implemented a new policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 18 months. During the quarter ended October 31, 2011, the Company further modified the policy to reduce the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a maximum of 12 months. As of July 31, 2011, the Company changed its charge-off policy so that any account that is delinquent more than 209 days as of the end of a month is charged-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts and interest accrued is charged against the allowance for uncollectible interest. Prior to July 31, 2011, the Company charged off all accounts that were delinquent more than 120 days and for which no payment had been received in the past seven months. The Company has a secured interest in the merchandise financed by these receivables and therefore has the opportunity to recover a portion of the charged-off amount.

Restructured Customer Accounts Receivable

Restructured Customer Accounts Receivable. Effective April 5, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update  No. 2011-02 (“ASU No. 2011-02”), A Creditor's Determination of Whether Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.  The guidance provided clarification on whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties and whether a concession has been granted to the debtor for purposes of determining if a loan modification constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), even if not currently in default. The amendments in ASU 2011-02 were effective for the Company in the third quarter of fiscal 2012, and were applied retrospectively to loan restructurings after January 31, 2011. The Company defines TDR accounts that originated subsequent to January 31, 2011 as accounts that have been re-aged cumulatively in excess of three months or refinanced. For accounts originating prior to January 31, 2011, if the cumulative re-aging exceeds three months and the accounts were re-aged subsequent to January 31, 2011, the account is considered a TDR. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge during fiscal year 2012 of $14.1 million, net of previously provided reserves, related to the required adoption of the accounting guidance related to TDR accounts.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company monitors the aging of its past due accounts closely and focuses its collection efforts on preventing accounts from becoming 60 days past due or greater, which is a leading indicator of potential charge-offs. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts, including estimated uncollectible interest, for its customer and other accounts receivable, based on its historical cash collections and net loss experience using a projection of monthly delinquency performance, cash collections and losses. In addition to pre-charge-off cash collections and charge-off information, estimates of post-charge-off recoveries, including cash payments, amounts realized from the repossession of the products financed and, at times, payments received under credit insurance policies are also considered.

The Company determines reserves for those accounts that are TDRs based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected over the life of those accounts. The excess of the carrying amount over the discounted cash flow amount is recorded as a reserve for loss on those accounts.

As a result of the Company’s practice of re-aging customer accounts, if the account is not ultimately collected, the timing and amount of the charge-off could be impacted. If these accounts had been charged-off sooner the historical net loss rates might have been higher. As further discussed above, during fiscal 2012, the Company implemented a new policy which limits the number of months that an account can be re-aged to a cumulative maximum of 12 months. This change in the re-age policy had the impact of increasing delinquencies and accelerating charge-offs during fiscal 2012 and 2013.

Interest Income on Customer Accounts Receivable

Interest Income on Customer Accounts Receivable. Interest income is accrued using the interest method for installment contracts and is reflected in finance charges and other. Typically, interest income is accrued until the contract or account is paid off or charged-off. The Company provides an allowance for estimated uncollectible interest. Interest income on the Company’s installment contracts with its customers is calculated using the rule of 78s. In order to convert its interest income recognized to the interest method, the Company has recorded the excess earnings of rule of 78s over the interest method as deferred revenue on its balance sheet. This deferred interest will ultimately be brought into income as the accounts pay off or accounts amortize to the point that interest income under the interest method exceeds that which is being earned under rule of 78s. At January 31, 2014 and 2013, there was approximately $5.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively, of deferred interest included in deferred revenues and other. Additionally, there was $11.3 million and $7.8 million of deferred interest included in other long-term liabilities as January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company typically only places accounts in non-accrual status when legally required to do so. Payment received on non-accrual loans will be applied to principal and reduce the amount of the loan. Interest accrual is resumed on those accounts once a legally-mandated settlement arrangement is reached or other payment arrangements are made with the customer. Interest income is recognized on short-term, interest-free credit programs based on the Company’s historical experience related to customers that fail to satisfy the requirements of the interest-free programs. Additionally, for sales on deferred interest and “same as cash” programs, under the Company’s in-house finance program, that exceed one year in duration, the Company discounts the sales to present value, resulting in a reduction in sales and customer receivables, and amortizes the discount amount to finance charges and other over the term of the program. The amount of customer receivables carried on the Company’s balance sheet that were in non-accrual status was $12.2 million and $9.0 million at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The amount of customer receivables carried on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet that were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest was $63.3 million and $36.6 million at January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company recognizes interest income on TDR accounts using the interest income method, which requires reporting interest income equal to the increase in the net carrying amount of the loan attributable to the passage of time. Cash proceeds and other adjustments are applied to the net carrying amount such that it always equals the present value of expected future cash flows.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition. Revenues from the sale of retail products are recognized at the time the customer takes possession of the product. Such revenues are recognized net of any adjustments for sales incentive offers such as discounts, coupons, rebates or other free products or services and discounts of sales on advertised credit that extend beyond one year. The Company sells repair service agreements and credit insurance contracts on behalf of unrelated third parties. For contracts where third parties are the obligor on the contract, commissions are recognized in revenues at the time of sale, and in the case of retrospective commissions, at the time that they are earned.

Sales financed by the Company under short-term, interest free credit programs are recognized at the time the customer takes possession of the product, consistent with the above stated policy. Considering the short-term nature of interest-free programs for terms less than one year, sales are recorded at full value and are not discounted. Sales, if any, financed by the Company under longer term, interest-free programs are recorded at their net present value. There were no financed sales that required discounting in the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Sales on short-term, interest free programs under third-party programs typically require the Company to pay the third-party a fee on each completed sale. The fee is recorded as a reduction of net sales.

The Company classifies amounts billed to customers relating to shipping and handling as revenues. Costs of $36.2 million, $22.7 million and $18.8 million associated with shipping and handling revenues are included in selling, general and administrative expense for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based Compensation. For stock option grants, the Company uses the Black-Scholes model to determine fair value. For grants of restricted stock units, the fair value of the grant is the market value of the Company’s stock at the date of issuance. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the applicable grant.

Self-insurance

Self-insurance. The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to group health, workers’ compensation, automobile, general and product liability claims. The Company has stop-loss coverage to limit the exposure arising from these claims. Self-insurance losses for claims filed and claims incurred, but not reported, are accrued based upon the Company’s estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred using development factors based on historical experience.

Expense Classifications

Expense Classifications. The Company records as cost of goods sold, the direct cost of products sold, any related out-bound freight costs, and receiving costs, inspection costs, internal transfer costs, and other costs associated with the operations of its distribution system, including occupancy related to its warehousing operations. In addition, the Company records as cost of service parts sold, the direct cost of parts used in its service operation and the related inbound freight costs, purchasing and receiving costs, inspection costs, internal transfer costs, and other costs associated with the parts distribution operation.

The costs associated with the Company’s merchandising function, including product purchasing, advertising, sales commissions, and all store occupancy costs, are included in selling, general and administrative expense.

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $50.7 million, $34.7 million and $29.7 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. To the extent penalties and interest are incurred, the Company records these charges as a component of its provision for income taxes. Tax returns for the fiscal years subsequent to January 31, 2009, remain open for examination by the Company’s major taxing jurisdictions.

Sales Taxes

Sales Taxes. The Company records and reports all sales taxes collected on a net basis in the financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The Company determines the fair value of its assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement by using the highest possible “Level” as defined within the ASC 815 GAAP hierarchy. The three levels defined by the ASC 815 hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1 – Quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

• Level 2 – Pricing inputs not quoted in active markets but either directly or indirectly observable

• Level 3 – Significant inputs to pricing that have little or no transparency with inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation.

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts because of the short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of customer accounts receivables, determined using a discounted cash flow analysis, approximates their carrying amount. The discounted cash flow analysis was prepared using historical portfolio performance and a discount rate determined based on 50% debt funding of the receivables and a 15% equity return requirement. The fair value of the Company’s debt approximates the carrying value of $536.1 million as of January 31, 2014 due to the fact the Company's asset based revolving credit facility was amended in November 2013. The Company’s interest rate cap options are presented within the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Financial information by segment

Financial information by segment is presented in the following tables for fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	Year ended January 31, 2014
	Retail		Credit		Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	903,917	$	—	$	903,917
Repair service agreement commissions	75,671		—		75,671
Service revenues	12,252		—		12,252
Total net sales	991,840		—		991,840
Finance charges and other	1,522		200,407		201,929
Total revenues	993,362		200,407		1,193,769
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	588,721		—		588,721
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,327		—		5,327
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	262,702		76,826		339,528
Provision for bad debts	468		95,756		96,224
Charges and credits	2,117		—		2,117
Total cost and expenses	859,335		172,582		1,031,917
Operating income	134,027		27,825		161,852
Interest expense	—		15,323		15,323
Other expense, net	10		—		10
Income before income taxes	$	134,017	$	12,502	$	146,519
Total assets	$	283,637	$	1,014,349	$	1,297,986
Property and equipment additions	$	51,096	$	1,031	$	52,127
Depreciation expense	$	11,892	$	706	$	12,598

	Year ended January 31, 2013
	Retail			Credit		Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	649,516		$	—	$	649,516
Repair service agreement commissions	51,648			—		51,648
Service revenues	13,103			—		13,103
Total net sales	714,267			—		714,267
Finance charges and other	1,236			149,529		150,765
Total revenues	715,503			149,529		865,032
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	454,682			—		454,682
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	5,965			—		5,965
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	197,498			55,691		253,189
Provision for bad debts	758			46,901		47,659
Charges and credits	2,498			527		3,025
Total cost and expenses	661,401			103,119		764,520
Operating income	54,102			46,410		100,512
Interest expense	—			17,047		17,047
Loss from early extinguishment of debt	—			897		897
Other expense, net	(153		)	—		(153		)
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	54,255		$	28,466	$	82,721
Total assets	$	188,609		$	721,248	$	909,857
Property and equipment additions	$	31,820		$	533	$	32,353
Depreciation expense	$	8,479		$	473	$	8,952

	Year ended January 31, 2012
	Retail		Credit			Total
(in thousands)
Revenues
Product sales	$	596,360	$	—		$	596,360
Repair service agreement commissions	42,078		—			42,078
Service revenues	15,246		—			15,246
Total net sales	653,684		—			653,684
Finance charges and other	1,335		137,283			138,618
Total revenues	655,019		137,283			792,302
Cost and expenses
Cost of goods sold, including warehousing and occupancy costs	455,493		—			455,493
Cost of parts, including warehousing and occupancy costs	6,527		—			6,527
Selling, general and administrative expense (a)	180,234		56,864			237,098
Provision for bad debts	590		52,965			53,555
Charges and credits	9,522		406			9,928
Total cost and expenses	652,366		110,235			762,601
Operating income	2,653		27,048			29,701
Interest expense	—		22,457			22,457
Costs related to financing facilities terminated and transactions not completed	—		11,056			11,056
Other expense, net	70		—			70
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	2,583	$	(6,465	)	$	(3,882	)
Total assets	$	159,269	$	624,029		$	783,298
Property and equipment additions	$	4,236	$	150		$	4,386
Depreciation expense	$	10,080	$	545		$	10,625

(a) Selling, general and administrative expenses include the direct expenses of the retail and credit operations, allocated overhead expenses and a charge to the credit segment to reimburse the retail segment for expenses it incurs related to occupancy, personnel, advertising and other direct costs of the retail segment which benefit the credit operations by sourcing credit customers and collecting payments. The reimbursement received by the retail segment from the credit segment is estimated using an annual rate of 2.5% times the average portfolio balance for each applicable period. The amount of overhead allocated to each segment was approximately $11.4 million, $9.0 million and $8.2 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amount of reimbursement made to the retail segment by the credit segment was approximately $21.7 million, $16.7 million and $15.6 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

Significant Vendors

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2014

Significant Vendors [Abstract]

Significant Vendors

Significant Vendors

As shown in the table below, a significant portion of the Company’s merchandise purchases for years ended January 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were made from six vendors:

	Year ended January 31,
Vendor	2014		2013		2012
A	23.9	%	20.7	%	19.0	%
B	14.2		18.1		12.6
C	5.4		5.7		12.1
D	5.1		5.4		9.2
E	4.7		5.2		5.6
F	4.6		5.1		5.6
Totals	57.9	%	60.2	%	64.1	%

The vendors shown above represent the top six vendors with the highest volume in each period shown. The same vendor may not necessarily be represented in all periods presented.